Cursos en el extranjero

La Westminster University, situada en el mismo centro de Londres, es una prestigiosa Universidad. Tiene 4 campus en Londres, Regent Campus especializado en Ciéncias Sociales, Política, Derecho, Historia, Humanidades y Lenguas. Marylebone campus, dónde se encuentra la School of Business y Arquitectura, área en la que esta Universidad está entre las top 30. Cavendish Campus especializado en Science and Technology y por último Harrow Campus que es la School of Media, Arts & Design, que ofrece programas en Moda, Diseño, Cine y TV.

La universidad se caracteriza por ser fuerte académicamente e internacionalmente reconomicda por la investigación. University of Westminster ofrece un entorno vibrante, innovación y creatividad, aprendizaje práctico e inspiración en la investigación. Sus estudiantes salen para moldear el futuro y cambiar sus vidas para mejorar tanto en el Reino Unido  como internacionalmente. La fiolosofía de la Universidad es construir una nueva generación de ciudadanos con alta empleabilidad global, para mejorar el futuro.

University of Westminster dispone de modernas instalaciones en el centro de Londres, incluida la biblioteca, instalaciones deportivas,etc.

Más abajo, estan explicados todos los cursos de Postgrado que se imparten en Westminster University.

FECHA DE INICIO: Septiembre o Enero
DURACION: 1 año
REQUISITOS: Licenciatura y nivel de inglés Avanzado.

Alojamiento
En residencia  S.C.: Habitación individual. Self-catering (posibilidad de prepararse las comidas en las cocinas de la residencia).

La University of Westminster dispone de 4 campus en Londres, Regent Campus especializado en Ciéncias Sociales, Política, Derecho, Historia, Humanidades y Lenguas. Marylebone campus, dónde se encuentra la School of Business y Arquitectura, área en la que esta Universidad está entre las top 30. Cavendish Campus especializado en Science and Technology y por último Harrow Campus que es la School of Media, Arts & Design, que ofrece programas en Moda, Diseño, Cine y TV.

Está situada en muy buenas posiciones en los rankings de diversas áreas de estudio, como Business, Film, Law, etc. En Arquitectura, ofrece varios grados y postgrados con acreditación RIBA.

La University of Westminster es una vibrante e internacional universidad situada en el centro de londres. Con una historia distinguida desde  1838, está enfocada a moldear el futuro de la vida profesional. Westminster ofrece un inspiracional ambiente de estudio – enfatizando la innovación y la creatividad, y atrae  sobre 20,000 estudiantes de entre 169 naciones, lo que hace que sea la universidad con más diversidad del Reino Unido.

Ofrece más de 300programas, entre foundation, Bachelors, Masters y programas de investigación en unaa amplia gama de disciplinas. Casi todos los cursos empiezan en Septiembre, aunque algunos postgrados empiezan también en Enero.

A continuación se puede ver el listado de cursos de postgrado que se imparten, con su descripción, duración y precio.

Residencias de University of Westminster

La University of Westminster ofrece alojamiento para sus estudiantes en una de las 6 residencias de que dispone en el centro de Londres, con facilidad de acceso a todas sus facultades. Las residencias son: Harrow Hall, Marylebone Hall, Raffles Hall, Felda House, Alexander Fleming Hall y Urbanest.
Las residencias ofrecen distintos tipos de habitaciones , desde individuales o compartidas con baño compartido, hasta habitaciónes e-suite con baño privado.
Las rentas incluyen los costes de electicidad y demás y seguridad 24 horas.

El mapa muestra la zona, no la ubicación exacta.

Áreas de estudio

Escoge un área de estudio

  • Finance

    • Finance and Accounting MSc
    • Finance and Financial Law MSc
    • Finance, Banking and Insurance MSc
    • Global Finance MSc
    • International Economic Policy & Analysis MA
    • International Economic Policy & Analysis MSc
    • Investment and Risk Finance MSc
  • Business and Management

    • Management MA
    • Marketing Communications MA
    • Marketing Management MA/MSc
    • Master of Business Administration (MBA)
    • Project Management MSc
    • Purchasing and Supply Chain Management MSc
  • Business Information Systems

    • Big Data Technologies MSc
    • Business Intelligence and Analytics MSc
    • Business Systems Design and Integration MSc
  • Architecture and Interiors

    • Architecture and Environmental Design MSc
    • Architecture MA
    • Interior Design MA
    • Urban Design MA
    • Urban Design Postgraduate Diploma
  • Art and Design

    • Design for Communication MA
    • Interactive Media Practice MA
  • Biomedical Sciences

    • Applied Biomedical Science MSc
    • Biomedical Sciences (Cancer Biology) MSc
    • Biomedical Sciences (Cellular Pathology) MSc
    • Biomedical Sciences (Clinical Biochemistry) MSc
    • Biomedical Sciences (Haematology) MSc
    • Biomedical Sciences (Immunology) MSc
    • Biomedical Sciences (Medical Microbiology) MSc
    • Biomedical Sciences MSc
    • Imaging Art and Science MA
    • Imaging Art and Science MSc
  • Biosciences

    • Applied Biotechnology MSc
  • Complementary Medicine

    • Chinese Herbal Medicine MSc
    • Chinese Medicine: Acupuncture MSc
    • Herbal Medicine MSc
  • Computer and Network Engineering

    • Computer Networks with Cloud Technologies MSc
    • Computer Networks with Communications MSc
    • Computer Networks with Security MSc
  • Computer Science and Software Engineering

    • Advanced Software Engineering MSc
    • Cyber Security and Forensics MSc
    • Interaction Design and Computing MSc
    • Interactive Media Practice MA
  • Education

    • Higher Education Postgraduate Certificate
  • Electronic Engineering

    • Electronics with Embedded Systems MSc
    • Electronics with Medical Instrumentation MSc
    • Electronics with Robotic and Control Systems MSc
    • Telecommunications with Digital Signal Processing MSc
    • Telecommunications with Satellite and Broadband Technologies MSc
    • Telecommunications with Wireless Technologies MSc
  • Fashion

    • Fashion Business Management MA
    • Menswear MA
  • Human Resource Management

    • Human Resource Management MA
    • International Human Resource Management MA
  • Journalism and Mass Communication

    • Communication MA
    • Communications Policy MA
    • Diversity and the Media MA
    • Global Media Business MA
    • Global Media MA
    • International Media Business MA
    • Media and Development MA
    • Media Management MA
    • Media, Campaigning and Social Change MA
    • Media, Campaigning and Social Change PG Diploma
    • Multimedia Journalism (Broadcast) MA
    • Multimedia Journalism (Print & Online) MA
    • Multimedia Journalism (Print & Online) PG Diploma
    • Public Relations MA
    • Social Media, Culture and Society MA
  • Law

    • Conflict Prevention, Dispute Resolution MA
    • Corporate Finance Law LLM
    • Energy and Environmental Change MA
    • Entertainment Law LLM
    • International and Commercial Dispute Resolution Law LLM
    • International Commercial Law LLM
    • International Law LLM
    • Legal Practice LLM
  • Marketing

    • Marketing Communications MA
    • Marketing Management MA/MSc
  • Multimedia and Games Computing

    • Imaging Art and Science MA
    • Imaging Art and Science MSc
    • Interaction Design and Computing MSc
    • Interactive Media Practice MA
  • Music

    • Audio Production MA
    • Music Business Management MA
  • Nutrition

    • Global Public Health Nutrition MSc
    • Sport and Exercise Nutrition MSc
  • Photography

    • Documentary Photography and Photojournalism MA
    • Imaging Art and Science MA
    • Imaging Art and Science MSc
    • Photography Arts MA
  • Planning, Housing and urban Design

    • Energy and Environmental Change MA
    • International Planning and Sustainable Development MA
    • Urban and Regional Planning MA
    • Urban Design MA
  • Politics and International Relations

    • Energy and Environmental Change MA
    • International Relations and Democratic Politics MA
    • International Relations and Sec

Finance and Accounting MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 13.500 £
  • Entry dates: September or January

This course has been designed to develop the knowledge, skills, research interests and career prospects of those who work, or wish to work, in finance, treasury management or accountancy. It’s especially useful if you’re a graduate with little or no accounting experience, as it offers the opportunity to study modules which will cover this shortfall.

If you are a graduate member of a UK accountancy body, or an overseas equivalent, you may claim up to four exemptions from this Masters by applying for Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning. This would enable you to complete the taught part of the course in one semester.

The course provides exemptions from 7 of the papers of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) exams. The Westminster Business School is an ACCA Gold approved learning partner and one of the few UK institutions where you can qualify for so many ACCA exemptions on completion of a one-year course. Furthermore, graduates of the course have the chance to enter the the Gateway route of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). On successful completion of the Gateway examination, students will gain exemptions from 12 of the 17 CIMA examinations.

Course content

As a postgraduate finance student you will have access to the Financial Markets Suite, which uses the Bloomberg computer system to monitor real-time financial market movements and trends. It’s a resource available to very few UK universities, and one which provides a modern and progressive teaching environment combining finance theory with practice.

A highlight for many students are the social events organised throughout the course which provide an opportunity for networking with fellow students and alumni. Students on this course also benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Financial Accounting Policy and Practice

You will be able to prepare financial statements up to consolidation with consideration of some of the main accounting standards underlying international financial reports. This module also explores the issues, principles and theories underlying current developments in financial accounting and reporting.

International Risk Management

This module provides you with the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about international risk management.

Managerial Accounting

Through the exploration of practical applications, critical appraisal, contemporary approaches and international perspectives, this module explores the role of accounting in the management of organisations, and the development and application of managerial accounting concepts and techniques.

Modern Finance

You will gain an overview of fundamental topics in the field of finance, including capital structure, corporate value, cost of capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, investment and modern portfolio theory.

Project

An 8,000–10,000-word dissertation in the area of either accounting or finance.

Research Methods in Finance and Accounting

This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of accounting and finance.

Taxation Principles and Practice

The focus of this module is on the UK Tax System including Personal, Corporation, Inheritance, Capital Gains and Sales taxes. The impact of International Tax Laws and Tax Avoidance will also be studied.

Option modules

You can choose a total of three options modules. Choose two or three from the following list; a third may be chosen from anywhere within the University, subject to the course leader’s approval.

Corporate Governance and Business Ethics

You will examine the theoretical and practical issues involved in the direction and control of companies operating in the UK and internationally.

Data Analysis

Through this module you will cover a range of data analysis methods and concepts.

Financial Derivatives

This module develops your theoretical understanding of financial derivatives markets. You will price and value financial derivatives from first principles and explore how financial derivative products can be used effectively in risk and investment management applications.

Financial Information Systems

You will develop an understanding of the fundamental concepts and practical skills required by finance professionals as users, evaluators, designers and managers of computer-based financial information systems.

Financial Markets and Institutions

This module offers detailed coverage and analysis of global financial markets and institutions.

Fixed Income Analysis and Trading

This module provides the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about traditional income securities.

International Financial Reporting

This module will develop your systematic understanding of the principles underlying, and policy issues inherent in, the study of international financial reporting, with particular reference to multinational groups.

Modern Portfolio Management

Develop your understanding of contemporary portfolio theory and investment management principles in order to actively manage a range of investment funds used by professional institutional investors and the private wealth management industry.

Finance and Financial Law MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 13.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

The Finance and Financial Law MSc is designed to integrate learning in financial theory, markets and institutions, combined with legal study in complementary and specialist areas of financial law. You will gain a deeper understanding of the legal issues and an ability to apply knowledge and skills in professional capacities in a variety of roles in the global financial services industry.

This course is delivered by an experienced inter-faculty teaching team drawn from the Westminster Business School and the Westminster Law School.

The course has an international dimension – you will study in the heart of the capital at our Marylebone campus minutes away from the major global financial and legal centres of the world.

Course content

Study will cover a range of contemporary topics, namely: financial markets and institutions, financial products, regulation and compliance, financial and legal risk management and financial crime.

In addition, the focus on policy matters related to financial regulation will equip you with the skills required to conduct deeper analyses and to undertake research in this multi-disciplinary area of study.

To enable students to build the common key core skills and knowledge base, all students are expected to undergo the Westminster Business School’s pre-course induction process, covering the fundamentals of finance and commercial law.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Financial Markets and Institutions

This module offers detailed coverage and analysis of global financial markets and institutions. Theory delivered in class is underpinned by real-life examples. Students will gain hands-on training and exposure to the Bloomberg system in our Financial Markets Suite.

Financial Services Regulation, Risk and Law

In this module you will learn about the contemporary legal issues that pervade the financial services markets in the UK, EU and Internationally. Topics include the creation and sale of financial products, regulatory supervision of financial services, regulatory compliance and consumer and investor protection. We explore the practical impact of policy and regulation using real and fictional case studies.

Global Banking

This module evaluates the role and function of domestic and global banks and their structure and operations. This is accompanied by a thorough examination of the financial risks that banks are exposed to, and the various ways to manage them.

Investment Banking Legal Practice

The purpose of this module is to help students familiarise themselves with the main elements of capital markets law and the relevant regulatory provisions governing capital markets activities (e.g. business valuation, stock exchange listing and public offers, brokerage, mergers and acquisitions). It also gives an insight into the practical aspects of their application in a financial services commercial context. The learning process relies heavily on the use of case studies and practical examples of recent transactions.

Project

An 8–10,000-word dissertation in the area of financial law, regulation or compliance.

Regulatory Risk Management

This module focuses on the management of regulatory risk and covers the detection, investigation and prosecution of financial crime in a business, financial services and commercial context given the global financial crisis. We also explore cybercrime and how the risks it poses to the financial services industry are evaluated and managed and the development of solutions (security) that seek to detect, mitigate and prevent cyber-attacks as well as their prosecution. Topics include the nature and extent of information security, cybercrime and financial crime in the financial services industry, the legislative environment, fraud and anti-money laundering.

Research Methods in Finance and Law

This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of finance and financial law.

Option modules

You can choose a total of two option modules. Choose one or two from the following list; one may be chosen from anywhere within the University, subject to the Course Leader’s approval.

Banking Risk and Operations

This module provides you with an understanding of banking risks and operations. This includes business lines, investment banking services, operational risk, credit risk, interest rate risk management, asset liability management, capital allocation and ethical issues in banking.

It will provide a level of conceptual understanding that will allow you to critically evaluate research and methodologies and alternative approaches in banking risk and operations.

Compliance and Law in Banking and Insurance

This module offers a detailed examination of the law, legal principles, regulation, compliance and supervision that applies to domestic and international banks and insurance companies. The module also focuses on relevant reforms to the banking and insurance industries.

Contemporary International Financial Management

The study is grounded in the case study method and provides the basic numerical toolkit required to analyse a range of listed companies that are pursuing value-based growth strategies. Thus, students will be able to apply a range of equity valuation methods to contemporary stocks, including those companies where growth is focused on mergers, acquisitions and restructuring events.

Corporate Governance and Business Ethics

This module examines the theoretical and practical issues involved in the direction and control of companies, which operate in the UK and internationally. It begins by considering the theories upon which corporate governance and corporate social responsibility models are based, particularly agency theory, transaction cost economics, and stakeholder theory. It then reviews some of the most spectacular failures of governance mechanisms in recent years that led to the development of codes of best practice in different national settings. Subsequent sessions examine ethical issues and corporate governance, social responsibility, environmental sustainability, and corporate citizenship.

Derivatives & Structured Finance: Law & Practice

This module offers a detailed examination of the law and practice relating to structuring, documenting and executing structured derivative products, capital markets, and finance transactions; and in particular, the management of legal risk associated with the same.

Finance, Banking and Insurance MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 13.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

In the aftermath of the 2007-2009 financial crisis, most organisations in finance, banking and insurance are undergoing major changes. These organisations are actively seeking postgraduates who are disciplined in these fields. Westminster Business School is one of just a handful of UK universities to offer a Master’s degree in Finance, Banking and Insurance, leaving our graduates’ skills sought after on the job market.

Studying Finance, Banking and Insurance MSc will enable you to pursue a wide range of careers in the financial services industry and to study further for professional institute exams. This year-long full-time programme is designed for students who want to work in the areas of finance, financial services and banking, investment banking, retail banking, insurance, re-insurance and hedged funds as private client advisors and financial analysis both in the public and private sectors.

Course content

The course is designed to give you an essential understanding of the role and operations of the finance, banks and insurance companies. The course is delivered by highly qualified individuals with extensive research experience and strong industry links. During your studies, you will acquire essential knowledge and skills that will set the foundations for a successful career in the financial services sector, and you will gain access to our ever-growing alumni network which will support your career development following your graduation.

A highlight for many students are the field trips and social events organised throughout the course which provide an opportunity for networking with peers, alumni and industry professionals.

Students on this course benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list and an online subscription to Financial Times.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Compliance and Law in Banking and Insurance

This module offers a detailed examination of the law, legal principles, regulation, compliance and supervision that applies to domestic and international banks and insurance companies. The module focuses on relevant reforms to the banking and insurance companies. The module also focuses on relevant reforms to the banking and insurance industries.

Global Banking

The module evaluates the role and function of domestic and global banks and their structure and operations. This is accompanied by a thorough examination of the risks that banks are exposed to, and the various ways to manage them.

Insurance Markets and Operations

The module examines the principles and practice of insurance and the operation of insurance companies in the life and non-life markets. It provides a solid understanding of all aspects of the nature and role of insurance, from basic principles through to industry practice.

International Risk Management

This module provides you with the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about international risk management.

Modern Finance

You will gain an overview of fundamental topics in the field of finance, including capital structure, corporate value, cost of capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, investment and modern portfolio theory.

Research Methods

Develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of finance, banking or insurance.

Project

An 8,000-10,000 word dissertation in the area of finance, banking or insurance.

Option modules

Advanced Topics in Insurance

This module offers an in-depth analysis of selected specialist areas of insurance. It also offers an interactive, computer-based learning experience exploring the fundamental statistical techniques used in risk analysis and risk management.

Banking Risk and Operations

Acquire a thorough knowledge of domestic and global banks, structures and functions and gain a sound understanding of the risks that banks are exposed to, and the different techniques applied to manage them.

Financial Derivatives

This module develops your theoretical understanding of financial derivatives markets. You will price and value financial derivatives from first principles and explore how financial derivative products can be used effectively in risk and investment management applications.

Financial Markets and Institutions

This module offers detailed coverage and analysis of global financial markets and institutions.

Fixed Income Analysis and Trading

This module provides the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about traditional income securities.

Forecasting Markets and Risk Modelling

This module provides advanced ideas and applications of forecasting markets and risk modelling. These include forecasting, volatility forecasting, univariate and multivariate volatility modelling, risk measures, value at risk and advance risk modelling methods which are widely used on trading floors in the financial markets. The module includes extensive computer lab sessions to provide practical experience on using the different models on the trading floor.

International Financial Reporting

This module will develop your systematic understanding of the principles underlying, and policy issues inherent in, the study of international financial reporting, with particular reference to multinational groups.

Modern Portfolio Management

Develop your understanding of contemporary portfolio theory and investment management principles in order to actively manage a range of investment funds used by professional institutional investors and the private wealth management industry.

Global Finance MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 13.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

The course is designed to provide you with expertise in international finance and enable you to pursue a career within the finance profession. As well as the strong disciplinary base in international finance, you will draw on other cognate disciplines including accounting, quantitative methods and economics, and so be able to work with specialists in other areas and present findings and analysis to non-specialists. The course is open to people with no detailed prior knowledge of international finance, although this is desirable.

Course content

During your studies, you will have access to a significant resource in the Financial Markets Suite, which uses the Bloomberg computer system to monitor real-time financial market movements and trends. It’s a resource available to very few UK universities, and one which provides a modern and progressive teaching environment combining finance theory with practice.

In addition, as a student on this course you will receive a student membership to Chartered Management Institute (CMI) and access to the CMI professional network, opportunity to attend events and get the latest news from the sector of leadership and management.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Behavioural Finance

This is a relatively new and increasingly  popular field which provides explanations for people’s economic decisions by combining behavioural and cognitive psychology theory with conventional economics and finance.

Data Analysis

Through this module you will cover a range of data analysis methods and concepts.

Financial Markets and Institutions

This module offers detailed coverage and analysis of global financial markets and institutions.

Global Financial Markets

This module is concerned with both practical and theoretical issues related to international financial markets.

International Risk Management

This module provides the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about international risk management.

Modern Finance

You will gain an overview of fundamental topics in the field of finance, including capital structure, corporate value, cost of capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, investment, and modern portfolio theory.

Project

An 8,000-10,000-word dissertation in the area of international finance.

Research Methods in Finance and Accounting

This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of international finance.

Option modules

Choose one from the following:

Corporate Governance and Business Ethics

You will examine the theoretical and practical issues involved in the direction and control of companies operating in the UK and internationally.

Fixed Income Analysis and Trading

This module provides the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about traditional fixed income securities.

Forecasting Markets and Risk Modelling

This module provides advanced ideas and applications of econometrics in finance and forecasting financial markets.

International Aspects of Business Law

You will gain a greater understanding of different aspects of international law, and be able to apply them to business and management problems arising in a global economy.

International Financial Reporting

This module will develop your systematic understanding of the principles underlying, and policy issues inherent in, the study of international financial reporting, with particular reference to multinational groups.

Managerial Accounting

The module explores the role of accounting in the management of organisations, and the development and application of managerial accounting concepts and techniques. The emphasis is on practical applications, critical appraisal, contemporary approaches and international perspectives.

Modern Portfolio Management

Develop your understanding of contemporary portfolio theory and investment management principles in order to actively manage a range of investment funds used by professional institutional investors and the private wealth management industry.

 

International Economic Policy & Analysis MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000 £
  • Entry dates: September

This innovative course offers both MSc and MA streams. It has been designed to develop your ability to apply economic analysis to policy issues and business problems, which are often ambiguous and multi-faceted. Although there is a strong theoretical core, the course focus of the course is very much on the practical application of economic techniques to problems, and on developing the ability to communicate the insights that economic analysis can provide.

The course has been created in conjunction with the Government Economic Service (GES) – a major employer of economics graduates in the UK. The University of Westminster is the only English university to have secured GES recommended status for a postgraduate course in economics.

The course aims to provide you with an in-depth knowledge and understanding of the latest developments in economics, with a focus on practical skills and development of the skills needed by a working economist. It is specifically aimed at those with a genuine interest in the application of economics to real-world situations.

As well as enhancing your ability to apply relevant economic principles in the support of policy and strategy development, the course aims to develop your ability to communicate complex issues to wide audiences, your awareness of significant sources of economic and financial data, the problems faced when carrying out policy evaluation and your capability for self-awareness and group working.

Course content

You will gain an understanding of the key concepts in economics that underpin public sector policy and business decision making. This includes the various scenarios where we explore opportunity cost, equilibrium and disequilibrium, strategic interaction, market failure and the related concept of externalities.

You’ll develop your analytical skills by applying these concepts to current challenges that face the profession, at both macro and micro levels, and in both private and public sectors. This will provide you with the latest insights drawn from both the academic and practitioner arenas.

Around a common core of modules covering key theoretical and practical elements, the MSc stream offers the possibility of pursuing a course of study in economics with a greater quantitative focus, while the MA stream has a stronger international emphasis.

Students on this course benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list and an online subscription to Financial Times. In addition, you will get exposure to a global network of professional economists through a free student membership to the Society of Business Economists.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Economic Evaluation Project

This module provides you with the framework within which to develop your full project (dissertation) from the proposal submitted as part of the Research Methods module. The majority of projects undertaken by MSc students would be expected to involve an empirical component and appropriate quantitative analysis. Projects undertaken by MA students are likely to be of a more applied nature, possibly issue or problem based.

Macroeconomic Analysis and Policy

This module reviews the historical evolution of macroeconomic policy and, through a review of the theoretical and empirical literature, develops the analytical framework of macroeconomics underpinning contemporary macroeconomic policy.

Microeconomic Analysis and Policy

You will review theoretical and empirical microeconomic approaches in order to shed light on business decision making and microeconomic policy in mixed economies.

Research Methods

This module aims to enhance your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of applied economics.

Strategy and Appraisal in Economics

This module applies the theoretical tools, concepts and methodology of economics to private and public sector scenarios, with an emphasis on communicating and appraising policy and strategy options.

International Economics

This module offers a critical, theoretically informed, issue-based approach to the study of international trade and investment, finance, economic institutions, globalisation and economic integration.

Managing Data

The ability to access, manipulate and interpret data from a range of sources, both primary and secondary, is an essential skill for economists and business professionals. This module offers a practical introduction to relevant data sources and to the tools necessary to critically explore these sources.

Option modules

Development Economics and Policy

By exploring the concepts and theories that have been developed and applied by economists to the study of the problems of developing countries, this module explores the implications for the framing of development policy.

Global Financial Markets

This module provides you with an in-depth understanding of the structure and operation of foreign exchange markets, financial instruments used in global markets and the operation of financial institutions such as banks and insurance companies expanding across a number of financial markets.

Students on the MA stream may take another Westminster Business School postgraduate module, with the permission of the Course Leader.

International Economic Policy & Analysis MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000 £
  • Entry dates: September

This innovative course offers both MSc and MA streams. It has been designed to develop your ability to apply economic analysis to policy issues and business problems, which are often ambiguous and multi-faceted. Although there is a strong theoretical core, the course focus of the course is very much on the practical application of economic techniques to problems, and on developing the ability to communicate the insights that economic analysis can provide.

The course has been created in conjunction with the Government Economic Service (GES) – a major employer of economics graduates in the UK. The University of Westminster is the only English university to have secured GES recommended status for a postgraduate course in economics.

The course aims to provide you with an in-depth knowledge and understanding of the latest developments in economics, with a focus on practical skills and development of the skills needed by a working economist. It is specifically aimed at those with a genuine interest in the application of economics to real-world situations.

As well as enhancing your ability to apply relevant economic principles in the support of policy and strategy development, the course aims to develop your ability to communicate complex issues to wide audiences, your awareness of significant sources of economic and financial data, the problems faced when carrying out policy evaluation and your capability for self-awareness and group working.

Course content

You will gain an understanding of the key concepts in economics that underpin public sector policy and business decision making. This includes the various scenarios where we explore opportunity cost, equilibrium and disequilibrium, strategic interaction, market failure and the related concept of externalities.

You’ll develop your analytical skills by applying these concepts to current challenges that face the profession, at both macro and micro levels, and in both private and public sectors. This will provide you with the latest insights drawn from both the academic and practitioner arenas.

Around a common core of modules covering key theoretical and practical elements, the MSc stream offers the possibility of pursuing a course of study in economics with a greater quantitative focus, while the MA stream has a stronger international emphasis.

Students on this course benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list and an online subscription to Financial Times. In addition, you will get exposure to a global network of professional economists through a free student membership to the Society of Business Economists.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Economic Evaluation Project

This module provides you with the framework within which to develop your full project dissertation from the proposal submitted as part of the Research Methods module. The majority of projects undertaken by MSc students would be expected to involve an empirical component and appropriate quantitative analysis. Projects undertaken by MA students are likely to be of a more applied nature, possibly issue or problem based.

Macroeconomic Analysis and Policy

This module reviews the historical evolution of macroeconomic policy and, through a review of the theoretical and empirical literature, develops the analytical framework of macroeconomics underpinning contemporary macroeconomic policy.

Microeconomic Analysis and Policy

You will review theoretical and empirical microeconomic approaches in order to shed light on business decision making and microeconomic policy in mixed economies.

Research Methods

This module aims to enhance your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of applied economics.

Strategy and Appraisal in Economics

This module applies the theoretical tools, concepts and methodology of economics to private and public sector scenarios, with an emphasis on communicating and appraising policy and strategy options.

Data Analysis

Through this module you will cover a range of data analysis methods and concepts.

Economic Policy Perspectives

This module analyses economic policy issues regarding inflation, monetary and fiscal policy, European Monetary Union, unemployment, the causes and effects of changes in income distribution, growth, financial stability, and crisis, in particular the great recession of 2008-2012.

Option modules

Innovation Economics

This module reviews the theoretical literature in this field and examines the central role that knowledge, entrepreneurship, technology and innovation play in supporting business expansion and shaping government economic policies.

Labour Economics

Providing you with the techniques and critical insights needed to effectively analyse topics in labour economics, this module uses practical applications to explore the value and limitations of theory and empirics in the field.

Investment and Risk Finance MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 13.500 £
  • Entry dates: September or January

This course provides a thorough theoretical and practical grounding in the key aspects of investment and risk finance, delivered in an intensive learning environment. You will learn how to apply the knowledge and theory you have gained in class to real-world problems facing the international financial services industry and the corporate financial management community. This practical application of investment and risk principles is one of the main strengths of this programme.

The learning and skills development is integrated with resources available in our Financial Markets Suite (FMS), a state-of-the-art virtual trading room environment. The FMS is interfaced with the Bloomberg system, a leading source of economics and capital markets information available to the global professional financial community. Provision of this Bloomberg resource, along with the academic and professional career development opportunities are the main reasons why our students prefer to select this programme.

Upon successful completion of the course, you are eligible for a student membership of – a financial services professional body. Some of the benefits include free attendance at CPD events, accessibility to industry news and online resources.

Course content

The course has been in existence since 1999 and has continued to evolve to meet the changing educational needs of the investment and risk finance professional. It’s delivered by qualified academics and professionals who have worked many years in the industry and are actively engaged in research and consultancy.

The course consists of core modules which help you acquire the ability to perform quantitative investment and risk analyses on a variety of financial instruments and structured products. You’ll also learn how to use capital market products in both investment and risk finance applications. As a result you will develop good transferable skills and solve financial problems in a group setting.

The research and project modules are designed to develop your research abilities and create opportunities to explore finance subject areas of your own interest in more depth. This will enable you to apply the analytical and technical management skills you will encounter to real-life situations.

A highlight for many students are the social events organised throughout the course which provide an opportunity for networking with fellow students and alumni. Students on this course also benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Data Analysis

Through this module you will cover a range of data analysis methods and concepts.

Financial Derivatives

This module develops your theoretical understanding of financial derivatives markets. You will price and value financial derivatives from first principles and explore how financial derivative products can be used effectively in risk and investment management applications.

Modern Portfolio Management

You will develop your understanding of contemporary portfolio theory and investment management principles in order to actively manage a range of investment funds used by professional institutional investors and the private wealth management industry.

Project

An 8,000-10,000-word dissertation in the area of finance.

Research Methods in Finance and Accounting

This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of investment and risk finance.

International Risk Management

This module provides you with the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about risk management.

Sub-core modules

Choose two or three of the following:

Contemporary International Financial Management

The study is grounded in the case study method and provides the basic numerical toolkit required to analyse a range of listed companies that are pursuing value-based growth strategies. Thus, students will be able to apply a range of equity valuation methods to contemporary stocks, including those companies where growth is focused on mergers, acquisitions and restructuring events.

Financial Markets and Institutions

This module offers detailed coverage and analysis of global financial markets and institutions. Theory delivered in class is underpinned by real-life case examples. Students will gain hands-on training and exposure to the Bloomberg system in the Financial Market Suite.

Fixed Income Analysis and Trading

This module provides the fundamental ideas and tools for thinking about traditional fixed income securities.

Forecasting Markets and Risk Modelling

This module explores advanced ideas and applications of econometrics in forecasting financial markets and risk modelling.

Option modules

If you take two sub-core modules, you then need to choose one from the following:

Financial Accounting Policy

You will be able to prepare financial statements up to consolidation with consideration of some of the main accounting standards underlying international financial reports. This module also explores the issues, principles and theories underlying current developments in financial accounting and reporting.

Financial Information Systems

You will develop an understanding of the fundamental concepts and practical skills required by finance professionals as users, evaluators, designers and managers of computer-based financial information systems.

International Financial Reporting

This module will develop your systematic understanding of the principles underlying, and policy issues inherent in, the study of international financial reporting, with particular reference to multinational groups.

Managerial Accounting

Through the exploration of practical applications, critical appraisal, contemporary approaches and international perspectives, this module explores the role of accounting in the management of organisations, and the development and application of managerial accounting concepts and techniques.

Modern Finance

You will gain an overview of fundamental topics in the field of finance, including capital structure, corporate value, cost of capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, investment and modern portfolio theory.

You may also take another module from the postgraduate portfolio, at the course leader’s discretion.

 

Management MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000 £
  • Entry dates: September or January

This course is designed to develop the general management skills you need in the rapidly changing economic environment. As well as giving you the underpinning knowledge and understanding required to operate effectively in a managerial role, the course will develop your analysis, problem-solving and proactive-thinking skills. As the course progresses, the emphasis evolves from operational to a strategic approach.

Studying the Management MA will give you opportunities to gain immediately applicable skills and managerial awareness; whilst learning about other organisations’ processes and practices from peers and case study analysis.

Course content

Students are supported via the Virtual Learning Environment accessing their modules on the Blackboard site and availing of current journals and e-books as well as podcasts and other supporting resources. Onsite students can make appointments with librarians for specific search support or attend speaker’s evenings or study skills ribbon workshops. Each student has a personal tutor and we also provide additional support for dyslexic and disabled students.

Students who successfully complete this Master’s degree are eligible a student membership to Chartered Management Institute (CMI) and access to the CMI professional network, opportunity to attend events and get the latest news from the sector of leadership and management.

A highlight for many students is the residential weekend organised as part of this course – a weekend away combining presentations and workshops with great opportunities to network and get to know your fellow students. Additional networking events with management professionals are also organised throughout your course.

Students on this course benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Analysis of the Business Environment

You will study the main features of the economic and financial environment of the firm, with the aid of common analytical tools and the development of analytical and quantitative skills relevant to managerial decision making.

Financial Analysis for Managers

In this module you will focus on the interpretation of corporate financial reports, and develop the confidence and expertise to use financial techniques and concepts in business decision making.

Human Resource Management

You will develop the skills and competencies to carry out the Human Resource Management (HRM) element of your role and work effectively with HRM specialists. You will explore different approaches to the management of human resources and the implications of HRM decision making for organisational success.

Managers and Organisations

This module will give you an understanding of how organisations work, and how to use that knowledge as an effective manager.

Managing Operations, Information and Knowledge

This module is all about running the organisation more effectively and efficiently, by exploiting internal and external information. It develops your critical understanding of the sources and application of information from a managerial perspective, and examines specific issues of managing operations.

Marketing for Managers

This module provides you with a grounding in the knowledge, theory and practice of marketing as applied by managers in organisational situations. It is focused on the development of effective market-oriented managerial thinking. Marketing-related tools, frameworks, strategies and tactics are introduced, developed and applied.

Strategic Management

This module will introduce you to the principles and practices of strategic management.

Business Research Methods

The module aims to develop your knowledge of and competence in the research process and the application of research methods in the area of business and management. It covers qualitative and quantitative research methods, and considers the contexts within which different methods are useful and how they should be applied in practice. It focuses on research design, data collection and analysis, and the presentation of findings.

Project

This module involves extensive research in a chosen topic. It will enable you to demonstrate your ability to work autonomously, and to apply the theory learnt during the course to a substantial real-life problem.

Marketing Communications MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 15.500 £
  • Entry dates: September or January

Marketing communications covers the selection and application of the main communication tools available to an organisation in pursuit of its marketing goals. This work is often carried out by specialist agencies, and involves both strategic thinking and the development of creative solutions. It calls for a blend of research-based knowledge with the practice of high-level, often extremely creative, skills.

As part of the course, you will have the opportunity to take exams for the Professional Diploma in Digital Marketing and upon successful completion of the exams become a professional member of the Digital Marketing Institute.

Course content

The course covers the main marketing communication techniques. It provides you with a sufficient foundation in marketing to enable you to work easily with people involved throughout the marketing management process. The ultimate aim of the course is to enhance individual career advancement prospects through knowledge of how to apply academic learning to best marketing communications practice.

A highlight for many students are the study trips and company visits organised throughout the course which provide an opportunity for networking and extending learning in new environments. 

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. 

Contemporary Issues in Marketing Communications (year long module)

In this module you will come to understand the nature of learning and how you best learn. You will reflect on your progress and development throughout the course, helping you to generate a personal development plan. You will discuss current thinking in the field of integrated marketing communications, and debate new ideas and media issues. Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC), and debate new idea and media issues.

IMC has developed in the last 20 years to be a vital element in the marketing  management process. It embraces all of the communications tools, consumer behaviour, research and strategy covered by the course and seeks to place them within an overall context of how IMC has developed, what it seeks to achieve and how its success can be measured. The module explores the various criticisms which are levelled at IMC and examples of where it is considered to have succeeded and failed. The impact of digital delivery on the future development of IMC is also explored.

The module is delivered over one year and is designed to underpin your learning about marketing communications by introducing IMC concepts and issues at appropriate times throughout the course. It also serves as a lead into the IMC campaign project which forms the capstone of student learning and assessment on the course. In semester one you will study the underpinning concepts and strategies for marketing communications.

Buyer Behaviour for Marketing Communications

Organisations must understand their consumers and how they choose products and services so they can provide effective communications. Many companies have incorporated a customer  focus in their overall strategies and use sophisticated approaches to consumer behaviour, which form the basis of their marketing strategies. In this module you will gain a critical understanding of factors  influencing consumer behaviour and decision making  which can be used in the development of more effective marketing communication strategies.

Marketing and Brand Strategy

In this module you will consider the role of marketing communications within the broader context of an organisation’s marketing strategy and competitive environment. The module explores contemporary concepts of marketing and brand strategy. You will learn to apply your knowledge to a broad range of organisations.

Marketing and Media Research

This module will give you a robust and comprehensive introduction to the theory, application and practice of marketing research in relation to the media. You will examine the need for research to support communications initiatives during their implementation, delivery and evaluation. A major part of this is the way in which research is used in audience measurement.

In semester two, you will study in greater depth the tools and media platforms for marketing communications. The January cohort will begin these modules during the summer school.

Advertising Management

This module will give you a greater understanding of advertising theory and its application. Advertising  is a term often used to represent all forms of marketing communications. Important though advertising is, it is only part of the marketing communications mix. This module discusses how advertising as a media tool differs from other elements of the marketing communications mix  and its role within an integrated marketing strategy. It covers the advertising and creative process, campaign planning, implementation and metrics, advertising in society, and the problems and opportunities of advertising in a constantly changing media environment.

Direct Marketing and Social Media in a Digital Age

Reflecting the rapidly changing practice in the marketing communications industry, you will explore how direct marketing uses traditional, digital and social media platforms for the acquisition, engagement and retention of customers.

The ability to provide precise, accountable results and directly support the trend towards the development of long-lasting relationships with customers has increased the strategic value to the organisation of direct and digital marketing.

Promotional Marketing and Event Management

This module takes a holistic view of the sales process and promotional marketing activities by drawing together a number of related themes such as sales and promotional management, customer loyalty, experiential marketing,  packaging and in-store marketing (including point-of-purchase and couponing). Analysing each activity as an individual discipline, the module draws the strands together to illustrate how post-modern concepts such as shopper marketing have come to prevail in contemporary strategic marketing communications thinking.

This module is delivered during the summer school in June for the January cohort.

Public Relations and Reputation Management

This module concentrates on giving you an understanding of the role of Public Relations within an organisation, with special reference to marketing communications. You will examine the origins, scope and a range of applications of PR focussing on its role in marketing communications management, the  development and maintenance of corporate reputation and growing role of sponsorship within the marketing communications portfolio.

Integrated Marketing Communications Campaign Planning Project

Finally, you undertake a project which allows you to bring together all the knowledge you have gained during the programme. This is a practice-based project in which you will make an assessment of a brand’s current situation and future potential in relation to its marketing, brand and marketing communications strategies. With guidance from your supervisor you will develop an in-depth, comprehensive integrated marketing communications plan for the product.

The module is delivered through class sessions, workshops and one-to-one tutoring with an individually allocated supervisor. It includes a one-day workshop developing a marketing communications campaign for a real organisation, normally at the Tower of London, and a two-day residential at a Cambridge University College.

Marketing Management MA/MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 15.500 £
  • Entry dates: September or January

This Master’s degree offer a strategic perspective on marketing management, a discipline that is increasingly being seen as critical to success in achieving business goals, and as a core function in many organisations. Depending on your choice of modules, your final award could be either Master of Arts (MA) or Master of Science (MSc).

Students on this course are eligible for an Affiliate Professional Membership of Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and access to a range of professional events.

Course content

You will develop a strategic perspective and broaden your existing understanding of marketing and its integration into an overall corporate strategy and structure. You will hone your capacity for analysing complex marketing and business situations and reaching decisions on appropriate courses of action. You will also improve your career prospects in marketing and general business areas.

A highlight for many students is the residential weekend organised as part of this course – a weekend away combining presentations and workshops with great opportunities to network and get to know your fellow students.

Students on this course benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules – MA

DISTRIBUTION AND PRICE MANAGEMENT

This module covers the management of two essential elements of the marketing mix. You will consider the design of distribution channels with particular emphasis on identification of alternatives available to marketers. The strategic aspects of price to the end consumer are also examined in the context of pricing through the distribution chain.

Recognising that global distribution channels are a major contributor to environmental degradation the module examines the sustainability and ethical issues involved in distribution and the impact of these issues on product pricing.

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS IN A DIGITAL AND GLOBAL WORLD

Modern marketing communications are characterised by increased use of digital technology, increased globalisation, increased media fragmentation and proliferation, all leading to an increased need for integration. These themes will permeate the module. Teaching will be interactive and will consist of one lecture and one seminar each week, and you will be expected to contribute to class discussion.

MARKETING CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION

This module will focus on creativity and innovation in marketing and its impact on increasing the competitive edge of organisations (across all sectors). You will also explore the complexity of the creative process and innovation at the individual, group and organisational levels as well as assess the competencies of a ‘creative’ / ‘innovative’ manager.

MARKETING DISSERTATION

The dissertation displays your mastery of a complex and specialised area of knowledge and skills, employing advanced knowledge drawn from the taught modules and independent research, in developing your ability to analyse and investigate marketing issues and problems.

MARKETING RESEARCH INSIGHTS

Companies today use sophisticated approaches to understand the markets in which they operate, and to understand their customers and their consumers. This knowledge forms the basis of marketing strategies.

This module develops competency in the main qualitative and quantitative methods for data collection, measurement, sampling, analysis and presentation of results.

PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT

This module deals with the management of an organisation’s core product offering, and examines the key concepts and tools for managing brands as strategic assets in achieving business and marketing goals.

STRATEGIC MARKETING IN AN INTERNATIONAL CONTEXT

The contemporary, boundary-free marketplace is characterised by uncertainty and unpredictability, due to both technological advancements and rapid changes in the competition structure.

This module aims to provide students with a deep understanding of the discipline of strategic marketing management in the international context, while an appreciation of the varied strategic tools will guide you on how to integrate these elements to form a coherent marketing strategy.

USING CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY TO UNDERSTAND BUYER BEHAVIOUR

The buyer behaviour module aims to give the student a critical understanding of factors influencing consumer behaviour, which can be used in the development of more effective marketing strategies.

 

Core modules – MSc

DISTRIBUTION AND PRICE MANAGEMENT

This module covers the management of two essential elements of the marketing mix. You will consider the design of distribution channels with particular emphasis on identification of alternatives available to marketers. The strategic aspects of price to the end consumer are also examined in the context of pricing through the distribution chain. Recognising that global distribution channels are a major contributor to environmental degradation, the module examines the sustainability and ethical issues involved in distribution and the impact of these issues on product pricing.

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS IN A DIGITAL AND GLOBAL WORLD

Modern marketing communications are characterised by increased use of digital technology, increased globalisation, increased media fragmentation and proliferation, all leading to an increased need for integration. These themes will permeate the module. Teaching will be interactive and will consist of one lecture and one seminar each week, and you will be expected to contribute to class discussion.

MARKETING DISSERTATION

The Dissertation displays mastery of a complex and specialised area of knowledge and skills, employing advanced knowledge drawn from the taught modules and independent research, in developing your ability to analyse and investigate marketing issues and problems.

MARKETING RESEARCH INSIGHTS

Companies today use sophisticated approaches to understand the markets in which they operate, and to understand their customers and their consumers. This knowledge forms the basis of marketing strategies. This module develops your competency in the main qualitative and quantitative methods for data collection, measurement, sampling, analysis and presentation of results.

PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT

This module deals with the management of an organisation’s core product offering, and examines the key concepts and tools for managing brands as strategic assets in achieving business and marketing goals.

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR MARKETING MANAGEMENT

A significant and growing field in the marketing profession is the use of analytics to inform managerial decision making. Although ‘analytics’ seems to be a catchphrase that encompasses anything having to do with numbers, marketing analytics comprises the processes that enable marketers to evaluate the success of their marketing initiatives by measuring their performance. Therefore, marketing analytics can offer profound insights into customer preferences and trends.

STRATEGIC MARKETING IN AN INTERNATIONAL CONTEXT

The contemporary, boundary-free marketplace is characterised by uncertainty and unpredictability, due to both technological advancements and rapid changes in the competition structure.

This module aims to provide you with a deep understanding of the discipline of strategic marketing management in the international context, while an appreciation of the varied strategic tools will guide you on how to integrate these elements to form a coherent marketing strategy.

USING CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY TO UNDERSTAND BUYER BEHAVIOUR

The buyer behaviour module aims to give the student a critical understanding of factors influencing consumer behaviour, which can be used in the development of more effective marketing strategies.

Master of Business Administration (MBA)

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 23.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

At Westminster Business School we focus on developing confident, capable business leaders able to meet the challenges of succeeding in a global business environment. Our MBA graduates take up influential roles within key and growth industries both in the UK and overseas. They make a significant impact both on the businesses in which they operate and the wider business environment.

They have the capability, credibility and judgement to manage significant projects, business units and organisations and provide inspired leadership from a multidisciplinary perspective, coupled with an assertive and principled approach to quality in their practice as professionals.

Our MBA is designed for professionals with at least three years’ work experience in a functional specialist or middle/senior management role who aspire to senior executive or chief executive positions. Our students come from diverse professional backgrounds, and include accountants, lawyers, doctors, marketing managers, IT programmers and engineers. They all want to transform their careers and be at the forefront of business leadership.

The Westminster MBA will help you develop skills and acquire knowledge that will be invaluable in furthering your business career. We have strong links with employers and professional bodies and our curriculum reflects the needs of the contemporary business world. Our enthusiastic faculty has extensive academic and professional experience ensuring that class work and projects will be applicable to professional practice and relevant to your own work environment.

Westminster Business School is a preferred supplier of an MBA programme to the UK government.

Course content

Throughout the course, there is an emphasis on your personal professional development and enhancing your ability to work at the highest levels within a company. You will do this through a structured programme of tailored, one-to-one mentoring, focusing on your specific issues and career service support, such as preparing for interviews. You will also have the opportunity to attend seminars featuring engaging, expert speakers and a host of dynamic networking events.

In addition, as a student on this course you will receive a student membership to Chartered Management Institute (CMI) and access to the CMI professional network, opportunity to attend events and get the latest news from the sector of leadership and management.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course.

Core modules

Consultancy Skills

This module enables you to develop the skills and knowledge required to be an effective internal or external consultant, and understand how to manage the consultancy process. You will also get the opportunity to put the theory into practice by undertaking a group consultancy project with a client company.

Creating Customer Value

You will examine how companies can create customer value by matching their capabilities to the requirements of their customers. You will learn how to develop and implement value-generating strategies.

Identifying and Evaluating Value in the Organisation

This module examines the principles and concepts underpinning different aspects of accounting and finance. In addition you will become familiar with techniques of financial decision making and the particular problems of financing enterprises in emerging economies.

International Study Trip

As part of this module you may have the opportunity to participate in a one-week international study trip, enabling you to apply the learning you have gained during the MBA course to an international context, and gain insights into what it takes to do business in the particular region being visited. You will be able to attend international business meetings and seminars, tour factories, and discuss contemporary business problems with senior managers and executives.

Leading and Managing People

This module explores the nature of the relationship between leadership, people management, organisational culture and organisational behaviour. You will acquire the skills to conceptualise the importance of human factors involved in creating competitive advantage, through exploration of the practical skills and methods needed to lead and develop high-performance organisations.

MBA Compass

Refresh your knowledge of the study skills required to successfully complete your MBA, and enhance your ability to undertake critical analysis of complex situations. You will use data analysis techniques to interpret data in order to support business decision making and write well-structured, lucid board papers and executive reports.

MBA Dissertation

This module provides you with the opportunity to put the knowledge and skills gained from study to practical use by addressing real-life, strategic business issues or management priorities. In doing this, you’ll demonstrate that you can think like a senior executive, analysing complex situations and formulating recommendations and plans that will contribute to business success.

Personal and Professional Development

This module comprises a number of different activities including visits, networking events, speaker events, coaching, career workshops, skills workshops and action learning sets. It is designed to develop your career plans based on strong personal and professional skills, abilities and networks.

Strategic Management

This module explores the models and frameworks required to develop and implement strategies capable of delivering success within complex business environments. It addresses key contemporary topics and debates within strategic management. By linking theory to practice, it develops your practical abilities to analyse environments, think strategically and formulate and implement strategies.

Option modules

You will choose two from the following (although, please note that elective modules run subject to a minimum number of eight participants):

Contemporary Leadership

The module provides the opportunity for you to examine a current leadership issue in the context of contemporary theory.

Financial Strategy

This module explores the interaction between financial management and corporate strategy. It provides you with sufficient knowledge to understand the financial implications of possible strategic decisions. It will help you to understand how a company’s financial choices can be used to enhance its business strategy and its value.

Foresight and Future Studies

The ability to identify and anticipate the impact future trends and technologies have on the business environment is a key skill for any senior executive. This module provides you with a set of tools and frameworks designed to help you develop better foresight. The initial theoretical perspective is informed by a series of practical exercises culminating in the rigorous application of scenario planning to an industry of your choice.

Innovation and Entrepreneurship

This module provides both a theoretical and practical basis for understanding key elements of entrepreneurship and innovation. It introduces different conceptions and types of entrepreneurship. These include the way in which innovative activities underpin entrepreneurial success, and how a new business venture may be structured and developed as a sustainable commercial enterprise to generate customer value and present a valuable investment proposition.

International Business Negotiation

You will consider the theory and practice of conducting business negotiations within an international business context. You will assess and analyse the theory of negotiation from various perspectives including psychological, sociological, political, behavioural and mathematical approaches.

Programme and Project Management

The module evaluates current project management thinking. You will examine the strategic importance of programme, portfolio and project management in the modern organisation, and scrutinise the tools and theory available to the project manager to drive a project to successful completion.

Responsible Organisations

This module examines successful organisations with respect to ethical policies, practices and sustainability.

Social Entrepreneurship

You will gain knowledge about social enterprises and charities, focusing on the importance of the triple bottom line (people, planet and profit) in the third sector. This module focuses on working on social problems within a challenging overseas environment.

Strategy Dynamics

You will explore the Strategy Dynamics method developed by Kim Warren. This modelling technique has been developed to enable managers to analyse business performance and develop future strategies based on building and retention of resources and capability. While the theoretical underpinning for the method is examined in detail, the module has a strong practical focus.

Sustainability and the Corporation

The module gives you an appreciation of how issues of sustainability affect corporate decision making. It examines the long-term, strategic objectives of the corporation and its relationship with capital markets; it explores how the issues of sustainability affect business policy and communications with capital, labour and product markets.

Project Management MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000 £
  • Entry dates: September
In today’s business environment effective project management (PM) is an integral influencer of success. Additionally, PM-associated skills such as planning, risk management, quality management and communication management are essential to control the increasingly complex projects that allow top organisations to remain competitive in the global market. A Master’s in project management is sought after by many organisations, both in the public and the private sector. The course is suitable for graduates in business, computing and engineering, with an affinity for organising, running or participating in projects.
Project Management MSc is designed to equip you with a set of tested skills for planning, delegating and monitoring project. The course gives you the knowledge and tools to help implement strategies for change, in a sustainable way, in order to influence progress within a company or organisation. You also will learn the governance framework of running a project and how to handle the associated risks.
The project management processes that you will learn on this course are aligned with the Project Management Bodies of Knowledge by Project Management Institute and is widely accepted as best practice in the area of project management.
Westminster Business School is one of just a handful of universities that’s eligible to offer accredited PRINCE2 certification. So in addition to this postgraduate qualification, you get an opportunity to also obtain the much sought after PRINCE2 certificates.
Course content
This course involves both theoretical and practical content. It offers you the chance to build on your first degree or work experience with a range of knowledge and skills, enabling you to successfully manage the increasing number of projects instigated by organisations seeking to improve their value proposition.
In addition to providing you with an opportunity to attain the much sought after PRINCE2 Foundation and PRINCE2 Practitioner certifications, the course will provide you with an understanding and an evaluation of a number of other popular professional qualifications, such as M_o_R®*, MSP* and DSDM Atern.
This course covers and critically evaluates the prevailing project management bodies of knowledge.
* M_o_R and MSP are registered trademarks of Axelos Ltd.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
◾Project Management Foundations
◾Project Management in Practice
◾Management of Risk and Scheduling
◾Project Finance and Procurement
◾Project Management Project
◾Programme and Strategic Management
The first two modules follow on from one another. In Foundations we lay the foundations of project management, like planing, monitoring and controlling, focussing on the more technical skills of the profession. In the Practice module we concentrate more on the behavioural aspects of projects, such as leadership and team work. The two modules together provide a critical overview of the project management world.
The other core modules discuss other aspects of project management such as risk management, scheduling, project finance, strategic alignment and procurement. To complete their studies, all students complete a practical or a research project.
Option modules
◾Managing International Projects
◾Project Management of IT

Purchasing and Supply Chain Management MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000 £
  • Entry dates: September/January
Purchasing and Supply Chain Management MSc addresses the strategic role of purchasing and supply chain management. It also examines the impact of changes in the regulatory and policy environment, and the effect of new technologies and techniques on current and future problems within the supply chain.
During the course, you will develop your knowledge of best practice purchasing and supply chain management, and enhance your understanding of the importance of business process and activity integration through our range of modules.
The sectors of purchasing and supply chain are expanding, leaving our Master’s graduates attractive on the job market. Depending on your interests and desired career path, you will have the opportunity to specialise in international law or project management as part of this course.
Course content
Our range of core and option modules on this course equips you with the specialist knowledge to identify problems and develop solutions within both purchasing and the wider supply chain. Our lecturers combine traditional lectures with games to illustrate logistics and supply chain and talks by external speakers from the industry.
A highlight for many students are the field trips and social events organised throughout the course which provide an opportunity for networking and extending your learning in new environments. Read about a recent field trip to the Siemens Urban Sustainability Centre on our blog.
As part of this course, you have the opportunity to obtain a PRINCE2 Foundation certification in project management. You will also be eligible for a Professional SAP Certification discount and benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
Business Process Integration with SAP
You will consider the role of information and process integration within organisations, focusing on enterprise-wide software and business process integration. Opportunities to study for SAP-accredited courses are offered in association with this module.
Financial Analysis for Managers
This module aims to develop your analytical skills and understanding of corporate financial reports.
Logistics and the External Environment
With this module you will increase your awareness of the external influences that companies must take into account in the design and operation of their logistics systems.
Purchasing Management
You will develop a range of knowledge about purchasing management, including the purchasing management process, negotiation techniques, supplier appraisal and the buyer’s role.
Research Methods and Project Preparation
These modules will increase your knowledge and competence of the research process and the application of research methods.
Retail Supply Chain Management
By examining retail markets (by country and sector), this module investigates developments in the control of the supply chain between retailers and manufacturers.
Sustainable Supply and Procurement
You will examine topics related to green logistics, procurement and supply chain management.
Option modules
International Aspects of Business Law
You will gain a greater understanding of different aspects of international law, and be able to apply them to business.
Project Management
You will examine the importance of projects in modern organisations, with particular reference to managing projects.

Big Data Technologies MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
This course has been designed to enhance your professional abilities, and deepen your knowledge and understanding of emerging, state-of-the-art database technologies. It will equip you with the range of highly marketable, hands-on skills required in data modelling, and in designing, managing, monitoring and administering corporate database systems divisions, information centres and webenabled database applications.
The course combines academic study with Oracle certification training, and you will be encouraged to take the associated Oracle exams and become an Oracle Certified Associate. It is suitable for recent graduates who wish to study for a higher qualification and/or gain relevant technical and professional skills in database systems. It’s also a strong course for practitioners looking to enhance their professional abilities, develop their careers, and update their technical skills, knowledge and understanding of state-of-the-art and emerging technologies.
Course content
The course addresses new technologies, and advanced theories and techniques, along with their application, implementation and integration with legacy systems. You will analyse new demands and the application of new technologies in the management of data and information resources, and examine emerging technologies shaping the way data is now processed, accessed, retrieved, structured and modelled.
Embedded into the course are these themes that will help you to develop skills in the use and application of specific area in the database discipline. One theme is related to database administration and the ability to deliver and administer web-enabled database solutions. A second theme is related to database application development, and the ability to deliver web-enabled information systems solutions. The third theme focuses on the role of data architect, and the skills and knowledge needed to organise and design data and manage projects in a way that harnesses potential emerging technologies.
Teaching methods include lectures, student-led activity and smaller, instructor-led groups. You are encouraged to gain greater understanding of topics through practical activity and the use of scaled down versions of real life scenarios. The Oracle training materials that we use will prepare you to take the Oracle Certified Associate (OCA) exams. Assessment usually involves a combination of exams and coursework, leading to a product such as a presentation, group investigation, technical solution, a piece of software or a research review. Exams are normally two hour long and take place at the end of the year.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM POSTGRADUATE PROJECT MODULE
The project module plays a unifying role, and aims to encourage and reward your individual inventiveness and application of effort. It is an exercise that may take a variety of forms and which provides you with the experience of planning and bringing to fruition a major piece of individual work.
BUSINESS SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
This is a hands-on module that uses Java to develop your programming skills and to give you a good practical understanding of object-oriented programming and concepts. Topics covered include data structures, GUI programming, applets, database connectivity, server-side programming (using JSP). As part of the module, you will learn the fundamentals of Java programming; how to handle events through programming; how to design and implement web-based applications communicating with a database and how object-orientation can enable you to re-use existing solutions and to facilitate new designs of software components.
DATA MANAGEMENT AND REPOSITORIES
You will learn about the theoretical and practical issues related to technologies employed for the persistent storage of data. This module discusses and evaluates the underlying technologies used in capturing, maintaining and modelling persistent data. Pursuing this, the evolution of Database Management Systems, their components and functionality will be discussed, along with some of the predominant and emerging data models.
DATABASE LANGUAGES
This is a hands-on module that develops your database skills for the definition and manipulation of data constructs. You will use Oracle’s SQL to learn the features and constructs that contemporary ad hoc Database Query Languages offer; Oracle’s PL/SQL is used to teach the procedural and object-relational aspects of Data Query Languages; issues related to the efficient use of client/server programming constructs are also addressed. You will be given access to Oracle courseware that can help you with your preparation for Oracle Certification Exams, whereas the exercises and teaching materials used in this module are based on Oracle University materials.
RESEARCH METHODS AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
This module will develop further your research and industry skills required for your professional development, future career and study. Among the skills that will be strengthened are those related to the awareness of the professional, legal and ethical issues, the critical evaluation, the collection and analysis of information, and the development and defence of a sound project proposal.
Option modules
DATA WAREHOUSING AND OLAP
The module focuses and addresses recent technological developments in integrating and analysing large amounts of business data that today’s transactional/operational enterprise systems are capable of collecting. You will explore multi-dimensional modelling, the integration of multi-source data and analysis, aiming to support better business decision making. Most of the topics covered in lectures will be associated with a number of supervised, Oracle-supported, computer laboratory/workshop sessions. The exercises and study materials used in these sessions will utilise material and courseware drawn from Oracle documents and Oracle university courses.
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT
The module provides you with extensive coverage of the principles of database administration, including transaction management and control, backup and recovery, availability and security. It aims to define the role of the database administrator, to provide an in-depth appreciation of the underlying technical issues involved in managing a database within an organisation, and to investigate the mechanisms that are available to handle the additional complexity that arises from managing distributed and replicated data. Lectures and tutorials will be complemented by special workshops covering issues related to concepts and technologies used to administer Oracle installations. The exercises and materials used in these workshops will be drawn from materials used in Oracle University courses.
DATA VISUALISATION AND DASH-BOARDING
This module covers the theoretical and practical aspects of data visualisation including graphical perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, and static data ‘infographics’. Tools such as R and Tableau are used.
ENTERPRISE UTILITY COMPUTING
You will focus on technologies and software delivery methods based on the utility computing model at the networked enterprise. The module gives you an overview of the underlying concepts of utility computing, such as its business and service provisioning model, outsourcing, and virtualisation. You will also examine how clusters, grids and clouds can be utilised for enterprise computing, and what new challenges are raised regarding quality of service, security, and ethical and legal issues.
IT BUSINESS MODELS
This module provides you with an overview of emerging IT business models in the context of e-business and enterprise computing. You will cover different e-business models (B2B, B2C, B2A), and analyse the relationship between e-business/e-commerce front-ends and enterprise resource planning systems. You will also examine emerging B2C and B2B business revenue models based on the e-enterprise from technological, business, legal and ethical perspectives.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
You will examine the role of the project manager, together with the techniques used for project planning, scheduling, monitoring and controlling projects throughout the project life cycle. The PRINCE2 project management method is used as a framework for understanding the key issues, providing you with practical experience in using a project management software tool for project scheduling.
REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEM MODELLING
This module introduces you to the discipline of requirement analysis through requirements modelling in order to capture, validate, specify and manage requirements in Information Systems Development (ISD) projects. You will also focus on the analysis of risks and failures of ISD projects, with emphasis on the role of requirement analysis when building ‘right’ systems.
SEMANTIC AND COLLABORATIVE TECHNOLOGIES
This module will provide you with skills in manipulating XML-based and semantic web technologies, for modelling, querying and reasoning about distributed and interoperable data over the internet. You will understand the general vision and impact of collaborative and semantic web technologies and their applications, and be able to describe web resources in RDF and RDF schemas for supporting semantic interoperability and defining vocabularies for web resources. You will also learn how to develop, validate and query metadata documents in XML-based technologies, engineer ontologies using semantic web languages, and query and reason about ontologies using formal and descriptive logics.
SYSTEMS INTEROPERABILITY
This module analyses the problem of interoperability in data centric applications and gives you an insight into different approaches that addressed the problem in the last decade. You will focus on the impact of internet technologies on the interoperability of current database systems, discuss standards for data interchange and address interoperability of distributed heterogeneous database applications using XML-based web services.
WEB-ENABLED DATABASE APPLICATIONS
The module offers a study in the field of server-side and client-side scripting, and you will be presented with techniques for creating dynamic web pages, while a server-side language will be covered to the depth required for implementing functional applications.
The module aims to examine alternative methods for the development of dynamic web applications; to equip you with the ability to analyse, evaluate and implement web-based business applications; to provide an introduction to using a server-side language for the development of web applications; and to enable you develop a theoretical and practical knowledge of the W3C.
Web and Social Media Analytics
This module introduces techniques used to analyse, integrate and interpret web and social data for purpose of understanding and optimising web site usage. The aim of the module is to prepare for an analyst career in the area of web or social media marketing. You will learn how web and social media data can be utilised to determine a website’s effectiveness in conveying information to its users; about the different sources of web and social media data (e.g. Twitter, Facebook, Web Logs) and how such data can be used to learn about and target a specific web audience; and you will develop practical experience in using several different types of online analytical tools (e.g. Google Analytics, Bing Webmaster Tools and AWstats).

Business Intelligence and Analytics MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
This course addresses the need to propel information gathering and data organisation, and exploit potential information and knowledge hidden in routinely collected data to improve decision making. The course, which builds on the strengths of two successful courses on data mining and on decision sciences, is more technology focused, and stretches the datamining and decision-sciences theme to the broader agenda of business intelligence.
You will focus on developing solutions to real-world problems associated with the changing nature of IT infrastructure and increasing volumes of data, through the use of applications and case studies, while gaining a deep appreciation of the underlying models and techniques. You will also gain a greater understanding of the impact technological advances have on the nature and practices adopted within the business intelligence and analytics environments, and know how to adapt to these changes.
Course content
Embedded into the course are two key themes. The first will help you to develop your skills in the use and application of various technologies, architectures, techniques, tools and methods. These include data warehousing and data mining, distributed data management, and the technologies, architectures, and appropriate middleware and infrastructures supporting application layers. The second theme will enhance your knowledge of algorithms and the quantitative techniques suitable for analysing and mining data and developing decision models in a broad range of application areas. The project consolidates the taught subjects covered, while giving you the opportunity to pursue in-depth study in your chosen area.
Teaching approaches include lectures, tutorials, seminars and practical sessions. You will also learn through extensive coursework, class presentations, group research work, and the use of a range of industry standard software such as SAS, SPSS, iThink, Simul8, MS SQL Server 2005 Analysis Services, and Oracle Data Mining Suite. Taught modules may be assessed entirely through coursework, or may include a two-hour exam at the end of the year.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
DATA MINING
The module provides you with an in-depth analysis of the most practical topics in data mining and knowledge discovery, such as decision tree and other classification methods, association analysis, clustering and statistical mining.
Business Information Systems project
The project module plays a unifying role and it aims to encourage and reward your individual inventiveness and application of effort. The scope of the project is not only to complete a well-defined piece of work in a professional manner, but also to place the work into the context of the current state of the art in business intelligence and/or analytics.
RESEARCH METHODS AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
You will strengthen your skills for the research and industry needs of the course, the final project, and for your future career and study. The module guides your personal development plan towards the professional requirements of the discipline, and covers methods of critical evaluation, gathering and analysing information, and preparing and defending a project proposal.
STATISTICS AND OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
This is a self-contained module in applied statistics and operational research that lays the foundations for more advanced modules in data mining and analytics. You will cover topics such as hypothesis testing, regression, forecasting, linear programming and network modelling, and use software such as EXCEL Solver, SPSS, R, SAS, and AIMMS.
Option modules
BUSINESS OPTIMISATION
This module provides you with an in-depth analysis of advance topics in operational research, such as discrete optimisation, multiple criteria optimisation and modern heuristic approaches.
COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
You will cover topics in computing considered essential for business and industry. These will include the spreadsheet as a tool for developing decision support applications; event-driven and object-oriented programming and GUI generation (eg VBA); and the construction of databases, with emphasis placed on integrating MS Access and MS SQL Server with other applications to create decision support applications.
DATA MANAGEMENT AND REPOSITORIES
You will cover theoretical and practical issues related to technologies employed for the persistent storage of data. The module discusses and evaluates the underlying technologies used in capturing, maintaining and modelling persistent data. Pursuing this, you will examine the evolution of database management systems, their components and functionality, along with some of the predominant and emerging data models.
DATA VISUALISATION AND DASHBOARDING
This module covers the theoretical and practical aspects of data visualisation including graphical perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, and static data ‘infographics’. Tools such as R and Tableau are used.
DATA WAREHOUSING AND OLAP
The module focuses and addresses recent technological developments in integrating and analysing large amounts of business data that today’s transactional/ operational enterprise systems are capable of collecting. You will explore multidimensional modelling, the integration of multi-source data and analysis, aiming to support better business decision making. Most of the topics covered in lectures will be associated with a number of supervised, Oracle-supported computer laboratory/ workshop sessions. The exercises and study materials used in these sessions will utilise material and courseware drawn from Oracle documents and Oracle university courses.
DATABASE LANGUAGES
Through this module you will discuss in detail the features and constructs of the SQL, the defacto database language for the definition and manipulation of relational-data constructs. The module also covers procedural aspects of the language and issues related to the efficient use of and client/server programming constructs. The module also covers procedural aspects of the language and issues related to the efficient use of and client/server programming constructs. The module is a hands-on skills module; the exercises and materials used in the delivery of the module are based on Oracle University materials, and you will have access to Oracle courseware that can help you with your preparation for Oracle Certification exams.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
You will examine the role of the project manager, together with the techniques used for project planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling projects throughout the project life cycle. The PRINCE2 project management method is sued as a framework for understanding the key issues, providing you with the practical experience is using a project management software tool for project scheduling.
RISK MODELLING AND SIMULATION FOR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY
This module focuses on the choice and use of appropriate simulation models to treat real-world problems, developing solution(s) using powerful Monte Carlo and discrete-event simulation software such as @RISK and SIMUL8, and explaining the business and industrial implications thereof. It will also give you concepts of analytical methods if and when appropriate, such as influence diagrams and queuing theory.
WEB AND SOCIAL MEDIA ANALYTICS
This module introduces techniques sued to analyse, integrate and interpret web and social data for purposed of understanding and optimising web site usage. The aim of the module is to prepare for an analyst career in the area of web or social media marketing. You will learn how web and social media data can be utilised to determine a website’s effectiveness to conveying information to its users; about the different sources of web and social media data (e.g. Twitter, Facebook, Web Logs) and how such data can be used to learn about and target a specific web audience; and you will develop practical experience in using several different types of online analytical tools (e.g. Google analytical, Bing Webmaster Tools and AWstats.)

Business Systems Design and Integration MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
The demand for information technology specialists is steadily rising all over the world. The European Commission believes that even in a ‘stagnation’ scenario, demand for IT specialists will exceed supply within the EU, while all forecasts suggest that, as economic growth resumes, the demand for IT expertise will be even greater.
This innovative course responds to the latest developments in business practice. It examines the broader issues of business imperatives and technology responses that have changed the way information systems are perceived. It also addresses the key aspects of contemporary business information systems, from requirements analysis, system modelling and design to the development of modern software solutions and databases that can be incorporated into fully operational information systems.
The course provides an excellent vehicle for challenging postgraduate study, which will develop your skills for employment and professional life. The course is aimed both at graduates with a good Honours degree in an IT or computing-related discipline, and at practitioners who want to further their careers, update their technical skills and deepen their knowledge of emerging technologies.
Course content
You will explore the latest technologies and industry standard, with a particular emphasis on the web, internet applications, enterprise information system, service-oriented and component-based development, and similar areas. By examining issues such as security, privacy and ethics in information system, you will enhance your understanding of societal use of information system. Embedded into the course are three themes that enable you to specialise your studies in contemporary information systems, enterprise-wide information system, or application development. Your course project consolidates the taught subjects of the course, while giving you the opportunity to pursue in-depth study in your chosen area.
Teaching methods include lectures, student-led activity and smaller, instructor-led groups. Your coursework will range from presentations and group investigations to software development or research review. Taught modules may be assessed entirely through coursework, or may include a two-hour exam at the end of the year.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
ARCHITECTURES, DESIGN AND DEPLOYMENT OF IS
You will explore the role and applicability of component-based modelling and relevant platforms available from industry, within the process of developing Information Systems (IS).
Research Methods and Professional Practice
This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of Business Information System..
Business Information Systems Project
The project consolidates the taught subjects of the course, while giving you the opportunity to pursue in-depth study in your chosen area of Business Information Systems.
REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEM MODELLING
This module introduces you to the discipline of requirement analysis through requirements modelling in order to capture, validate, specify and manage requirements in Information Systems Development projects. You will also focus on the analysis of risks and failures of ISD projects, with emphasis on the role of requirement analysis when building ‘right’ systems.
Option modules
BUSINESS SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
This module provides you with a solid foundation in programming in general, and object-oriented programming in particular. You will use Java to cover topics such as data structures, GUI programming, applets, programming with database, and serverside programming for the internet (using JSP). You will study object-oriented concepts to re-use existing solutions and facilitate new designs of software components; fundamentals of Java programming; how to handle events through programming; and how to design and implement web-based applications communicating with a database.
COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
You will cover topics in computing considered essential for business and industry. These will include the spreadsheet as a tool for developing decision-support applications; event-driven and object-oriented programming and GUI generation (eg VBA); and the construction of databases, with emphasis placed on integrating MS Access and MS SQL Server with other applications to create decision-support applications.
DATA MANAGEMENT AND REPOSITORIES
You will cover theoretical and practical issues related to technologies employed for the persistent storage of data. The module discusses and evaluates the underlying technologies used in capturing, maintaining and modelling persistent data. Pursuing this, you will examine the evolution of database management systems, their components and functionality, along with some of the predominant and emerging data models.
DATA VISUALISING AND DASHBOARDING
This module covers the theoretical and practical aspects of data visualisation including graphical perception, dynamic dashboard visualisation, and static data ‘infographics’. Tools such as R and Tableau are used.
DATA WAREHOUSING AND OLAP
The module focuses and addresses recent technological developments in integrating and analysing large amounts of business data that today’s transactional/ operational enterprise systems are capable of collecting. You will explore multidimensional modelling, the integration of multi-source data and analysis, aiming to support better business decision making. Most of the topics covered in lectures will be associated with a number of supervised, Oracle-supported computer laboratory/workshop sessions. The exercises and study materials used in these sessions will utilise material and courseware drawn from Oracle documents and Oracle university courses.
DATABASE LANGUAGES
Through this module you will discuss in detail the features and constructs of the SQL, the defacto database language for the definition and manipulation of relational-data constructs. The module also covers procedural aspects of the language and issues related to the efficient use of and client/server programming constructs. The module is a hands-on skills module; the exercises and materials used in the delivery of the module are based on Oracle University materials, and you will have access to Oracle courseware that can help you with your preparation for Oracle Certification exams.
ENTERPRISE UTILITY COMPUTING
You will focus on technologies and software delivery methods based on the utility computing model at the networked enterprise. The module gives you an overview of the underlying concepts of utility computing, such as its business and service provisioning model, outsourcing, and virtualisation. You will also examine how clusters, grids and clouds can be utilised for enterprise computing, and what new challenges are raised regarding quality of service, security, and ethical and legal issues.
IT BUSINESS MODELS
This module provides you with an overview of emerging IT business models in the context of e-business and enterprise computing. You will cover different e-business models (B2B, B2C, B2A), and analyse the relationship between e-business/e-commerce front-ends and enterprise resource planning systems. You will also examine emerging B2C and B2B business revenue models based on the e-enterprise from technological, business, legal and ethical perspectives.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
You will examine the role of the project manager, together with the techniques used for project planning, scheduling, monitoring and controlling projects throughout the project life cycle. The PRINCE2 project management method is used as a framework for understanding the key issues, providing you with practical experience in using a project management software tool for project scheduling.
SEMANTIC AND COLLABORATIVE TECHNOLOGIES
This module will provide you with skills in manipulating XML-based and semantic web technologies, for modelling, querying and reasoning about distributed and interoperable data over the internet. You will understand the general vision and impact of collaborative and semantic web technologies and their applications, and be able to describe web resources in RDF and RDF schemas for supporting semantic interoperability and defining vocabularies for web resources. You will also learn how to develop, validate and query metadata documents in XML-based technologies, engineer ontologies using semantic web languages, and query and reason about ontologies using formal and descriptive logics.
Web and Social Media Analytics
This module introduces techniques used to analyse, integrated and interpret web and social data for purpose of understanding and optimising web suit usage. The aim of the module is to prepare for an analyst career in the area of web or social media data can be utilised to determine a website’s effectiveness in conveying information to it is users; about the different sources of web and social media data (e.g. Twitter, Facebook, Web Logs) and how such data can be used to learn about and target a specific web audience; and you will develop practical experience In using several different types of online analytical tools (e.g. Google Analytics, Bing Webmaster Tools and AWstats.
WEB-ENABLED DATABASE APPLICATIONS
The module offers a study in the field of server-side and client-side scripting, and you will be presented with techniques for creating dynamic web pages, while a server-side language will be covered to the depth required for implementing functional applications. The module aims to examine alternative methods for the development of dynamic web applications; to equip you with the ability to analyse, evaluate and implement web-based business applications; to provide an introduction to using a server-side language for the development of web applications; and to enable you develop a theoretical and practical knowledge of the W3C.

Architecture and Environmental Design MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 10.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
The global environmental and energy challenge facing current and future generations of architects and building professionals calls for a deeper understanding of the principles of environmental design, and their effective application into architectural practice worldwide. Over the last decades environmental design as a subject area has developed, responding to new research and experimentation, both in academia and in practice. However, buildings claiming to be environmentally conscious do not perform to the expected standards, still heavily contributing to global CO2 emissions and often providing unsatisfactory comfort conditions to occupants. The same can be said for the existing built environment which is largely outdated and underperforming, requiring urgent implementation of effective retrofit strategies. This is due to a lack of comprehensive performance prediction and feedback protocols, which are still not common practice in architectural design.
Course content
Students on this course will take a fresh critical look at this subject. Here you will gain the knowledge and tools to make informed design decisions based on post-occupancy feedback and performance analysis, towards a new paradigm of environmental architecture, which is environmentally and energy conscious, yet sensitive to the contextual and socio-cultural landscape we live in. You will learn environmental design methods which relate to the various stages of architectural design. You will be able to evaluate existing buildings and design new ones following a combined bioclimatic and building occupant focused approach. In the core design modules you will follow an evidence based design approach where the acquisition of specialised software and analytical tools will be directly applied to an evaluation or design project.
Architecture and Environment Design MScThis interdisciplinary and international course will provide you with skills that can be applied to diverse building typologies and global climatic, environmental and contextual issues. On completion of this course you will have a thorough understanding of the principles and methodology of environmental design and will develop critical thinking skills to challenge established practices. You will hold the knowledge and the practical tools to better understand existing buildings for retrofit and to design new ones – positively driving change in this field and moving towards a truly environmentally conscious architecture.
The course covers both the wider contextual and sustainable approach to environmental design, and the more technical aspects of environmentally and energy conscious building design and performance. As well as taught modules, you will take design-based modules where you will apply quantitative and qualitative analysis to the study of existing built environments and to new design projects.
Images from top to bottom: Image 1: Global Ecology Research Centre, Stanford, California. Image 2: Sun path diagram projection on site map. Image 3: Computational Fluid Dynamic simulation showing temperature stratifications in refurbishment project in Mumbai.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
Semester one
Evaluation of Built Environments
You will be involved in practical workshops on the use of tools and on the development of analytical methods, which will be directly applied to a design studio project on the evaluation of case studies. In this module you will learn about climate and microclimate analysis and fieldwork methods for the measurement of environmental and energy parameters, thermal comfort surveys and post-occupancy evaluations.
Principles of Environmental Design
You will look at the principles of passive solar design and strategies for bioclimatic architecture (eg enhanced thermal performance of building envelope, solar control, natural ventilation, day-lighting, passive solar heating and cooling etc). The module will provide, through practical experimentation and laboratory exercises, fundamentals of building physics, energy and environmental foundations, including heat exchange and energy balance of buildings, and thermal and visual comfort.
Theory and History of Environmental Design
You will look at the ethical and environmental drivers of environmental design; climate change, energy conservation and economy; standards and regulations; history of environmental design; and its various past and present definitions.
Semester two
Environmental and Energy Modelling
You will undertake software workshops and design applications of dynamic thermal modelling, Computational Fluid Dynamic (CFD) modelling and day-lighting. The software used will be tailored to the various stages of the design process and will range from climate data analysis to daylighting and thermal modelling. These will be directly applied to a design studio project running in parallel to the workshops.
Semester two and three
Thesis Project
You will explore advanced topics and contexts of research applicability. The topic chosen can depend on your individual interests and aspirations, ranging from analytical projects to design proposals. The module will provide you with the background on research methods and advanced technical skills appropriate to your topic of choice. Dissertations can be formulated as a written thesis or as a hybrid written and design-project thesis.

Architecture MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
The Architecture MA incorporates a number of different study options including an extensive range of individual module choices and specialist pathways in Cultural Identity and Globalisation, History and Theory, and Digital Media.
If you are looking for our MArch (RIBA Part 2) course, please view this course page.
Situated in the progressive intellectual milieu of London, the Architecture MA programme offers a flexible programme of study and a unique opportunity to pursue advanced postgraduate research combining high-level theoretical investigation with innovative design approaches.
The Department of Architecture at the University of Westminster provides first-class facilities such as state-of-the-art digital design/fabrication equipment and a team of lecturers and researchers deeply immersed in the very latest developments in architectural design, theory, historical research, and technology. The Architecture MA is part of a suite of Masters offered by the Department of Architecture aimed at graduates looking to further their education and enhance their employability by acquiring new knowledge and skills. Focused on architectural research, the Architecture MA also offers a firm grounding for those seeking to pursue further research and/or an academic career.
Course content
The Architecture MA provides a course that is wide-ranging and flexible, facilitating alternative modes of study and a range of options, including the choice of either a written or design-based thesis. The programme also allows for specialism through its three designated pathways: Architecture (Cultural Identity and Globalisation); Architecture (Digital Media) and Architecture (History and Theory), or alternatively, you can also create your own pathway, under the heading Architecture MA, by selecting and combining relevant modules that meet your individual requirements.
The range of optional and specialist modules offered allows you to develop your individual learning trajectories through the in-depth study of specific subject areas, involving theoretical components as well as practical applications. A series of theory rich modules will stimulate you to analyse current trends in architecture, design theory and practice on the basis of your research and critical judgement, and use these insights to produce high quality written work in a scholarly manner.
In parallel, a set of design-oriented activities encourages you to develop your artistic, aesthetic and intellectual vision through the use of different media, in order to produce individual proposals with a high level of spatial, material and formal resolution. The course is taught within a dynamic learning environment that comprises seminar-based sessions along with studio-based activities, suitably integrated by a wide range of lectures, tutorials, site visits, research training sessions, and independent study periods.
Download our MA Architecture – frequently asked questions PDF.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
◾Research and Positioning
◾Thesis Development and Major Thesis Project
For further details on these core modules see our Modules page.
Pathway/option modules
SEMESTER ONE
◾Critical Issues in Architecture
◾Programming and Computational Design
◾Theories of Identity
SEMESTER TWO
◾Applied Animation
◾City Cultures: Conceptual Design for Complex Cultural Contexts
◾Ethnographic Ways of Knowing: Critical and Creative Explorations of Site
◾Introduction to Design Computing
◾Picturing London
◾Site and Motion

 

 

Interior Design MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
This course promotes a dynamic and speculative approach to the design of interior spatial environments and values research that seeks to challenge traditional methodologies. It gives you the opportunity to pursue your particular issues of interest in interior design or specialist areas of three dimensional design, through concise and focused study.
You will cover a range of issues, both theoretical and practical. Design modules deal with contemporary issues in a variety of interior design typologies, including retail, exhibition, gallery, performance and speculative efforts broadly described as installation. Careful studies are made in the pursuit of a fresh approach to their design resolution, through analogous and figurative studies, as well as comparison using suitable contemporary exemplars. The thesis can be undertaken as a design project, a dissertation or a piece of research – effectively a hybrid, both a project and a written summary or theoretical proposition.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
Decoding the Interior
This module provides a holistic investigation of interior environments, drawing from aspects of various critical theory streams, while at the same time encouraging students to create their own tools for conducting primary research on a range of chosen interiors. You will look at historical and contemporary interior environments, covering psychological, cultural, social and economic codes that underpin their creation.
Interior Design Case Study
This module is committed to the thorough investigation of a chosen interior environment(s), designed or otherwise, contemporary or historical, and the relationship to/within the architectural setting. It should provide a vehicle for you to examine particular design criteria and articulate your personal philosophical agendas about spatial design, together with the perceived and ambient quality of interior space. Investigation is published both as written work and through a short film media.
Introduction to Design Computing
This module will introduce you to two-dimensional digital graphics, image manipulation and animation. It considers the use of these techniques in relation to the broader context of architectural/art-based representational practices and conventions.
Major Thesis Project
The module specifically deals with the research, development, exploration, synthesis and conclusion of your chosen area of study for your Major Thesis Project. The aim is to evolve the project developed from the position formulated in the Thesis Development module. The project requires substantially greater commitment than any previous project task, and can be either design based or text based. You will work individually on the project, which will need to embrace the highest standards of critical review – whether in challenging particular theories and their manifestations in design and architecture, or in demonstrating a personal or innovative approach to the design process.
Retail Design
This is a vocationally based, applied design module. You will consider in context how design is utilised as an effective and persuasive tool in the contemporary retail environment. You will investigate issues of product marketing, branding, promotion, evaluation of public perception and the potency of image, through several focused design projects.
Thesis Development
This module prepares you for the subsequent Major Thesis Project by introducing research issues and themes, and covers research methods, analysis, agenda, concept and strategy. You will undertake a series of short projects and/or studies throughout the module. It is important to note that the Major Thesis Project can take a form that is design based or text based, depending on your choice. The course of study for the Thesis Development module will as a consequence depend also on the type/format of research methods that you are evolving for your thesis project.

Urban Design MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
In an increasingly urbanised world, there is growing international demand for urban design graduates. These courses will equip you with the knowledge and skills you need to participate in this rapidly expanding profession. Urban design involves shaping the physical setting for life in cities. The pace of urban change, and the challenge of making cities efficient, sustainable and meaningful, demands creative solutions to design and management. The Urban Design courses at Westminster provide a coherent approach to issues that face our cities, combining structured academic study with live design projects, allowing you to develop practical skills, a theoretical understanding and an informed approach to sustainable urban development.
Our Urban Design programme is one of the largest and longest established in the UK. It enjoys an excellent reputation and our graduates are highly respected in the profession. Our students are from a variety of professions and backgrounds, including architecture, landscape architecture and planning, from the UK, Europe, and across the globe. They range from recent graduates seeking to expand their skill base before commencing their career or those considering a shift from an allied profession, to established professionals seeking to specialise or develop a more informed critical approach. Our central London location allows you to interact with a huge variety of practitioners and organisations, as well as drawing on the city’s huge range of resources; you will be at the heart of the debate over the future of cities.
Course content
The course places a strong emphasis on design, practical outputs and a multidisciplinary approach. While focusing on UK examples, the lessons from the courses are applicable to a wide range of international and economic contexts. This flexible and student-centred approach is highly valued by former graduates and their employers. The course is delivered by staff with many years’ experience in practice, education, training, research, and consultancy in the UK and overseas. Outputs from the course combine into a portfolio demonstrating your ability to deal with the complexities of urban design in a practical and informed manner.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules (all students)
Dissertation/Major Project
This module offers you the opportunity to research in-depth topics or issues related to urban design based on primary or desk-based research. The written dissertation is 12-15,000 words in length. Alternatively, you may undertake a major design project that explores a particular issue and is informed by research, including a written report of 5-6,000 words.
Reflective Practice
In this module you will draw on both formal and informal learning experiences and relate these to practice and professional development. The module complements the research methods module that examines the production of knowledge by looking at the application of knowledge and the role of the expert. The module involves a combination of taught sessions, individual tutorials and group seminars. Sessions will cover: integrating academic study and workplace experience; professional practice and ethical behaviour in the built environment; the concept of reflective practice; thinking critically in workplace situations; and roles, relationships and responsibilities of interdisciplinary teams.
Research Methods and the Built Environment
This module introduces you to research methods and methodologies specific to urban and spatial research, design and planning. You will explore the theory and practice of developing a research framework, with a particular emphasis upon methods, methodologies, and frameworks used within the built environment professions. The module will allow you to begin developing your own research proposal for the Dissertation.
Sustainable Cities
In this module you will explore the concept of sustainability in urban development in depth. You will examine the role of urban form and land use planning, energy planning, and social and transport infrastructure in developing sustainable cities. You will be introduced to techniques of and undertake a sustainability appraisal. An important aspect of the module is interdisciplinary working and you will examine how different disciplines can contribute to the sustainable development of cities and neighbourhoods.
Urbanism and Design
In this module you will address the issue of how and why cities look as they do. You will investigate urban form through history, and the module will encourage you to understand how and why particular patterns of development have come into being and why other visionary insights have not. Particular attention is paid to design traditions, philosophies and intentions, past and present. You will be required to critically engage with the topics and to distinguish between the physical manifestations of different types of urbanism.
Urban Design and Development Planning Skills
This is a foundation double module for all postgraduate Urban Design pathways, enabling you to develop the essential skills required in practice. It is built around a site-based exercise with a series of specific tasks relating to various stages of project development. These include area appraisal, strategic framework, design brief, development appraisal and design statement. The module covers urban form, activity and movement, design in the public realm, site planning, development economics and legislative context. Based on practical design projects supported by lectures and workshops, it enables you to gain an insight into the relationship between urban design theory and practice.
Urban Design Field Trip
The field trip forms an integral part of the taught course as a whole. It involves a residential field trip normally undertaken over five or six days in a European city. The city has urban forms from a variety of periods and is undergoing growth, enabling the analysis of historic form as well as the investigation of new models. Student feedback over many years has demonstrated that it is a highly valued part of the course.
Option modules
In addition to the core modules, you will choose two option modules, of which at least one must be a subject-specific option module.
Subject-specific option modules
MASTER PLANNING
This module provides the opportunity for you to develop strategic proposals formed in the Sustainable Cites module into more fully resolved design propositions. You will explore spatial design and master planning applied, through project-based work, to a large site within the metropolitan or subregional context, and explore in greater detail issues relating to urban design for sustainable development, public realm and transportation. Concepts of building and urban typology are used in the analysis and generation of urban design strategies and the production of detailed planning layouts and design guidelines and codes.
URBAN DESIGN SUMMER SCHOOL
This is a project-based module, organised around a full-time summer school located in a host European city with strong historic and cultural context. The project gives you the opportunity to explore spatial design and master planning applied to a large site within the metropolitan and historic context. You will apply techniques of rapid urban appraisal and generation of urban design strategies. Normally taken by students on the Postgraduate Certificate course, this module is available as an extra cost option to MA and Diploma students.
Other option modules
CONSERVATION POLICY AND PRACTICE
The subjects you will cover include: exploration and evaluation of various planning policy approaches to conservation and enhancement of the built environment; historical and legal background to conservation of the natural and built environments; principle characteristics of building of different periods; the current impact of conservation on planning, tourism regeneration and community development; and the urban morphology of historic built forms in different national contexts.
ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, ASSESSMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE
This module provides you with background knowledge on environmental policy and climate change. It sets out the theoretical framework, and then the international context for sustainable development, energy efficiency and climate change. You will explore the implications for the built environment in a range of development contexts, including analysis of key policy concerns and planning and design responses comparatively across different institutional and cultural contexts. You will also review techniques for assessing the impacts of development, and examine the role that effective environmental strategies and policies in planning and related fields can pursue to reach sustainable development.
HOUSING AND REGENERATION
This module will provide you with an understanding of the relationship between housing, planning and economic development. The module reviews debates about the supply of housing and considers the role of public policy in promoting housing development. You will consider the problems and challenges of concentrations of deprivation, and examine the social, economic, political and environmental factors which shape urban regeneration.
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND ENGAGING COMMUNITIES
This module analyses key historical and contemporary debates about participation and community engagement as applied in planning and housing. You will consider the key social science concepts related to community, participation, social capital and governance, and also the legal and procedural powers. The module offers advanced study skills in information selection, referencing, essay planning and critical analysis.
PUBLIC REALM: SIGNIFICANCE, DESIGN AND EXPERIENCE
This module focuses on the public realm from the perspective of urban design and planning. In the module you will have the opportunity to study and write about key theories and debates about public space. These include issues such as inclusion and exclusion, the ‘publicness’ of public space, identity, experience, movement, green spaces, crime, security and antisocial behaviour and different approaches to management. These are considered in an international context. You will examine practical examples and will undertake a practical project to explore these issues ‘on the ground’ thereby enhancing your skills in critical evaluation and design appreciation.

Urban Design Postgraduate Diploma

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500 £
  • Entry dates: September
In an increasingly urbanised world, there is growing international demand for urban design graduates. This course will equip you with the knowledge and skills you need to participate in this rapidly expanding profession. Urban design involves shaping the physical setting for life in cities. The pace of urban change, and the challenge of making cities efficient, sustainable and meaningful, demands creative solutions to design and management. The Urban Design courses at Westminster provide a coherent approach to issues that face our cities, combining structured academic study with live design projects, allowing you to develop practical skills, a theoretical understanding and an informed approach to sustainable urban development.
Our Urban Design course is one of the largest and longest established in the UK. It enjoys an excellent reputation and our graduates are highly respected in the profession. Our students are from a variety of professions and backgrounds, including architecture, landscape architecture and planning, from the UK, Europe, and across the globe. They range from recent graduates seeking to expand their skill base before commencing their career or those considering a shift from an allied profession, to established professionals seeking to specialise or develop a more informed critical approach. Our central London location allows you to interact with a huge variety of practitioners and organisations, as well as drawing on the city’s huge range of resources; you will be at the heart of the debate over the future of cities.
Course content
The course places a strong emphasis on design, practical outputs and a multidisciplinary approach. While focusing on UK examples, the lessons from the courses are applicable to a wide range of international and economic contexts. This flexible and student-centred approach is highly valued by former graduates and their employers. The course is delivered by staff with many years’ experience in practice, education, training, research, and consultancy in the UK and overseas. Outputs from the course combine into a portfolio demonstrating your ability to deal with the complexities of urban design in a practical and informed manner.
Modules
The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.
Core modules
Sustainable Cities
In this module you will explore the concept of sustainability in urban development in depth. You will examine the role of urban form and land use planning, energy planning, and social and transport infrastructure in developing sustainable cities. You will be introduced to techniques of, and undertake, a sustainability appraisal. An important aspect of the module is interdisciplinary working and you will examine how different disciplines can contribute to the sustainable development of cities and neighbourhoods.
Urban Design Field Trip
The field trip forms an integral part of the taught course as a whole. It involves a residential field trip normally undertaken over five or six days in a European city. The city has urban forms from a variety of periods and is undergoing growth, enabling the analysis of historic form as well as the investigation of new models. Student feedback over many years has demonstrated that it is a highly valued part of the course.
Urban Design and Development Planning Skills
This is a foundation double module for all postgraduate Urban Design pathways, enabling you to develop the essential skills required in practice. It is built around a site-based exercise with a series of specific tasks relating to various stages of project development. These include area appraisal, strategic framework, design brief, development appraisal and design statement. The module covers urban form, activity and movement, design in the public realm, site planning, development economics and legislative context. Based on practical design projects supported by lectures and workshops, it enables you to gain an insight into the relationship between urban design theory and practice.
Urbanism and Design
In this module you will address the issue of how and why cities look as they do. You will investigate urban form through history, and the module will encourage you to understand how and why particular patterns of development have come into being and why other visionary insights have not. Particular attention is paid to design traditions, philosophies and intentions, past and present. You will be required to critically engage with the topics and to distinguish between the physical manifestations of different types of urbanism.
Option modules
In addition to the core modules, you will choose two option modules, of which at least one must be a subject-specific option module.
Subject-specific option modules
MASTER PLANNING
This module provides the opportunity for you to develop strategic proposals formed in the Sustainable Cites module into more fully resolved design propositions. You will explore spatial design and master planning applied, through project-based work, to a large site within the metropolitan or subregional context, and explore in greater detail issues relating to urban design for sustainable development, public realm and transportation. Concepts of building and urban typology are used in the analysis and generation of urban design strategies and the production of detailed planning layouts and design guidelines and codes.
URBAN DESIGN SUMMER SCHOOL
This is a project-based module, organised around a full-time summer school located in a host European city with strong historic and cultural context. The project gives you the opportunity to explore spatial design and master planning applied to a large site within the metropolitan and historic context. You will apply techniques of rapid urban appraisal and generation of urban design strategies. Normally taken by students on the Postgraduate Certificate course, this module is available as an extra cost option to MA and Diploma students.
Other option modules
CONSERVATION POLICY AND PRACTICE
The subjects you will cover include: exploration and evaluation of various planning policy approaches to conservation and enhancement of the built environment; historical and legal background to conservation of the natural and built environments; principle characteristics of building of different periods; the current impact of conservation on planning, tourism regeneration and community development; and the urban morphology of historic built forms in different national contexts.
ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, ASSESSMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE
This module provides you with background knowledge on environmental policy and climate change. It sets out the theoretical framework, and then the international context for sustainable development, energy efficiency and climate change. You will explore the implications for the built environment in a range of development contexts, including analysis of key policy concerns and planning and design responses comparatively across different institutional and cultural contexts. You will also review techniques for assessing the impacts of development, and examine the role that effective environmental strategies and policies in planning and related fields can pursue to reach sustainable development.
HOUSING AND REGENERATION
This module will provide you with an understanding of the relationship between housing, planning and economic development. The module reviews debates about the supply of housing and considers the role of public policy in promoting housing development. You will consider the problems and challenges of concentrations of deprivation, and examine the social, economic, political and environmental factors which shape urban regeneration.
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND ENGAGING COMMUNITIES
This module analyses key historical and contemporary debates about participation and community engagement as applied in planning and housing. You will consider the key social science concepts related to community, participation, social capital and governance, and also the legal and procedural powers. The module offers advanced study skills in information selection, referencing, essay planning and critical analysis.
PUBLIC REALM: SIGNIFICANCE, DESIGN AND EXPERIENCE
This module focuses on the public realm from the perspective of urban design and planning. In the module you will have the opportunity to study and write about key theories and debates about public space. These include issues such as inclusion and exclusion, the ‘publicness’ of public space, identity, experience, movement, green spaces, crime, security and antisocial behaviour and different approaches to management. These are considered in an international context. You will examine practical examples and will undertake a practical project to explore these issues ‘on the ground’ thereby enhancing your skills in critical evaluation and design appreciation.

Design for Communication MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

This Masters reflects the multidisciplinary nature of contemporary communications, bringing together key subject disciplines in visual communication including graphic design, moving image, digital media and illustration. The course will help you to develop the analytical skills and generate conceptual thinking needed to prepare for high-level professional practice.

We are committed to having a broad scope of activities on the course, from traditional graphic skills to future communication delivery methods. The course offers strong links to new media industries, and we work in collaboration with them, and use their advice and expertise, in the ongoing development of the course content.

This is an ambitious programme for students who want to realise their creative potential and self-reliance, working as a freelance or small business operators in the challenging and changing world of the creative communication industries.

Course content

The content of the course is industry focused, and encompasses issues central to contemporary design practice through a process of analysis, experimentation and the practical testing and implementation of creative ideas.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

BUSINESS FOR DESIGN
In this module you will examine the professional context for design business, management and enterprise. Through a series of lectures and seminars the module will focus on practices appropriate to freelance and small businesses. You will examine key elements of professional practice, and gain insights into the design business through site visits and guest lectures from industry professionals. The module will give practical advice for starting up in business, covering topics including forming and naming your business, choosing and setting up premises, creative thinking and project management, copyright and intellectual property rights, and marketing and managing your business.

CRITICAL DEBATES IN DESIGN
You will address and review current visual, social and technological debates in design, and develop informed views on contemporary topics in design. The module will explore the role of the designer’s responsibilities in a social, cultural and economic sense, the role of the designer in communicating to audiences, and the construction of meaning in verbal and visual language. You will increase your awareness of debates and issues in the design field and hone your incisive thinking skills alongside technical abilities. You will develop an engaged reflective practice to make more effective use of your perceptions and discoveries, and work practically and creatively with reference to a wider cultural context.

DESIGN PROJECT A: VISUAL IDENTITY
During this module you will focus on visual identity and how an entity declares itself within an environment. Visual identity is one of the central tasks of design. Organisations previously described their identities as their ‘house style’, then their ‘corporate identity’; more recently the term ‘branding’ has been preferred. The module encourages the development of distinctive graphic and typographic visual language through visual identity for specific target audiences. You will develop a range of graphic and image-based solutions, through collaboration, group working and presentations of case studies, while building contacts with industry.

DESIGN PROJECT B: DESIGN AUTHORSHIP
Building on the experience you gain in Project A, in this module you will focus on publishing and design authorship, acquiring skills in areas such as editorial, magazine, book design, e-book, interactive and website design. You will examine the traditional role of the designer as facilitator, the use of design to communicate other peoples’ messages, and the notion of ‘designer as author’. You can work on competitions, external projects, collaborative cross-course projects, and self-defined projects, as appropriate, and wherever possible we will run training sessions and workshops, to give you the chance to improve your existing visual communication skills and develop new ones.

DESIGN RESEARCH METHODS
This module enables you to develop your research skills and methods at a deeper level, in preparation for further study at doctorate level and for professional practice. It introduces the field of design research as an analytical and practical tool for designers, and establishes the role of critical thinking as a support to the development of an engaged design practice. Theoretical models of design analysis covered include semiotics, communication theory, systematic approaches, semantics and discourse theory. The emphasis will be on why we do what we do and how we can ensure it is effective, through research testing, feedback and a rigorous approach to design.

MAJOR PROJECT/EXHIBITION
This module enables individual students and student teams to initiate, produce, manage and present a comprehensive design project. The major project is a summation of experience in which you focus your interests, skills and aspirations as designers, and express them in a substantial project. The intended target audience, design strategy, design exploration, research testing, concept development and the chosen mode of presentation of the finished concepts, are among the key issues you will cover and implement. This project will showcase your potential as a visual communication designer and demonstrate your ability to work at a high level of professional practice.

Interactive Media Practice MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.750 £
  • Entry dates: September

This exciting new multidisciplinary master’s programme is fully designed to reflect the needs of contemporary interactive media industries, bringing together creative technologies, interactivity and design practices within digital cultures with the user in mind.

Interactive Media Practice combines a wide range of digital creative technologies primarily combining digital literacies design, technology and interaction, through user centred design for commercial outputs to an industry standard.

Interactive Media Practice places the user at the centre of the experience and focuses on design and content creation in areas such as: mobile app development, wearables, games, rich media websites, interactive guides and installations, immersive VR, next generation advertising and virtual and augmented reality systems, through to social media powerful eMarketing and entrepreneurship through innovation protocol.

According to the late CEO of Apple, Steve Jobs, the app industry “is worth several billion pounds annually and employs around 40,000 people, representing approximately ten per cent of the total audio-visual workforce. Sectors such as sound-driven games and apps show an even wider growth where providers such as Apple have paid a total of two billion dollars to apps within the US alone”.

Adobe Systems (UK) fully support the programme with high recommendation, based on the development and key principles the course offers, which is rare and unique. We embrace excellent contracts within the interactive media and games industries, including regular visits and master classes from industry professionals at the top of their game from Adobe to Sony.

Adobe Systems (UK), said: “This Interactive Media degree offers an ideal grounding for those wishing to work in the digital media industries, which increasingly require people who work with technology from a creative perspective. This is the course that will create the next generation of interactive media stars…! ”

The course embraces a hackathon culture with specialist hack labs boasting newly designed flexible learning spaces for students to work more collaboratively on innovation protocols fostering cross-pollination of new ideas creatively. Many students will be working on live industry briefs as well as their own projects independently within and outside our course clusters. This collaborative approach to learning and research often leads to successful projects, which are commercially viable, and quickly gain industry recognition through our end of year show.

“It’s a really multi-faceted MA, bringing together creativity, technology skills and digital media, with an entrepreneurial thread.” – 2015 Graduate.

Our students learn to examine the communication of ideas in a networked world through our entrepreneurship incubator programme and consider the many impacts of digital media in everyday life, for commercial trajectories through practiced based projects.

As one of the top 100 international universities in the world, the University of Westminster’s School of Media, Arts and Design currently boasts a series of professional recording studios, a new teaching recording studio, professional technology labs and access to an array of post-production, and multimedia facilities built and equipped to the highest standards.

Using the leading industry software, you will be involved in designing and making interactive digital media content for delivery over the Internet, on tablets and mobile devices and for installations to designing compelling user interfaces creating a great user experience, this also extends to the development towards creating content for the ‘internet of things’.

The MA in Interactive Media Practice course will prepare you for this sector, by leveraging and integrating the fine blend between creativity and technical capacities. You will also benefit from having access to a range of highly regarded industry practitioners who will offer you exceptional insight and working knowledge within the field, both challenging and encouraging your technical and creative fair. On this master’s degree you will develop commercial-level interactive media and digital content production skills.

Course content

This multidisciplinary course prepares you to work in a wide range of industry combining theory, practice, and bringing together technical, creative perspective on new media systems, interactive technologies and digital culture as well as exploring new emerging creative technologies, producing an industry professional who can produce as well as explore future creative technologies.

Students are encouraged to work with technology experimentally in a creative way, collaboratively, and to apply emerging and existing technology in new and innovative ways, research and the experimental application. You will also have hands-on experience creating content for, iPad, iPhone, iPod, Playstation , Xbox, Oculus Rift and content rich media websites, advanced web production and design, design for interface all of this with the user in mind. The course will provide skills in the relevant multimedia software, media rich web production, Unity, UdK, website design and development to mobile app development. You will be taught creative coding, interfaces and the course encourages the use a wide range of programming languages delivered by industry practitioners. We also have accreditation opportunities within Adobe and Apple for those students wanting to develop their skills more prolifically within select software.

These include mobile apps, mainstream games, interactive installation, sonic media and eMarketing, with an emphasis on core creative skills. The course also prepares and enhances your ability in producing interactive media, methodologies and production workflows, supported by a robust understanding of the technologies and theories involved.

The Interactive Media Practice degree offers an ideal underpinning for those seeking employment in the digital media industries, which increasingly require people who work with technology form a creative perspective. This is the course that will create the next generation of interactive media talent who are both enterprising and creative.

Our approach on the course is implemented through hackathon culture as seen in technology start up sectors, where cross collaboration through interdisciplinary approach is very welcomed. Students are encouraged to apply from design, non-programming or non-technical backgrounds as well as technical backgrounds.

Modules

Applied Innovation and Interactive Design

In this module you will explore and experiment with innovation interactive media applications in a range of areas and technologies. This module explores the development of new idea from concept to completion through applied innovation and interactive design. The focus I to exploit and experiment with creative technologies to produce work with assigned USP within the digital spectrum through user-centred design, creating a compelling and enriched user experience. There is an option to gain an additional Adobe certification subject to module performance and passing relevant exams.

Mobile Apps and Wearable Devices

This module focuses on producing and designing powerful mobile applications, professional practice and the skills required for targeting mobile devices including wearables from concept to completion in alignment with current industry practices for maximising commercial viability, for a consumer-faced outcome. You will explore the requirements and various challenges designing for module and wearable devices and hack together ideas, which solve real work problems within our hack lab. You will also develop critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research on the ways computational media technologies are embedded in the technical, cultural, aesthetic, structures of society and how we interact with them on a daily bases for a deeper understanding.

Entrepreneurship and Project Management for Creative Industries

This module is designed to address reflective practice, entrepreneurship and developing your creative skills through enterprising activity. You will develop your ability to assemble creative projects and bring them to the market using PRINCE2 (Projects IN controlled Environments) methodologies for a commercially viable outcome. You will learn project management theories and mind mapping, explore project management practices, as well as critically evaluate workflows and develop the competencies and skills of a future project manger in industry. This will move towards the development of utilising your contract and new skills to formulate and contract an SME or creative micro business for creative industries from concept to completion, which is consumer faced and commercially viable.

Social Media and E-Marketing

The module examines the role of the social media within the eMarketing and developing powerful marketing campaigns and knowledge within digital media. This module will equip you with advanced knowledge of managing digital marketing campaigns, using social media and web-based technologies. Also developing a cultural understanding, critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research in order to predicted future trends. You will also gain wider knowledge marketing competencies of email marketing, google analytics, PP, SEO protocols, as wells as trending tools for future forecasting insights, and associated powerful eMarketing and web based tools in order to enhance, build and manage a campaign successfully using a variety of technologies creatively on time and on budget inline with industry demands.

Hack Lab and Creative Technologies

By definition hackathons provide a venue for self-expression and creativity through technology. Individuals with technical backgrounds come together, form teams around a problem or idea, and collaboratively code a unique solution from concept to completion these generally take shape in the form of websites, mobile apps, and robots more recently to wearable’s and VR otherwise described as creative technologies. This module is designed to equip students with advanced knowledge of managing and assembling ideas, using a wide variety of creative technologies and advanced programming, in a real world context. Also developing a cultural understanding, critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research in order to solve real world problems.

UX Design and Development

This module prepares students ability to develop and design for emerging technologies enhancing the user experience for websites, interactive media, games, robotics and the internet of things – through a series of challenging briefs. Students are expected to engage with innovative practices in designing advanced UX and UCD principles in developing GUI, demonstrated and implemented through a range of practical coursework using best industry practices based upon theoretical research and assigned readings.

Major Project

The Major Project is your opportunity to negotiate a large-scale, self-determined, original and inventive project, based upon several areas explored in the taught stage of the course. At this stage you will be developing a project within your specialist area and may seek to work with a commercial entity or professional body in the development of your learner contract.

Applied Biomedical Science MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

This course has been specifically designed as, a ‘top-up’ qualification for individuals who wish to become Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC)-registered biomedical scientists but who do not hold an Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS)-accredited BSc Honours degree. This programme is accredited by the IBMS and, in combination with a suitable first degree, the Applied Biomedical Science MSc will ensure that you possess the required academic knowledge for HCPC registration.

When you have completed both this course and the IBMS registration training portfolio (and been awarded your Certificate of Competence from the IBMS) you will then meet the HCPC standards of competency and can apply to become registered as a Biomedical Scientist.

The combination of modules that you study will be based in part upon your requirements for supplementary education as identified by the IBMS but, depending on the number of compulsory modules required, there is still some scope to tailor the course to match your own interests. The course also includes the opportunity to study Masters-level research projects in an area of your interest.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research

Option modules

CELLULAR PATHOLOGY
The aim of this module is to encourage you to evaluate the aetiology and pathogenesis of nonneoplastic disease at the molecular, cellular and tissue levels. You will gain a broad and critical understanding of the current and future needs of your department in the continually evolving field of scientific support and diagnostic confirmation of malignant disease.

CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
You will discuss and debate current issues in the field of clinical chemistry, emphasising new technologies, assays and biochemical markers of pathology. The module aims to integrate aspects of physiology, biochemistry and chemical analysis of clinical samples for understanding disease processes and discipline based inter-relationships for their investigation.

CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY
This module aims to build on your knowledge of basic immunology and apply that knowledge clinically by relating the concepts and mechanisms of immunology to disease diagnosis and pathogenesis. It will provide you with the underpinning language skills to successfully study biosciences at postgraduate level.

HAEMATOLOGY AND TRANSFUSION SCIENCE
The module presents the three main fields of transfusion science: immunohaematology; blood donations (to include preparation of blood components, their appropriate use, and quality assurance); and the developments in stem cell/ tissue transplantation and related legislation. Emphasis will be given to diagnostic blood transfusion science, to enable you to work competently and develop professional skills in areas of transfusion science.

MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
You will gain greater insight into the factors determining the importance of infectious diseases and to develop a critical approach to contemporary literature on selected diseases, enabling an evaluation of the relative importance of routine laboratory investigations, laboratory-based research, clinical diagnosis and control of infectious diseases.

MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR THERAPEUTICS
This module reviews and discusses the ways in which molecular biology has been used to treat inherited and acquired diseases. You will investigate the ethics and legislation involved in the use of novel therapies in humans.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR MEDICINE
The module provides you with a critical appreciation of the human genome, its regulation, functional significance of gene mutations and current approaches of identification of human genetic disorders. Topics covered include: molecular basis of host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology of disease with simple genetics; molecular genetics of disease; complex systems, immunogenetics and disease; and molecular genetics of cancer.

Biomedical Sciences (Cancer Biology) MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

Improved global life expectancy has resulted in a cancer epidemic. It is well recognised that accurate early diagnosis is an essential aspect of the administration of increasingly expensive and tailored cancer treatment care plans.

The Biomedical Sciences (Cancer Biology) MSc programme has been devised to provide knowledge of key aspects of this increasingly important disease area.

You will become familiar with the genetic and cellular changes occurring in both solid and blood-borne cancers, the current and emerging technological approaches for diagnosis of the disease and the effect on pertinent cellular changes on patient prognosis. Studies on populations and the influence of genotypic variation will ensure that you are qualified to make sense of cancer statistics.

You are able to tailor your programme by selecting from a menu of option modules and pursuing a research project in an area ranging from molecular through to cellular or tissue-based aspects of cancer.
During the course you will join our thriving research environment and will have access to excellent laboratory facilities within the Faculty. On successful completion of the course you will be equipped to take forward your career with an in-depth knowledge of this increasingly common disease area.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

ADVANCED CANCER BIOLOGY
This module will explore the role of common signalling pathways and other molecular mechanisms implicated in carcinogenesis, including the role of cancer stem cells in disease progression and metastasis. Recent advances in diagnostic methods and therapeutic strategies will be discussed as well as ways in which public health initiatives can lower the risk of cancer development, and how issues related to cancer are reported in the media.

CELL SIGNALLING AND GENETICS
This module provides up-to-date information on cell signalling processes coupling surface receptor engagement to changes in gene expression. Transcriptional, post-transcriptional and post-translational mechanisms are discussed in relation to selected cell-signalling pathways responsible for controlling cell functions such as cell cycle, cell differentiation and cell death. Examples of defective cell signalling through inherited and somatically acquired mutations in signalling components will be highlighted in relation to human disease.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

Option modules

COMMUNICATING SCIENCE
Introducing you to key concepts in science communication, its challenges, rewards and applications, this module is designed to incorporate scenarios related to your interests, such as health, drug discovery and water science. The roles of science and scientists in society and how the public perceives, interacts with and responds to the information produced by scientists are explored, with the history of communicating science used to contextualise current issues in disseminating information.

EXTENDED POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module gives you the opportunity to investigate an appropriate research topic, generate and critically analyse data, and present your results and discuss findings in the context of previously published work. The project proposed and undertaken must include rigorous and critical analysis of data with a high level of initiative. This module is intended for students wishing to gain greater research experience and includes an extended period of research activity and extended assessment regime.

IMMUNOPATHOLOGY
You will analyse and discuss cellular and molecular aspects of innate and adaptive immune responses, and advances in modern methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. This will include strategies available for the diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological disorders, normal and pathological immune responses to extracellular and intracellular pathogens, transplantation of organs and tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders.

IMMUNOTHERAPY
The module aims to investigate the role of immunological tools such as vaccines, monoclonal antibodies and cytokines in the treatment of human disease.

MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR THERAPEUTICS
This module reviews and discusses the ways in which molecular biology has been used to treat inherited and acquired diseases. You will investigate the ethics and legislation involved in the use of novel therapies in humans.

SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
This module will introduce the theoretical and practical underpinnings of systems biology. The emphasis is on studies of entire systems, assisted by the use of bioinformatics and how the knowledge from these may be applied to medicine. The module will examine databases and other resources as well as discuss issues key to the studies of entire systems.

Biomedical Sciences (Cellular Pathology) MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

This course will enable you to enhance your knowledge and understanding of modern cellular pathology through a range of option modules. In addition, the core modules in cellular pathology are designed to deliver a comprehensive overview of contemporary technical practice in the context of service delivery to the pathologist for diagnostic practice, or for the scientist engaged in cell and tissue-based research.

Our specialist cellular pathology modules are supported by the online use of interactive digital microscopy, for example in pathology case studies, to illustrate the applications of a range of visualisation methods in cellular pathology. Practical experience in research design and methodology is gained through the laboratory-based research project.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

ADVANCES IN CELLULAR PATHOLOGY
This module will engage with modern pathology practice in the cellular pathology specialty. You will evaluate advances in diagnostic, prognostic and predictive testing in the laboratory, discussed in the light of developments in our underpinning understanding of pathology and of evolving technologies.

DIAGNOSTIC CELLULAR PATHOLOGY
This module provides you with a clear understanding of the science, practice and scope of routine diagnostic cellular pathology. The module will encourage you to evaluate disease pathogenesis at the molecular, cellular and tissue levels with particular reference to the diagnosis of disease in the cellular pathology laboratory.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research.

Option modules

AUTOMATION IN BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES
This module will explore the current and potential impact of laboratory automation on the practice of biomedical science in the context of diagnosis and research. You will explore automation from the perspectives of technology, quality, impact on skill requirements, cost/benefit and laboratory organisation. The module will include site visits to laboratories using state-of-the-art automation.

CELL SIGNALLING AND GENETICS
This module provides up-to-date information on cell signalling processes coupling surface receptor engagement to changes in gene expression. Transcriptional, post-transcriptional and post-translational mechanisms are discussed in relation to selected cell-signalling pathways responsible for controlling cell functions such as cell cycle, cell differentiation and cell death. Examples of defective cell signalling through inherited and somatically acquired mutations in signalling components will be highlighted in relation to human disease.

EXTENDED POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module gives you the opportunity to investigate an appropriate research topic, generate and critically analyse data, and present your results and discuss findings in the context of previously published work. The project proposed and undertaken must include rigorous and critical analysis of data with a high level of initiative. This module is intended for students wishing to gain greater research experience and includes an extended period of research activity and extended assessment regime.

IMMUNOPATHOLOGY
You will analyse and discuss cellular and molecular aspects of innate and adaptive immune responses, and advances in modern methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. This will include strategies available for the diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological disorders, normal and pathological immune responses to extracellular and intracellular pathogens, transplantation of organs and tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders.

IMMUNOTHERAPY
The module aims to investigate the role of immunological tools such as vaccines, monoclonal antibodies and cytokines in the treatment of human disease.

MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR THERAPEUTICS
This module reviews and discusses the ways in which molecular biology has been used to treat inherited and acquired diseases. You will investigate the ethics and legislation involved in the use of novel therapies in humans.

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR MEDICINE
The module provides you with a critical appreciation of the human genome, its regulation, functional significance of gene mutations and current approaches of identification of human genetic disorders. Topics covered include: molecular basis of host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology of disease with simple genetics; molecular genetics of disease; complex systems, immunogenetics and disease; and molecular genetics of cancer.

SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
This module will introduce the theoretical and practical underpinnings of systems biology. The emphasis is on studies of entire systems, assisted by the use of bioinformatics and how the knowledge from these may be applied to medicine. The module will examine databases and other resources as well as discuss issues key to the studies of entire systems.

Biomedical Sciences (Clinical Biochemistry) MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

This course aims to provide you with the skills and knowledge of theory and practice that will enable you to work as a professional capable of making important contributions in the field of clinical biochemistry. The course aims to further enhance your knowledge of clinical biochemistry, to engage you with contemporary issues and debates within the discipline, and to develop your critical and analytical skills.

The taught programme contains specific modules in Clinical Biochemistry, such as endocrinology and metabolism and diagnostic clinical biochemistry, which you can apply to diagnostic biomedicine, as well as offering you a choice of modules related to molecular diagnostics or haematology.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CLINICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY AND METABOLISM
This module aims to emphasise the intellectual skills and knowledge you require to understand endocrine function, assays of hormone concentration, pathologies and their laboratory investigation. Emphasis is placed on developing a deep understanding of the cellular and biochemical processes which underlie pathology

DIAGNOSTIC CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
An in depth study of the aetiology, pathogenesis and laboratory investigation of selected pathologies and their laboratory investigation. Principles of key and current analytical methods in the field are also included as well as the latest developments in diagnostic clinical biochemistry.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research.

Option modules

AUTOMATION IN BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES
This module will explore the current and potential impact of laboratory automation on the practice of biomedical science in the context of diagnosis and research. You will explore automation from the perspectives of technology, quality, impact on skill requirements, cost/benefit and laboratory organisation. The module will include site visits to laboratories using state-of-the-art automation.

CELL SIGNALLING AND GENETICS
This module provides up-to-date information on cell signalling processes coupling surface receptor engagement to changes in gene expression. Transcriptional, post-transcriptional and post-translational mechanisms are discussed in relation to selected cell-signalling pathways responsible for controlling cell functions such as cell cycle, cell differentiation and cell death. Examples of defective cell signalling through inherited and somatically acquired mutations in signalling components will be highlighted in relation to human disease.

CELLULAR HAEMATOLOGY
This module will enable you to understand how blood cells are produced and how they function in normal and pathological situations. You will consider the causes, consequences and laboratory features of a range of red cell disorders and haematological malignancies, and be able to evaluate and interpret the relevant diagnostic testing procedures.

COMMUNICATING SCIENCE
Introducing you to key concepts in science communication, its challenges, rewards and applications, this module is designed to incorporate scenarios related to your interests, such as health, drug discovery and water science. The roles of science and scientists in society and how the public perceives, interacts with and responds to the information produced by scientists are explored, with the history of communicating science used to contextualise current issues in disseminating information.

IMMUNOHAEMATOLOGY AND HAEMOSTASIS
This module will cover clinically important blood group systems and laboratory techniques used to identify blood group antigens and antibodies, and to ensure safety of blood components for transfusion and transplantation. In addition you will examine the various components of the haemostasis system together with clinical disorders leading to increased risk of bleeding or thrombosis. Anticoagulant therapy and relevant laboratory techniques for investigation of haemostasis will also be covered.

IMMUNOPATHOLOGY
You will analyse and discuss cellular and molecular aspects of innate and adaptive immune responses, and advances in modern methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. This will include strategies available for the diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological disorders, normal and pathological immune responses to extracellular and intracellular pathogens, transplantation of organs and tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders.

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR MEDICINE
The module provides you with a critical appreciation of the human genome, its regulation, functional significance of gene mutations and current approaches of identification of human genetic disorders. Topics covered include: molecular basis of host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology of disease with simple genetics; molecular genetics of disease; complex systems, immunogenetics and disease; and molecular genetics of cancer.

Biomedical Sciences (Haematology) MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

This course will focus on the physiology and pathology of blood and its use as a diagnostic and therapeutic tool. A variety of areas of molecular and cellular bioscience will be covered with an emphasis on new technologies and developments in Haematology and related disciplines such as Transfusion Science. You will expand your knowledge of the basic science and analytical techniques relating to Haematology and gain an up-to-date understanding of the application of Haematology in bioscience / pharmaceutical research, as well as in diagnostic and therapeutic medicine.

There will be an emphasis in the course on development of critical analysis skills in the assessment of scientific literature and laboratory data. In addition you will have the opportunity to design and execute your own research project. The course team is supported by visiting lecturers who are practising scientists in the field, which helps ensure that taught material is current and relevant.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CELLULAR HAEMATOLOGY
This module will enable you to understand how blood cells are produced and how they function in normal and pathological situations. You will consider the causes, consequences and laboratory features of a range of red cell disorders and haematological malignancies, and be able to evaluate and interpret the relevant diagnostic testing procedures.

IMMUNOHAEMATOLOGY AND HAEMOSTASIS
This module will cover clinically important blood group systems and laboratory techniques used to identify blood group antigens and antibodies, and to ensure safety of blood components for transfusion and transplantation. In addition you will examine the various components of the haemostasis system together with clinical disorders leading to increased risk of bleeding or thrombosis. Anticoagulant therapy and relevant laboratory techniques for investigation of haemostasis will also be covered.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research.

Option modules

ADVANCED CANCER BIOLOGY
This module will explore the role of common signalling pathways and other molecular mechanisms implicated in carcinogenesis, including the role of cancer stem cells in disease progression and metastasis. Recent advances in diagnostic methods and therapeutic strategies will be discussed as well as ways in which public health initiatives can lower the risk of cancer development, and how issues related to cancer are reported in the media.

AUTOMATION IN BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES
This module will explore the current and potential impact of laboratory automation on the practice of biomedical science in the context of diagnosis and research. You will explore automation from the perspectives of technology, quality, impact on skill requirements, cost/benefit and laboratory organisation. The module will include site visits to laboratories using state-of-the-art automation.

CELL SIGNALLING AND GENETICS
This module provides up-to-date information on cell signalling processes coupling surface receptor engagement to changes in gene expression. Transcriptional, post-transcriptional and post-translational mechanisms are discussed in relation to selected cell-signalling pathways responsible for controlling cell functions such as cell cycle, cell differentiation and cell death. Examples of defective cell signalling through inherited and somatically acquired mutations in signalling components will be highlighted in relation to human disease.

COMMUNICATING SCIENCE
Introducing you to key concepts in science communication, its challenges, rewards and applications, this module is designed to incorporate scenarios related to your interests, such as health, drug discovery and water science. The roles of science and scientists in society and how the public perceives, interacts with and responds to the information produced by scientists are explored, with the history of communicating science used to contextualise current issues in disseminating information.

EXTENDED POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module gives you the opportunity to investigate an appropriate research topic, generate and critically analyse data, and present your results and discuss findings in the context of previously published work. The project proposed and undertaken must include rigorous and critical analysis of data with a high level of initiative. This module is intended for students wishing to gain greater research experience and includes an extended period of research activity and extended assessment regime.

IMMUNOPATHOLOGY
You will analyse and discuss cellular and molecular aspects of innate and adaptive immune responses, and advances in modern methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. This will include strategies available for the diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological disorders, normal and pathological immune responses to extracellular and intracellular pathogens, transplantation of organs and tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders.

MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR THERAPEUTICS
This module reviews and discusses the ways in which molecular biology has been used to treat inherited and acquired diseases. You will investigate the ethics and legislation involved in the use of novel therapies in humans.

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR MEDICINE
The module provides you with a critical appreciation of the human genome, its regulation, functional significance of gene mutations and current approaches of identification of human genetic disorders. Topics covered include: molecular basis of host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology of disease with simple genetics; molecular genetics of disease; complex systems, immunogenetics and disease; and molecular genetics of cancer.

Biomedical Sciences (Immunology) MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

The course will allow you to expand your understanding of immunology, immunopathology and immunotherapy, to further develop skills in analytical approaches to immunodiagnosis and molecular therapeutics, as well as enhance your competence in the design and execution of a laboratory based project. You will be able to take a proactive role in research, development, evaluation and implementation of current immunological techniques while perceiving the subject in the broader perspective of health care and scientific progress.

The scope of the modules included will ensure a breadth of knowledge appropriate for the scientific and professional needs of practising immunologists, at the same time making use of your knowledge and experience. This course is designed so that you can plan your own taught programme to match your interests and experience by combining core and optional modules with emphasis on therapeutics, diagnostics, haematology or public health.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CELL SIGNALLING AND GENETICS
This module provides up-to-date information on cell signalling processes coupling surface receptor engagement to changes in gene expression. Transcriptional, post-transcriptional and post-translational mechanisms are discussed in relation to selected cell-signalling pathways responsible for controlling cell functions such as cell cycle, cell differentiation and cell death. Examples of defective cell signalling through inherited and somatically acquired mutations in signalling components will be highlighted in relation to human disease.

IMMUNOPATHOLOGY
You will analyse and discuss cellular and molecular aspects of innate and adaptive immune responses, and advances in modern methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. This will include strategies available for the diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological disorders, normal and pathological immune responses to extracellular and intracellular pathogens, transplantation of organs and tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders

IMMUNOTHERAPY
The module aims to investigate the role of immunological tools such as vaccines, monoclonal antibodies and cytokines in the treatment of human disease.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research.

Option modules

ADVANCED CANCER BIOLOGY
This module will explore the role of common signalling pathways and other molecular mechanisms implicated in carcinogenesis, including the role of cancer stem cells in disease progression and metastasis. Recent advances in diagnostic methods and therapeutic strategies will be discussed as well as ways in which public health initiatives can lower the risk of cancer development, and how issues related to cancer are reported in the media.

EXTENDED POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module gives you the opportunity to investigate an appropriate research topic, generate and critically analyse data, and present your results and discuss findings in the context of previously published work. The project proposed and undertaken must include rigorous and critical analysis of data with a high level of initiative. This module is intended for students wishing to gain greater research experience and includes an extended period of research activity and extended assessment regime.

IMMUNOHAEMATOLOGY AND HAEMOSTASIS
This module will cover clinically important blood group systems and laboratory techniques used to identify blood group antigens and antibodies, and to ensure safety of blood components for transfusion and transplantation. In addition you will examine the various components of the haemostasis system together with clinical disorders leading to increased risk of bleeding or thrombosis. Anticoagulant therapy and relevant laboratory techniques for investigation of haemostasis will also be covered.

INFECTIOUS DISEASES AND PUBLIC HEALTH
The module explores the factors determining the importance of infectious diseases and the role of surveillance in their control. You will develop a critical approach to contemporary literature on selected diseases, evaluating the relative importance of epidemiology, routine laboratory investigations, laboratory-based research, clinical diagnosis and control of infectious diseases.

MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR THERAPEUTICS
This module reviews and discusses the ways in which molecular biology has been used to treat inherited and acquired diseases. You will investigate the ethics and legislation involved in the use of novel therapies in humans.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR MEDICINE
The module provides you with a critical appreciation of the human genome, its regulation, functional significance of gene mutations and current approaches of identification of human genetic disorders. Topics covered include: molecular basis of host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology of disease with simple genetics; molecular genetics of disease; complex systems, immunogenetics and disease; and molecular genetics of cancer.

SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
This module will introduce the theoretical and practical underpinnings of systems biology. The emphasis is on studies of entire systems, assisted by the use of bioinformatics and how the knowledge from these may be applied to medicine. The module will examine databases and other resources as well as discuss issues key to the studies of entire systems.

Biomedical Sciences (Medical Microbiology) MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: Septembre

This course is designed to give you the opportunity to study and analyse the theoretical and practical basis of medical microbiology and many of the specialist areas within it. You will gain greater insight into the importance and role of medical microbiology, with an emphasis on cutting edge areas such as molecular diagnostics and genomics, emerging pathogens and antibiotic resistance.

You will study a range of core and option modules that will allow you to tailor studies to your own requirements. You will expand your knowledge of the basic science and analytical techniques relating to medical microbiology and gain an up-to-date understanding of the application of medical microbiology in bioscience/pharmaceutical research, as well as in diagnostic and therapeutic medicine. There will be an emphasis in the course on development of critical analysis skills in assessment of scientific literature and laboratory data. In addition you will have the opportunity to design and execute your own research project. The course team is supported by visiting lecturers who are practising scientists in the field, which helps to ensure that taught material is current and relevant.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CLINICAL ASPECTS OF MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY AND CHEMOTHERAPY
The module aims to enable you to analyse critically aspects of microbial physiology, metabolism and chemotherapy and relate these to appropriate areas of medical microbiology, such as pathogenicity, disease diagnosis, treatment and control.

INFECTIOUS DISEASES AND PUBLIC HEALTH
The module explores the factors determining the importance of infectious diseases and the role of surveillance in their control. You will develop a critical approach to contemporary literature on selected diseases, evaluating the relative importance of epidemiology, routine laboratory investigations, laboratory-based research, clinical diagnosis and control of infectious diseases.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research.

Option modules

AUTOMATION IN BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES
This module will explore the current and potential impact of laboratory automation on the practice of biomedical science in the context of diagnosis and research. You will explore automation from the perspectives of technology, quality, impact on skill requirements, cost/benefit and laboratory organisation. The module will include site visits to laboratories using state-of-the-art automation.

COMMUNICATING SCIENCE
Introducing you to key concepts in science communication, its challenges, rewards and applications, this module is designed to incorporate scenarios related to your interests, such as health, drug discovery and water science. The roles of science and scientists in society and how the public perceives, interacts with and responds to the information produced by scientists are explored, with the history of communicating science used to contextualise current issues in disseminating information.

EXTENDED POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module gives you the opportunity to investigate an appropriate research topic, generate and critically analyse data, and present your results and discuss findings in the context of previously published work. The project proposed and undertaken must include rigorous and critical analysis of data with a high level of initiative. This module is intended for students wishing to gain greater research experience and includes an extended period of research activity and extended assessment regime.

IMMUNOPATHOLOGY
You will analyse and discuss cellular and molecular aspects of innate and adaptive immune responses, and advances in modern methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. This will include strategies available for the diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological disorders, normal and pathological immune responses to extracellular and intracellular pathogens, transplantation of organs and tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders.

MOLECULAR BIOINFORMATICS
Bioinformatics is an exciting new discipline at the interface of computer science, information and biology and is playing a crucial role in the development of personalised medicine. From genome sequencing projects thigh to rational drug design protein engineering it offers great opportunities for enhancing our understanding of biology at the molecular level and for the developments of new therapeutics. Topics covered include: analysis of protein sequences and structure, modelling protein structure and function, rational drug design, protein structure predication and protein engineering.

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR MEDICINE
The module provides you with a critical appreciation of the human genome, its regulation, functional significance of gene mutations and current approaches of identification of human genetic disorders. Topics covered include: molecular basis of host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology of disease with simple genetics; molecular genetics of disease; complex systems, immunogenetics and disease; and molecular genetics of cancer.

SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
This module will introduce the theoretical and practical underpinnings of systems biology. The emphasis is on studies of entire systems, assisted by the use of bioinformatics and how the knowledge from these may be applied to medicine. The module will examine databases and other resources as well as discuss issues key to the studies of entire systems.

Biomedical Sciences MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

This course allows you to plan your own taught programme to match your interests and experience by selecting modules from a diverse range of option modules from a diverse range offered by the biosciences masters course in the in the Faculty of Science and Technology, with the advice of the Course Leader. For example, you could combine modules on microbiology and molecular biology or those on haematology and clinical chemistry.

Alternatively, you can combine basic science with study of the communication or commercialisation of science. We also offer the opportunity to consider the increasing role of automation in diagnostic laboratories. Those studying part time are free to develop their module choices as they progress.

Whatever the combination, you will be able to expand your understanding of human diseases, their investigation and therapy, and develop your competence in the design and execution of a laboratory-based project.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

Option modules

ADVANCED CANCER BIOLOGY
This module will explore the role of common signalling pathways and other molecular mechanisms implicated in carcinogenesis, including the role of cancer stem cells in disease progression and metastasis. Recent advances in diagnostic methods and therapeutic strategies will be discussed as well as ways in which public health initiatives can lower the risk of cancer development, and how issues related to cancer are reported in the media.

ADVANCES IN CELLULAR PATHOLOGY
This module will engage with modern pathology practice in the cellular pathology specialty. You will evaluate advances in diagnostic, prognostic and predictive testing in the laboratory, discussed in the light of developments in our underpinning understanding of pathology and of evolving technologies.

AUTOMATION IN BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES
This module will explore the current and potential impact of laboratory automation on the practice of biomedical science in the context of diagnosis and research. You will explore automation from the perspectives of technology, quality, impact on skill requirements, cost/benefit and laboratory organisation. The module will include site visits to laboratories using state-of-the-art automation.

CELL SIGNALLING AND GENETICS
This module provides up-to-date information on cell signalling processes coupling surface receptor engagement to changes in gene expression. Transcriptional, post-transcriptional and post-translational mechanisms are discussed in relation to selected cell-signalling pathways responsible for controlling cell functions such as cell cycle, cell differentiation and cell death. Examples of defective cell signalling through inherited and somatically acquired mutations in signalling components will be highlighted in relation to human disease

CELLULAR HAEMATOLOGY
This module will enable you to understand how blood cells are produced and how they function in normal and pathological situations. You will consider the causes, consequences and laboratory features of a range of red cell disorders and haematological malignancies, and be able to evaluate and interpret the relevant diagnostic testing procedures.

CLINICAL ASPECTS OF MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY AND CHEMOTHERAPY
The module aims to enable you to analyse critically aspects of microbial physiology, metabolism and chemotherapy and relate these to appropriate areas of medical microbiology, such as pathogenicity, disease diagnosis, treatment and control.

CLINICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY AND METABOLISM
This module aims to emphasise the intellectual skills and knowledge you require to understand endocrine function, assays of hormone concentration, pathologies and their laboratory investigation. Emphasis is placed on developing a deep understanding of the cellular and biochemical processes which underlie pathology.

COMMUNICATING SCIENCE
Introducing you to key concepts in science communication, its challenges, rewards and applications, this module is designed to incorporate scenarios related to your interests, such as health, drug discovery and water science. The roles of science and scientists in society and how the public perceives, interacts with and responds to the information produced by scientists are explored, with the history of communicating science used to contextualise current issues in disseminating information.

CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN NUTRITION
This module introduces you to the basic concepts and principles of nutritional science that underpin the theory and practice of public health nutrition. You will explore the role of macro- and micro-nutrients in maintaining health, and their effects when consumed in excess or when deficient, through the appraisal of scientific information relating to their structure, function, sources and bio-availability. This module emphasises the skills required to develop a critical understanding of the scientific basis of nutritional requirements, factors that influence them, and how they are applied to populations throughout the life cycle.

DIAGNOSTIC CELLULAR PATHOLOGY
This module provides you with a clear understanding of the science, practice and scope of routine diagnostic cellular pathology. The module will encourage you to evaluate disease pathogenesis at the molecular, cellular and tissue levels with particular reference to the diagnosis of disease in the cellular pathology laboratory.

DIAGNOSTIC CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
An in depth study of the aetiology, pathogenesis and laboratory investigation of selected pathologies and their laboratory investigation. Principles of key and current analytical methods in the field are also included as well as the latest developments in diagnostic clinical biochemistry.

EXTENDED POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module gives you the opportunity to investigate an appropriate research topic, generate and critically analyse data, and present your results and discuss findings in the context of previously published work. The project proposed and undertaken must include rigorous and critical analysis of data with a high level of initiative. This module is intended for students wishing to gain greater research experience and includes an extended period of research activity and extended assessment regime.

IMMUNOHAEMATOLOGY AND HAEMOSTASIS
This module will cover clinically important blood group systems and laboratory techniques used to identify blood group antigens and antibodies, and to ensure safety of blood components for transfusion and transplantation. In addition you will examine the various components of the haemostasis system together with clinical disorders leading to increased risk of bleeding or thrombosis. Anticoagulant therapy and relevant laboratory techniques for investigation of haemostasis will also be covered.

IMMUNOPATHOLOGY
You will analyse and discuss cellular and molecular aspects of innate and adaptive immune responses, and advances in modern methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. This will include strategies available for the diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological disorders, normal and pathological immune responses to extracellular and intracellular pathogens, transplantation of organs and tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders.

IMMUNOTHERAPY
The module aims to investigate the role of immunological tools such as vaccines, monoclonal antibodies and cytokines in the treatment of human disease.

INFECTIOUS DISEASES AND PUBLIC HEALTH
The module explores the factors determining the importance of infectious diseases and the role of surveillance in their control. You will develop a critical approach to contemporary literature on selected diseases, evaluating the relative importance of epidemiology, routine laboratory investigations, laboratory-based research, clinical diagnosis and control of infectious diseases.

MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR THERAPEUTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

MOLECULAR BIOINFORMATICS
Bioinformatics is an exciting new discipline at the interface of computer science, information and biology and is playing a crucial role in the development of personalised medicine. From genome sequencing projects thigh to rational drug design protein engineering it offers great opportunities for enhancing our understanding of biology at the molecular level and for the developments of new therapeutics. Topics covered include: analysis of protein sequences and structure, modelling protein structure and function, rational drug design, protein structure predication and protein engineering.

MOLECULAR SCIENCE AND DIAGNOSTICS
This module is designed to make you aware of the impact of molecular biology on the diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically review the technologies and determine the advantages and disadvantages associated with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety will be addressed.

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR MEDICINE
The module provides you with a critical appreciation of the human genome, its regulation, functional significance of gene mutations and current approaches of identification of human genetic disorders. Topics covered include: molecular basis of host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology of disease with simple genetics; molecular genetics of disease; complex systems, immunogenetics and disease; and molecular genetics of cancer.

PRINCIPLES OF PHARMACOLOGY AND DRUG DISCOVERY
This module is an introduction to pharmacology, exploring the role that pharmacology plays in the development of drugs from bench to bedside, examining the need for improving pharmacotherapy for existing and emerging diseases and the role that pharmacoeconomics plays in the drug discovery process.

REGENERATIVE MEDICINE
The module provides information on the current scope of regenerative medicine, emerging techniques, novel biomaterials and scaffold sources, stem cell harvesting and differentiation. The module also provides information on the use of bio–reactors in the creation and culturing of three dimensional constructs.

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND COMMERCIALISATION
You will gain an insight into the scope of commercial biotechnology, starting and financing a company, the role of intellectual property protection, writing a business plan, assessing projects, managing a company, managing company finances, and coping with industrial safety legislation.

SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
This module will introduce the theoretical and practical underpinnings of systems biology. The emphasis is on studies of entire systems, assisted by the use of bioinformatics and how the knowledge from these may be applied to medicine. The module will examine databases and other resources as well as discuss issues key to the studies of entire systems.

Imaging Art and Science MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.000 £
  • Entry dates: September

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a unique programme in Imaging, designed to equip students with advanced skills in areas relating to image conception, formation, capture, analysis, evaluation and visualisation from the perspectives of art, science and technology.

The University of Westminster was the first institution in the UK to provide academic degrees in Photography, Imaging Science and Technology and has produced world leaders in the fields of Image Science, Imaging Technologies, Photographic Arts and Photographic Theory.

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a cross-disciplinary programme built on our experience and proficiency in these fields, run in collaboration by Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design (MA) and the Faculty of Science and Technology (MSc). It provides cutting edge education, supported by external links to creative and scientific industries.

MA and MSc pathways

Students enroll for an MA or an MSc degree, but can potentially change pathway. The MA and MSc pathways share some common syllabus, whilst the majority of the content is distinctive to each degree, to allow for discipline specialisation to be developed within an multidisciplinary environment. Relevant areas include digital image representation and visualisation, digital imaging systems and their performance evaluation, cultural, theoretical, and historical aspects of the production and consumption of images, colour vision, measurement and management, image quality, content and aesthetics and programming for imaging.

The course encourages understanding of interdisciplinary issues relating to imaging, by providing space for art/science collaborative projects and hybrid methodologies. Students engage in a Major Project, specific to the MA or MSc pathway, and where appropriate, collaborate with external creative, technological and scientific industries.

MA students obtain their degree from Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design and MSc students from the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Course content

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Course structure and module contents

METHODS – PROCESS – CONTEXT
Methods – Process – Context is a shared MA/ MSc module providing advanced research skills relevant to art, science and inter-disciplinary projects. It offers data analysis/statistics, technical and creative skills, introduction to creative programming and programming for imaging. A range of skills is offered to allow students to tailor their skill-set to support themselves throughout the course.

TRANSACTIONS AND PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT
Transactions and Public Engagement encourages understanding of interdisciplinary aspects of imaging, and provides a space for art/science collaborative imaging projects, the outputs of which are disseminated in yearly events.

COLOUR IMAGING*
Colour Imaging is a dual pathway MA/MSc module discussing colour theory, colour vision, colour measurement, appearance and management, alongside the cultural, theoretical, and historical dimensions of colour in visual arts and imaging.

IMAGE QUALITY AND CONTENT*
Image Quality and Content is a dual pathway MA/MSc module, exploring cultural and scientific approaches to image quality. Areas of study include visual psychophysics, image quality models, critical theory and aesthetics.

IMAGING ARTS*
Imaging Arts is MA pathway specific; it focuses on the cultural production and consumption of images, issues of visuality and visualisation, and the politics of image aesthetics.

IMAGING SCIENCE*
Imaging Science is MSc pathway specific; it focuses on signal sampling and quantisation, digital image formation, image analysis and measurements of imaging system performance. It includes optics relevant to image formation and system performance.

THE RESEARCH PROJECT
The Research Project is a self-directed, pathway-specific body of work undertaken with academic supervision; it often runs in collaboration with relevant industries/organisations.

*You must take at least 2 module options from the course. One option can be taken from other relevant postgraduate courses within Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design, or the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Who is the course for?

The course is aimed at Art or Science graduates from disciplines relating to Imaging (eg photography, media, fine art, or computer science, electrical engineering, mathematical and physical sciences), wishing to specialise in Imaging Arts or Imaging Sciences, while developing a cross-disciplinary outlook, informed by scientific, art and theoretical perspectives. We also encourage applicants with equivalent experience in related fields such as photography, art, science, media or imaging industries

Imaging Art and Science MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.000 £
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Imaging Art and Science is part of a dual pathway MA/MSc programme in Imaging Art and Science

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a unique programme in Imaging, designed to equip students with advanced skills in areas relating to image conception, formation, capture, analysis, evaluation and visualisation from the perspectives of art, science and technology.

The University of Westminster was the first institution in the UK to provide academic degrees in Photography, Imaging Science and Technology and has produced world leaders in the fields of Image Science, Imaging Technologies, Photographic Arts and Photographic Theory.

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a cross-disciplinary programme built on our experience and proficiency in these fields, run in collaboration by the Westminster School of Media Arts & Design and the Faculty of Science & Technology. It provides cutting edge education, supported by external links to creative and scientific industries.

MA and MSc Pathways

Students enroll for an MA or an MSc degree, but can potentially change pathway. The MA and MSc pathways share some common syllabus, whilst the majority of the content is distinctive to each degree, to allow for discipline specialisation to be developed within a multidisciplinary environment. Relevant areas include digital image representation and visualisation; digital imaging systems and their performance evaluation; cultural, theoretical, and historical aspects of the production and consumption of images; colour vision, measurement and management; image quality, content and aesthetics; programming for imaging. The course encourages understanding of interdisciplinary issues relating to imaging, by providing space for art/science collaborative projects and hybrid methodologies. Students engage in a Major Project, specific to the MA or MSc pathway, and where appropriate, collaborate with external creative, technological and scientific industries. MA Students obtain their degree from Westminster School of Media, Arts and design and MSc students from the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Course structure and module contents (MSc Pathway)

Methods-Process-Context (20 credits)
Transactions and Public Engagement (40 credits)
Colour Imaging dual pathway (20 credits)
Image Quality and Content dual pathway (20 credits)
Imaging Science (20 credits)
Research Project (60 credits)
Option Module from Faculty of Science and Technology (20 credits)
METHODS-PROCESS-CONTEXT
Methods-Process-Context is a shared MA/MSc module providing advanced research skills relevant to art, science and inter-disciplinary projects. It offers data analysis/statistics, technical and creative skills, introduction to creative programming and programming for imaging. A range of skills is offered to allow students to tailor their skill-set to support themselves throughout the course.

TRANSACTIONS AND PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT
Transactions and Public Engagement encourages understanding of interdisciplinary aspects of imaging, and provides a space for art/science collaborative imaging projects, the outputs of which are disseminated in yearly events.

COLOUR IMAGING
is a dual pathway MA/MSc module discussing colour theory, colour vision, colour measurement, appearance and management, alongside the cultural, theoretical, and historical dimensions of colour in visual arts and imaging.

IMAGE QUALITY AND CONTENT
is a dual pathway MA/MSc module, exploring cultural and scientific approaches to image quality. Areas of study include visual psychophysics, image quality models, critical theory and aesthetics.

IMAGING SCIENCE
is MSc pathway specific; it focuses on signal sampling and quantisation, digital image formation, image analysis and measurements of imaging system performance. It includes optics relevant to image formation and system performance.

Students must take at least 2 module options from the course. One option can be taken from other relevant Post Graduate courses within the Faculty of Science and Technology.

The Research Project is a self-directed, pathway-specific body of work undertaken with academic supervision; it often runs in collaboration with relevant industries/organisations.

Who is the course for?

The course is aimed at Art or Science graduates from disciplines relating to Imaging (e.g. photography, media, fine art, or computer science, electrical engineering, mathematical and physical sciences), wishing to specialize in Imaging Arts or Imaging Sciences, while developing a cross-disciplinary outlook, informed by scientific, art and theoretical perspectives. We also encourage applicants with equivalent experience in related fields such as photography, art, science, media or imaging industries.

Applied Biotechnology MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

Our established programme in Biotechnology, which has been extensively updated, includes a wide range of modern molecular biology techniques and how biotechnology can be used by today’s society. You will complement your theoretical studies with hands on experience of fully controlled fermenters that are up to pilot-plant scale, and are linked to modern monitoring and control systems.

You will study a range of subjects in considerable depth, including bioactive compounds, industrial bioprocesses, microbial physiology and fermentation technology, microbial production of novel metabolites, monitoring and control of fermentation, topics in biotechnology, and types of bioreactors.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

APPLIED MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
This module is designed to provide you with insight into current research topics in biochemistry and molecular biology. Since these areas are evolving rapidly, the most recent relevant topics are selected year-to-year. Examples of topics might include: molecular biology of cancer, personalised medicine, transgenic plants, epigenetics, metabolomics, proteomics, gene therapy and stem cell research.

FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY
This module aims to examine and discuss the essential, qualitative and quantitative principles in growth of cultures and subsequent bioproducts to provide the needed expertise for the bio-industries. You will gain an understanding of fermentation processes, as well as smalland large-scale production of fermentation products, microbial strain/culture selection and development, and microbial culture.

INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
This module will explore applications of bacterial, fungal, and mammalian culture to the production of bio-products (eg enzymes, biopharmaceuticals) and examine ways in which micro-organisms are applied in the solution of environmental problems. The latest trends in the improvement of plant yield, tolerance to water/drought stress and pests, as well as the use of plants as bio-reactors will also be covered.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
You will be able to develop your skills in information retrieval, critical analysis and presentation relevant to your research topic, and form a clear plan for your project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module aims to enhance your skills of self-management, experimental design, critical analysis and interpretation of data, enabling you to present and justify your research.

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND COMMERCIALISATION
You will gain an insight into the scope of commercial biotechnology, starting and financing a company, the role of intellectual property protection, writing a business plan, assessing projects, managing a company, managing company finances, and coping with industrial safety legislation.

Option modules

COMMUNICATING SCIENCE
Introducing you to key concepts in science communication, its challenges, rewards and applications, this module is designed to incorporate scenarios related to your interests, such as health, drug discovery and water science. The roles of science and scientists in society and how the public perceives, interacts with and responds to the information produced by scientists are explored, with the history of communicating science used to contextualise current issues in disseminating information.

EXTENDED POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
This module gives you the opportunity to investigate an appropriate research topic, generate and critically analyse data, and present your results and discuss findings in the context of previously published work. The project proposed and undertaken must include rigorous and critical analysis of data with a high level of initiative. This module is intended for students wishing to gain greater research experience and includes an extended period of research activity and extended assessment regime.

MOLECULAR BIOINFORMATICS
Bioinformatics is an exciting new discipline at the interface of computer science, information and biology and is playing a crucial role in the development of personalised medicine. From genome sequencing projects thigh to rational drug design protein engineering it offers great opportunities for enhancing our understanding of biology at the molecular level and for the developments of new therapeutics. Topics covered include: analysis of protein sequences and structure, modelling protein structure and function, rational drug design, protein structure predication and protein engineering.

MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR THERAPEUTICS
This module reviews and discusses the ways in which molecular biology has been used to treat inherited and acquired diseases. You will investigate the ethics and legislation involved in the use of novel therapies in humans.

REGENERATIVE MEDICINE
The module provides information on the current scope of regenerative medicine, emerging techniques, novel biomaterials and scaffold sources, stem cell harvesting and differentiation. The module also provides information on the use of bio–reactors in the creation and culturing of three dimensional constructs.

SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
This module will introduce the theoretical and practical underpinnings of systems biology. The emphasis is on studies of entire systems, assisted by the use of bioinformatics and how the knowledge from these may be applied to medicine. The module will examine databases and other resources as well as discuss issues key to the studies of entire systems.

Chinese Herbal Medicine MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc Chinese Herbal Medicine extends your acupuncture practice into the other of the major modalities of Chinese medicine. It is a theoretical and clinical professional entry-training. You will develop your diagnostic and case formulation skills and also learn the materia medica and formulae of Chinese herbal medicine. Phytochemistry and pharmacokinetics are integrated into the understanding of the energetic interactions of herbs. Extensive practice with patients will take place in our on-site teaching clinic where theory is deconstructed and applied. Working in the dispensary with raw herbs will develop your kinaesthetic skills to deepen understanding. The aim is that you learn how to modify classic formulae to create new formulae which address complex patterns of illness.

This course contextualises Chinese medicine within its historical roots, and grounds it in the legal, ethical and inter-professional framework of the UK.

Course content

“The University of Westminster MSc CHM is accredited (approved) by the European Herbal and Traditional Medicine Practitioners Association which accredits courses on behalf of all EHTPA Professional Associations, including the Register of Chinese Herbal Medicine. This enables graduates from the MSc CHM to apply for membership of the RCHM. The EHTPA system of accreditation was endorsed by, and included in, the initial Steering Group Report to Government which recommended that a statutory register for herbal medicine practitioners be established”
Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

Chinese Herbal Medicine Clinical Practice

In this module you will take developing responsibility for all aspects of patient care. You will be guided in the construction of individual herbal formulae, applying research to ensure each patient is effectively treated. You will develop your case history taking skills, and your understanding of the relevance of tongue and pulse diagnosis to the construction of a complex diagnosis and treatment principle relevant for herbal medicine. You will also explore the various ways that herbal medicine may be applied or dispensed, dosage levels, and cautions and the yellow card protocol. You will complete your research project within this module.

Chinese Herbal Medicine in the UK

This module will look at issues that concern the practice of Chinese herbal medicine (CHM) in the UK at present, to include: the legal and political context of CHM in the UK and Europe; pharmacology, pharmacognosy, toxicology, CITES, quality assurance and quality control; inter-professional working; codes of ethics and practice; and research methods and issues. There will be field trips to Bristol Herb Garden and Royal Botanical Gardens Kew.

Chinese Herbs and Formulae

This is the first module of the Chinese Herbal Medicine MSc course. Building on your foundation CM skills, you will develop and refine your understanding and articulation of aetiological and pathological processes while you learn the 150 most common herbs and 50 main formulae within treatment categories, patterns and common diseases. You will be introduced to the phytochemistry, pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics of herbs and be introduces to dispensary preparation.

Formulas and Strategies

This module involves the exploration and innovation of formulae from the perspective of Chinese Medicine bianbing (disease categories) and explores diseases recognised in the West but not traditionally described in Chinese medicine (eg post-viral syndrome, autoimmune disease, dermatology). You will be expected to evaluate, challenge, modify and develop theory and practice and apply critical enquiry into both traditional and modern theories in the light of new research. This module includes clinical practice.

Postgraduate Research Methods

This module provides the foundation of knowledge and skills needed to undertake ethical work-based research at Masters level. The process of research and evaluation from study design through data collection and data analysis is covered. A forum is provided for critical debate, enabling you to develop critical reasoning in relation to research design.

The Classics: Shang Han Lun and Wen Bing

This module focuses on the reconceptualising of materia medica at the level assumed in formula construction. You will cover the principles of CM formulae construction from various perspectives, e.g: shang han lun and wen bing, and develop your competence, and a greater appreciation of the roles of individual herbs though critical research, in a collaborative learning environment. You will also be introduced into the clinic, where you will take increasing responsibility for the treatment of patients under supervision and work in the dispensary becoming familiar with materia medica.

Chinese Medicine: Acupuncture MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

The Chinese Medicine: Acupuncture MSc is aimed at making practice better, at developing your personal and professional knowledge as a scholar practitioner deepening your initial acupuncture training. This is primarily a theoretical course which will require you to draw on your professional experience as an acupuncture practitioner. We make assumptions of what Chinese medicine is, what the Chinese body is, what is qi. These ideas will be challenged through analysis, criticality and humanity within inter-professional groups that foster original and independent thinking.

You will decide the focus and direct your assessments to meet your own interests and specialist areas. You will look at diversity of practice and learn how to integrate research and practice. The aim of the course is for you to expand your current practice either into a specialist area, to expand your clinical abilities, or to widen into research, clinical governance policy and practice within the acupuncture profession.

Core modules

Subjects of study

The following subjects are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Acupuncture a Living Tradition

The aim of this module is to help you to critically appraise historic and current literature in order to contextualise Chinese medicine as a living tradition. We will look at its historical development, diversity of practice and the features that make it a unique system of medicine. Through this and group discussion the personal context of your own practice and thinking should be revealed.

Clinical Reasoning

This module aims to develop your clinical reasoning as a confident, independent and effective clinician within a community of practice. We will consider how we use deductive and inductive reasoning, intuition or tactic knowledge narrative reasoning and experience. Knowledge and practice will be challenged through observation and discussion of clinical situations within your own discipline and in inter-disciplinary care. Group and individual supervision and mentoring will help you to develop the reflexive skills of the practitioner. You will need to undertake the equivalent of one day a week in practice to complete this module.

Postgraduate Research Methods

This module provides the foundation of knowledge and skills needed to undertake ethical work-based research at Masters level. The process of research and evaluation from study design through data collection and data analysis is covered. A forum is provided for critical debate, enabling you to develop critical reasoning in relation to research design.

Researching Contemporary Issues in Complementary Medicine

This module aims to equip you with the skills you need to review and critique the evidence relating to contemporary issues in your relevant field, by gaining academic credit for formal learning such as seminars, conference presentations and workshops, and disseminating your findings in a collaborative inter-professional setting.

Research Project

In this module you will undertake a supervised research project relevant to your areas of professional practice and/or work setting. This module builds on and draws together the knowledge and skills gained in other modules, in particular Research Methods. We will help you to develop your capacity as an autonomous researcher who, through reflection on supervision, can apply effective, rigorous, and ethical research skills in the critical in-depth investigation of a chosen topic relevant to your practice.

Herbal Medicine MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

The course develops qualified herbal practitioners. The focus is on furthering your growth as a scholar practitioner, and enabling you to develop as a leader in research, clinical governance and policy and practice within the Herbal Medicine profession, while advancing your own professional practice. The underpinning ethos is to equip you with the knowledge, skills and practical experience to enhance your professional role in the field of Herbal Medicine. This is fostered through the academic and professional experience in both the theoretical concepts and the diagnostic practice within your own specialty.

The course presents appropriate clinical and analytical content in an inter-professional dimension, and engenders an understanding and appreciation of the importance and role of peer mentoring and supervision. It will support your research in a specialist area, enable you to develop a wide variety of transferable skills and critical analytical skills, and provide a forum in which you can engage with contemporary issues and debates within the discipline.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

APPLIED PHYTOMEDICINE
In-depth exploration of the current nature and context of herbal medicine, relating uses of herbs from different countries and form different herbal traditions to contemporary research and the evidence base for therapeutic applications. Detailed study of selected important herbs and herbal preparation.

CLINICAL REASONING
This module aims to develop your clinical reasoning as a confident, independent and effective clinician within a community of practice. We will consider how we use deductive and inductive reasoning, intuition or tacit knowledge, narrative reasoning and experience. Knowledge and practice will be challenged through observation and discussion of clinical situations within your own discipline and in inter-disciplinary care. Group and individual supervision and mentoring will help you to develop the reflexive skills of the practitioner. You will need to undertake the equivalent of one day a week in practice to complete this module.

PHYTOTHERAPEUTICS
In-depth exploration of a range of medicinal herbs from different countries and from different herbal traditions, and the evidence base for their therapeutic use; critical evaluation of the clinical use of herbal medicine in the context of integrated health care and current legislation; consideration of efficacy and effectiveness for chosen herbs in specific therapeutic application of health conditions.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
This module provides a foundation of knowledge and skills needed to undertake ethical work-based research at Masters level. The module covers principles and practice of research with a focus on study design and methods of data collection, analysis and evaluation. It is taught in a supportive and intellectually challenging environment within which students develop their knowledge, understanding and skills as researchers.

RESEARCHING CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE
You will develop the skills you need to review and critique the evidence relating to contemporary issues in your relevant field, by gaining academic credit for formal learning such as seminars, conference presentations and workshops, and disseminating your findings in a collaborative inter-professional setting.

RESEARCH PROJECT
The purpose of this module is to enable you to undertake a supervised research project relevant to your area of professional practice and/or work setting. The module aims to develop your capacity as an autonomous researcher, applying effective, rigorous, and ethical research skills in the critical in-depth investigation of a chosen topic relevant to practice. You will generate and critically analyse data; present your results and discuss your findings in the context of previously published work.

Computer Networks with Cloud Technologies MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

Cloud computing is a technical and social reality today, it represents a dramatic shift in the design of systems capable of providing vast amounts of computing services and storage space. It is also a business reality today as an increasing number of organisations are adopting this paradigm since it increases efficiency, helps improve cash flow and offers many more services and benefits. The rapid shift in IT towards cloud computing is creating a worldwide skills gap. Our MSc course in Cloud technologies and its applications will be taught with respect to their design, architecture and implementation, as well as the use of tools which are used to model the behaviour of cloud based systems.

The MSc in Computer Networks with Cloud Technologies aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding of Cloud based systems and their planning, implementation and maintenance. The course aims to prepare a student with specialist knowledge and skillset in key areas such as cloud architecture, modelling tools, virtualisation, distributed systems, cloud services and management. Students will be able to develop technical solutions and strategies for cloud systems’ management and operations. They will also be able to develop the ability to critically evaluate and analyse the associated architectures, management protocols and associated policies for cloud based systems. The course aims to provide experience in the design and implementation of distributed systems and to build applications in the cloud using platforms and toolkits such as Google App Engine, VMware Cloud Foundry, Microsoft Windows Azure, CloudSim, CloudBees, GigaSpaces.

Course structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.

Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Computer Networks Suite of Courses

The MSc in Computer Networks has three distinct pathways:

Security
Communications
Cloud Technologies
The course structure is quite flexible, affording industry-based students an opportunity to attend and accumulate module credits over an extended period of time. It also simultaneously serves the full-time student cohort which generally progresses through the MSc pathway in a single calendar year.

The MSc programmes are short course based and feature assessment through sequentially submitted result portfolios for the work packages, ie the ILPs. These are assigned immediately upon each short course module where the students are able to concentrate their study efforts just on the most recently-taught subject material. This greatly promotes efficient focused learning. The individual oral examination administered for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in oral defence, and frees students from written examination burdens.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Networks MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Computer Networks with Communications MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

Businesses today are heavily reliant on computer networks in their daily operations. It is important to ensure that such networks are well designed, optimised, secured and tested for maximum uptime and ease of management. There are excellent opportunities for network engineers with such skills and experience.

The MSc in Computer Networks with Communications aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding of computer networks with hands-on experience of the planning, implementation and maintenance of such systems. The course aims to prepare a student with specialist knowledge and skillset in key areas such as network design, storage area networks, optical networking, network simulation, network redundancy and reliability. Students will be able to review commonly used network simulators, commercial and academic, their common and specific purposes and architectures. The course will enable the student to apply a holistic understanding of networks and their applications in solving real world problems. It will also enables them to develop the ability to critically evaluate and integrate devices and components used for high speed fibre optical communication system, develop the ability to model the behaviour of modern day network systems to design and critically evaluate such systems at all levels of the OSI model.

Course structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.

Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Computer Networks Suite of Courses

The MSc in Computer Networks has three distinct pathways:

Security
Communications
Cloud Technologies
The course structure is quite flexible, affording industry-based students an opportunity to attend and accumulate module credits over an extended period of time. It also simultaneously serves the full-time student cohort which generally progresses through the MSc pathway in a single calendar year.

The MSc programmes are short course based and feature assessment through sequentially submitted result portfolios for the work packages, ie the ILPs. These are assigned immediately upon each short course module where the students are able to concentrate their study efforts just on the most recently-taught subject material. This greatly promotes efficient focused learning. The individual oral examination administered for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in oral defence, and frees students from written examination burdens.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Networks MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Computer Networks with Security MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

Today there are high level tools easily available to perform sophisticated attacks on computer and network systems. As a result computer network security is a very important consideration in every organisation using computer networks. Without proper implementation, businesses could suffer financial losses. There are excellent opportunities in this area with excellent rewards. At present there are skills shortages globally in some areas of security which is an indicator of the demand for highly skilled security professionals.

The MSc in Computer Networks with Security aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding of modern networks with the integrated need of security. The course aims to prepare the student with specialist knowledge and skillset in key areas such as threat analysis, network security systems, cryptography, cybersecurity, penetration testing, wireless security and information security. Students will develop skills to critically evaluate the threats and vulnerabilities of network systems and to implement and integrate security strategies. They will also be able to develop the ability to critically evaluate and implement principles and practices used in modern day cryptography used to secure data and communication in computer network systems. There will be an opportunity to explore current security tools used in penetration testing and get hands on experience at configuring enterprise level security appliances such as firewalls, intrusion detection systems and VPNs.

Course structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.

Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting). Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Computer Networks Suite of Courses

The MSc in Computer Networks has three distinct pathways:

  • Security
  • Communications
  • Cloud Technologies

The course structure is quite flexible, affording industry-based students an opportunity to attend and accumulate module credits over an extended period of time. It also simultaneously serves the full-time student cohort which generally progresses through the MSc pathway in a single calendar year.

The MSc programmes are short course based and feature assessment through sequentially submitted result portfolios for the work packages, ie the ILPs. These are assigned immediately on each short course module where the students are able to concentrate their study efforts just on the most recently-taught subject material. This greatly promotes efficient focused learning. The individual oral examination administered for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in oral defence, and frees students from written examination burdens.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Networks MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Advanced Software Engineering MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

The Advanced Software Enginering MSc is a newly redesigned course that enables graduates enable students to extend their knowledge of, and gain valuable experience in, software engineering as it applies to a number of new and important areas of IT and computing.

Graduates will be able to follow a flexible program of study designed to lead to, and enhance, a career in software engineering with a focus on new technologies and areas of application, such as cybersecurity, big data, or mobile application development.

The rapid pace of technical change in software development is notorious and this has been accompanied and compounded by an increase in the complexity of the systems that are developed. Recently this has been most noticeable in the increase in mobile computing and the use of sophisticated hardware that require developer knowledge of new paradigms.

Many applications that run on these systems whether mobile or stationary are distributed in nature and will consume web services provided by service-oriented architectures and cloud-based platforms. There has also been an increase in the use of virtualisation techniques for providing flexible and maintainable systems. Businesses are now regularly using virtualised systems and techniques to lower cost and complexity and increase availability in computing environments.

The surge in cybersecurity issues and threats facing businesses and organisations that depend on IT systems has meant that software engineers need a thorough understanding of security when building and maintaining software applications and systems.

There is an acknowledged national shortage of IT and computing skills in the workforce. In the specific area of software development, a number of factors contribute to this. Most obviously, the rate of technological change means that an individual’s specific knowledge frequently becomes out of date. Secondly, many significant technological developments originate in industry rather than academia, and are not yet firmly embedded in undergraduate curricula. Finally, many people enter the software industry without a specific educational background in computer science and acquire much vital knowledge in the workplace in relatively ad hoc ways.

In response to this, for many years the Department of Computer Science has been running courses that combine an emphasis on methodical approaches to the development of software applications and information systems with a determination to equip graduates with a portfolio of relevant research-oriented and practical skills and knowledge to compliment and expand their own knowledge.

The rationale behind the MSc in Advanced Software Engineering is to draw on this experience to provide an education that will cover in-depth specific skills and best current practice in software development where there is currently a significant skills shortage, whilst at the same time instilling important research-based skills that will equip students for independent lifelong learning in fast-changing and technically challenging environment.

Course content

The Masters of Science in Advanced Software Engineering takes into account the emerging needs of industry underpinned by theory and software engineering practices. As a consequence the modules emphasise both the critical conceptual underpinnings as well as the practical skills for each subject.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

ADVANCED SOFTWARE DESIGN
The module will explore consideration of interaction design, development and design methods and core entrepreneurial and management processes through the exploration, creation and development of concepts and business propositions for start-up innovation or client briefs.

ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT
The module will explore user centred interface design and the user experience through applied theory and practice. Building from the foundations the module will explore common user experience techniques and terminology as well as related design topics.

CONCURRENCY AND PARALLELISM
This module introduces the concurrent programming paradigm using a practical approach to provide the student with the skills and knowledge to be able to analyse, design and develop concurrent programs. Practical experience of concurrent programming is provided via the concurrency features of Java, and in addition, students will be introduced to contemporary industry standards in parallel programming such as CUDA.

RESEARCH METHODS AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
This module strengthens your skills and guides your personal development plan towards the professional and academic requirements of the discipline.

ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING PROJECT
The project is an extended piece of supervised independent work relevant to the field. This can be either undertaken as a work based project or on a topic proposed by the student or faculty.

Option modules

In addition you will pursue a pathway of your choice, selected with the guidance and advice of our academic staff. You can chose up to five of the following pathways modules:

BIG DATA THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module aims to explain how to manage the volume, velocity and variety of Big Data, and SQL and noSQL databases; it also addresses issues related to data governance and data quality.

ADVANCED BIG DATA ANALYTICS
The module discusses the use of big data analytics by enterprise. It includes an overview of underlying concepts and technologies for big data, such as MapReduce, Hadoop, and Hive, as well as discussion of the data lifecycle, from data creation, to processing, publication, and preservation.

CLOUD COMPUTING APPLICATIONS
The module focusses on the principles of cloud computing and the opportunities this new computing paradigm offers for modern enterprise. It gives an overview of underlying concepts and technologies for clouds, such as provisioning models and virtualisation, as well as cloud deployment models and application areas, and new challenges such as security and trust.

DATA MINING & MACHINE LEARNING
This module will provide an overview of modern techniques in Machine Learning and Data Mining that are particularly customised for Data Science applications.

DATA VISUALISATION AND DASHBOARDING
This module covers the theoretical and practical aspects of data visualisation including graphical perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, and static data ‘infographics’.

CYBERSECURITY THREATS AND COUNTERMEASURES
The module examines how human behaviour can compromise or weaken typical cybersecurity processes, and how such problems can be tackled through effective counter-measures, including automatic detection and prevention of threats.

INTERNET SECURITY
This module examines the theory and practice of internet security, covering topics of cryptography and its use in establishing secure communication, secure network protocols, as well as typical attacks and techniques for compromising network security.

MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
This module will give the necessary knowledge and practical experience to develop native applications that take advantage on the underlying hardware features of contemporary devices.

MOBILE AND UBIQUITOUS COMPUTING
The module will explore the mobile and ubiquitous paradigms and the role these technologies are playing within the economy. The module will consider the core technologies as well as the interfaces to support these systems.

USABILITY AND USER EXPERIENCE DESIGN
The module will explore user centred interface design and the user experience through applied theory and practice. Building from the foundations the module will explore common user experience techniques and terminology as well as related design topics.

FREE CHOICE MODULE
You can choose any appropriate module at Level 7 from the Faculty with agreement of Course Team if you can meet any requirements and it is available.

Cyber Security and Forensics MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

Computers are central to all aspects of our daily lives; as industries ranging from communications to banking have come to rely on them, the need for improved computer security has never been greater. This course focusses on two aspects of Cyber Security: analysis and assessment of risk plus how to minimise it, and, how to extract and use digital information from a wide range of systems and devices. The course is structured so that all students cover the same introductory material, but then choose to specialise in either Cyber Security or Digital Forensics.

Students taking the course will gain an understanding of the nature of the security threats that face computer systems and the type of information that is stored on digital devices (and how it can be extracted from them). They will benefit from a broad and varied array of state-of-the-art technologies, including:

EnCase, FTK and open-source forensic tools, and a dedicated forensics computer laboratory
Specialist input from guest lecturers
Over 20 university computing laboratories providing access to Unix, Novell and NT servers, all supported by high-bandwidth networks
Specialist technicians to ensure you can get the most out of these technologies.
Course content

All students will take the core modules which are designed to give a comprehensive introduction to this specialist field. They will cover basic digital forensics and network security, and also cover computer system tools and the UNIX operating system. Dealing with digital evidence in a professional manner (that includes adhering to appropriate legal guidelines) is also covered. You will then follow either the Cyber Security or Digital Forensics pathway within the course (though each lead to the same named degree: the pathways are simply opportunities to specialise within the field). In addition, all students will take a Research Methods module and complete a project module.

The course offers the opportunity to examine a variety of tools available on the open market, and the use of forensic tools to retrieve data from electronic sources. It will also consider the analysis of professional and ethical issues relating to computer security and forensics, and the development of professional competencies, such as report writing and presenting evidence in court.

Teaching methods include lab-based sessions, student-led tutorials and lectures by internal staff and guest speakers from industry. Our courses are offered by friendly, highly experienced staff, and benefit from the diverse specialist knowledge and skills within the departments of the Faculty. Assessments will be carried out mostly through practical or research-based course work.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

COMPUTER FORENSICS FUNDAMENTALS
This module gives you an introduction to some of the general concepts of computer forensics, as well as helping you to develop the skills that will be needed on other modules. You will cover in detail the layout of volumes on storage devices, and file systems within volumes, with particular emphasis on the FAT file system. You will learn to look at raw devices using low-level tools like hex editors, and consider how security considerations should affect software design and implementation.

COMPUTER SYSTEM TOOLS
This module commences by giving you a hands-on introduction to the UNIX operating system. You will look at a range of tools that might be used by a forensic examiner: this will include high-level tools like EnCase, FTK and Autopsy, although your main focus will be on low-level tools such as dd and the Sleuthkit tools, as these help to develop your understanding of what (and how) the higher level tools are actually doing. You will also learn to use basic system tools such as grep. In addition you will learn a scripting language so that you can develop your own forensic tools.

EVIDENCE AND PROCEDURE
You will examine the legal obligations of computer forensics, gaining an understanding of the relevant statutes and industry guidelines, and of proving the authenticity of evidence via a chain of custody from collecting evidence through to presenting findings in a professional manner. The module also aims to provide you with a broad understanding of the professional factors that influence the work of professional practitioners, particularly in the context of the ‘Expert Witness’.

NETWORK SECURITY
The module will cover the basics of how networks work, what the specific threats to networks are, and how they might be ameliorated.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT MODULE
This module is the culmination of the course. It is an opportunity for you to put into practise many of the skills learned elsewhere on the course. It is a major piece of work on a topic chosen by you (normally, this topic will be chosen as part of the Research Methods module). You will undertake this work individually, and will be assigned a project supervisor to assist with and guide the development of the project.

RESEARCH METHODS
This module is shared with other MSc courses run by the Department. Its main focus is on introducing you to research, and developing the skills you need to read and evaluate original research literature. This in turn leads into the Project, and a major outcome of the module should be a Project Proposal. In addition, the module addresses certain aspects of Personal Development Planning (PDP).

Digital Forensics pathway

DATA RECOVERY AND ANALYSIS
You will cover many of the most important concepts of digital forensics through this module, including various methods of data recovery (noting those that meet ACPO guidelines for evidence preservation). Analysis of the data will include finding and recovering deleted files, searching slack space on storage devices, examining log and registry entries, and constructing timelines of activity.

ADVANCED COMPUTER FORENSICS
This module continues the examination of essential digital forensics concepts. The topics you will cover include network forensics, live systems, mobile phones and other devices. A further aim of the module is to introduce you to developing areas of computer forensics, and provide you with the skills to investigate new areas of computer forensics, such as covert analysis and intruder artefacts.

Cyber Security pathway

CYBER SECURITY
You will examine the issues involved with business continuity and disaster recovery planning, and environmental security.

THREATS AND COUNTERMEASURES
This module will look at system architectures and how systems can be defended; it will include consideration of the threat to security posed by legitimate users of the system and behavioural issues.

Interaction Design and Computing MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500 £
  • Entry dates: September

This newly redesigned course enables graduates to be able to understand, design and develop digital solutions within the emergent digital economies. Graduates would be able to follow a flexible program of study and either plan a career in interaction design, mobile and digital solutions, data and analytics, or emergent systems or to explore the opportunities offered in London as a start-up capital.

The digital sector continues to evolve and technologies, platforms, interaction paradigms and business models are increasingly requiring technical ability combined with commercial and design acumen that the course encourages.

Boston Consulting Group estimated that by the end of 2016 the internet economy in the G-20 economies will be worth USD 4.2 trillion (up from USD 2.3 trillion in 2010) and that the internet contributes over 12 per cent of GDP in the United Kingdom.

The mobile apps sector has revenues of more than €10 billion per annum or jobs in the order of 790.000 across the whole EU economy and continues to grow at a fast rate. Within the UK the digital sector has critical importance and reports suggest 14.4% of companies in the UK are involved in the Digital economy and some 1.46 million people are employed. More than one million jobs were advertised in 2014 showing a growth of 28% and there are suggestions that the growth forecast is around 5.4%

The Business Growth Fund and Barclays published a report in March 2014 that supported the phenomenal growth experienced by tech businesses in the UK, finding that London is home to Europe’s fastest growing tech cluster, with 27% of all job growth in London generated by the tech and digital sector.

A recent study published by the Department of Culture, Media and Sports valued the creative industries as contributing was worth £133 billion in 2014 accounting for 8.2% of the UK Economy. The Creative Economy has grown more than 25% in the last four years. Within this sector technology represents a substantial scale of impact both directly in terms of for example software as well as indirectly through areas such as digital marketing. Direct Gross added value of IT, software and computer services sectors were worth £36.6 billion in 2014.

Course content

The Masters of Science in Interaction Design and Computing takes into account the emerging needs of the marketplace focusing on the key areas of enterprise, user experience, interaction, innovation and development as well as offering options in various subjects including web, mobile and data. As a consequence the modules emphasise both the critical conceptual underpinnings as well as the practical skills for each subject.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DIGITAL INTERACTION MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The module will explore consideration of interaction design, development and design methods and core entrepreneurial and management processes through the exploration, creation and development of concepts and business propositions for start-up innovation or client briefs.

INTERACTION DESIGN & COMPUTING PROJECT
The project is an extended piece of supervised independent work relevant to the field. This can be either undertaken as a work based project or on a topic proposed by the student or faculty.

RESEARCH METHODS & PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
The module strengthen your skills and guides your personal development plan towards the professional and academic requirements of the discipline.

USABILITY AND USER EXPERIENCE DESIGN
The module will explore user centred interface design and the user experience through applied theory and practice. Building from the foundations the module will explore common user experience techniques and terminology as well as related design topics.

Option modules

BIG DATA THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module aims to explain how to manage the volume, velocity and variety of Big Data, and SQL and noSQL databases. It also addresses issues related to data governance and data quality.

DATA MINING AND MACHINE LEARNING
This module will provide an overview of modern techniques in Machine Learning and Data Mining that are particularly customised for Data Science applications.

DATA VISUALISATION AND DASHBOARDING
This module covers the theoretical and practical aspects of data visualisation including graphical perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, and static data ‘infographics’.

EMERGENT AND SOCIAL INTERACTIVE PLATFORMS
The module will allow students to explore the development of emergent technologies that will have an impact on user interactions with content, systems, data and communities and to be in position to be determine potential commercial value.

GAMES INTERACTION TECHNOLOGY
The module will provide students a foundational knowledge in the concepts of gaming interaction paradigms, workflows and technologies.

MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
This module will give the necessary knowledge and practical experience to develop native applications that take advantage on the underlying hardware features of contemporary devices.

MOBILE AND UBIQUITOUS COMPUTING
The module will explore the mobile and ubiquitous paradigms and the role these technologies are playing within the economy. The module will consider the core technologies as well as the interfaces to support these systems.

WEB AND SOCIAL MEDIA ANALYTICS
This module explores the use of modelling to analyse, measure and improve both online presence and impact using web and social media data.

FREE CHOICE MODULE
You can choose any appropriate module at Level 7 from the Faculty with agreement of Course Team if you can meet any requirements and it is available.

Interactive Media Practice MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.750 £
  • Entry dates: September

This exciting new multidisciplinary master’s programme is fully designed to reflect the needs of contemporary interactive media industries, bringing together creative technologies, interactivity and design practices within digital cultures with the user in mind.

Interactive Media Practice combines a wide range of digital creative technologies primarily combining digital literacies design, technology and interaction, through user centred design for commercial outputs to an industry standard.

Interactive Media Practice places the user at the centre of the experience and focuses on design and content creation in areas such as: mobile app development, wearables, games, rich media websites, interactive guides and installations, immersive VR, next generation advertising and virtual and augmented reality systems, through to social media powerful eMarketing and entrepreneurship through innovation protocol.

According to the late CEO of Apple, Steve Jobs, the app industry “is worth several billion pounds annually and employs around 40,000 people, representing approximately ten per cent of the total audio-visual workforce. Sectors such as sound-driven games and apps show an even wider growth where providers such as Apple have paid a total of two billion dollars to apps within the US alone”.

Adobe Systems (UK) fully support the programme with high recommendation, based on the development and key principles the course offers, which is rare and unique. We embrace excellent contracts within the interactive media and games industries, including regular visits and master classes from industry professionals at the top of their game from Adobe to Sony.

Adobe Systems (UK), said: “This Interactive Media degree offers an ideal grounding for those wishing to work in the digital media industries, which increasingly require people who work with technology from a creative perspective. This is the course that will create the next generation of interactive media stars…! ”

The course embraces a hackathon culture with specialist hack labs boasting newly designed flexible learning spaces for students to work more collaboratively on innovation protocols fostering cross-pollination of new ideas creatively. Many students will be working on live industry briefs as well as their own projects independently within and outside our course clusters. This collaborative approach to learning and research often leads to successful projects, which are commercially viable, and quickly gain industry recognition through our end of year show.

“It’s a really multi-faceted MA, bringing together creativity, technology skills and digital media, with an entrepreneurial thread.” – 2015 Graduate.

Our students learn to examine the communication of ideas in a networked world through our entrepreneurship incubator programme and consider the many impacts of digital media in everyday life, for commercial trajectories through practiced based projects.

As one of the top 100 international universities in the world, the University of Westminster’s School of Media, Arts and Design currently boasts a series of professional recording studios, a new teaching recording studio, professional technology labs and access to an array of post-production, and multimedia facilities built and equipped to the highest standards.

Using the leading industry software, you will be involved in designing and making interactive digital media content for delivery over the Internet, on tablets and mobile devices and for installations to designing compelling user interfaces creating a great user experience, this also extends to the development towards creating content for the ‘internet of things’.

The MA in Interactive Media Practice course will prepare you for this sector, by leveraging and integrating the fine blend between creativity and technical capacities. You will also benefit from having access to a range of highly regarded industry practitioners who will offer you exceptional insight and working knowledge within the field, both challenging and encouraging your technical and creative fair. On this master’s degree you will develop commercial-level interactive media and digital content production skills.

Course content

This multidisciplinary course prepares you to work in a wide range of industry combining theory, practice, and bringing together technical, creative perspective on new media systems, interactive technologies and digital culture as well as exploring new emerging creative technologies, producing an industry professional who can produce as well as explore future creative technologies.

Students are encouraged to work with technology experimentally in a creative way, collaboratively, and to apply emerging and existing technology in new and innovative ways, research and the experimental application. You will also have hands-on experience creating content for, iPad, iPhone, iPod, Playstation , Xbox, Oculus Rift and content rich media websites, advanced web production and design, design for interface all of this with the user in mind. The course will provide skills in the relevant multimedia software, media rich web production, Unity, UdK, website design and development to mobile app development. You will be taught creative coding, interfaces and the course encourages the use a wide range of programming languages delivered by industry practitioners. We also have accreditation opportunities within Adobe and Apple for those students wanting to develop their skills more prolifically within select software.

These include mobile apps, mainstream games, interactive installation, sonic media and eMarketing, with an emphasis on core creative skills. The course also prepares and enhances your ability in producing interactive media, methodologies and production workflows, supported by a robust understanding of the technologies and theories involved.

The Interactive Media Practice degree offers an ideal underpinning for those seeking employment in the digital media industries, which increasingly require people who work with technology form a creative perspective. This is the course that will create the next generation of interactive media talent who are both enterprising and creative.

Our approach on the course is implemented through hackathon culture as seen in technology start up sectors, where cross collaboration through interdisciplinary approach is very welcomed. Students are encouraged to apply from design, non-programming or non-technical backgrounds as well as technical backgrounds.

Modules

Applied Innovation and Interactive Design

In this module you will explore and experiment with innovation interactive media applications in a range of areas and technologies. This module explores the development of new idea from concept to completion through applied innovation and interactive design. The focus I to exploit and experiment with creative technologies to produce work with assigned USP within the digital spectrum through user-centred design, creating a compelling and enriched user experience. There is an option to gain an additional Adobe certification subject to module performance and passing relevant exams.

Mobile Apps and Wearable Devices

This module focuses on producing and designing powerful mobile applications, professional practice and the skills required for targeting mobile devices including wearables from concept to completion in alignment with current industry practices for maximising commercial viability, for a consumer-faced outcome. You will explore the requirements and various challenges designing for module and wearable devices and hack together ideas, which solve real work problems within our hack lab. You will also develop critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research on the ways computational media technologies are embedded in the technical, cultural, aesthetic, structures of society and how we interact with them on a daily bases for a deeper understanding.

Entrepreneurship and Project Management for Creative Industries

This module is designed to address reflective practice, entrepreneurship and developing your creative skills through enterprising activity. You will develop your ability to assemble creative projects and bring them to the market using PRINCE2 (Projects IN controlled Environments) methodologies for a commercially viable outcome. You will learn project management theories and mind mapping, explore project management practices, as well as critically evaluate workflows and develop the competencies and skills of a future project manger in industry. This will move towards the development of utilising your contract and new skills to formulate and contract an SME or creative micro business for creative industries from concept to completion, which is consumer faced and commercially viable.

Social Media and E-Marketing

The module examines the role of the social media within the eMarketing and developing powerful marketing campaigns and knowledge within digital media. This module will equip you with advanced knowledge of managing digital marketing campaigns, using social media and web-based technologies. Also developing a cultural understanding, critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research in order to predicted future trends. You will also gain wider knowledge marketing competencies of email marketing, google analytics, PP, SEO protocols, as wells as trending tools for future forecasting insights, and associated powerful eMarketing and web based tools in order to enhance, build and manage a campaign successfully using a variety of technologies creatively on time and on budget inline with industry demands.

Hack Lab and Creative Technologies

By definition hackathons provide a venue for self-expression and creativity through technology. Individuals with technical backgrounds come together, form teams around a problem or idea, and collaboratively code a unique solution from concept to completion these generally take shape in the form of websites, mobile apps, and robots more recently to wearable’s and VR otherwise described as creative technologies. This module is designed to equip students with advanced knowledge of managing and assembling ideas, using a wide variety of creative technologies and advanced programming, in a real world context. Also developing a cultural understanding, critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research in order to solve real world problems.

UX Design and Development

This module prepares students ability to develop and design for emerging technologies enhancing the user experience for websites, interactive media, games, robotics and the internet of things – through a series of challenging briefs. Students are expected to engage with innovative practices in designing advanced UX and UCD principles in developing GUI, demonstrated and implemented through a range of practical coursework using best industry practices based upon theoretical research and assigned readings.

Major Project

The Major Project is your opportunity to negotiate a large-scale, self-determined, original and inventive project, based upon several areas explored in the taught stage of the course. At this stage you will be developing a project within your specialist area and may seek to work with a commercial entity or professional body in the development of your learner contract.

Higher Education Postgraduate Certificate

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 975 £, 20 credit module
  • Entry dates: September

The Postgraduate Certificate is a practice-based flexible learning course designed principally as continuing professional development for people with at least 72 hours of teaching per year at the University of Westminster. External applicants must have at least 72 hours per year teaching in a higher education setting and be able to secure a mentor to observe their teaching during the course.

The course is delivered substantially online supported by some face to face elements, with flexible ways of accessing and contributing to activities, although it is possible to complete the course wholly through distance learning.

As this is a part-time only course, it is not eligible for University of Westminster scholarships. It is also not suitable for those not currently teaching at least 72 hours per year in a higher education setting.

The aim of the course is to develop your practice as a teacher and then you can expand your practice to include educational research related to your discipline and interests through continuing to Higher Education MA.

The course develops your learning and teaching process set against the wider context of policy, research/knowledge and societal developments. It is designed to support those who wish to take a lead in the development of learning, teaching and assessment in their own context and to contribute to the wider field of research and developments in learning and teaching.

The Postgraduate Certificate Higher Education (Pg Cert HE) includes a recognised programme of professional development in learning and teaching for staff in Higher Education that is accredited by the Higher Education Academy for membership as a Fellow.

Download the minimum hardware requirements (PDF)

Course content

This stage takes as its starting point the disciplinary context within which you are working and the challenges posed by teaching in an increasingly complex and diverse sector. All modules provide opportunities for you to extend your own teaching practice informed by debate, key concepts, current developments, insights from your peers in similar or different disciplines and the research literature. In the first module of the course you will be expected to arrange for two observations of your teaching by experienced staff in your institution, and to observe others’ sessions. We will provide guidance for you and your observers as to how to get most out of these experiences. You are also encouraged to take a pro-active role in the development of learning and teaching practice within your own subject. Optional modules allow you to focus on your own specific interests in areas of learning and teaching practice.

You can exit with a Pg Cert HE having completed 60 credits or continue to the MA. You can also reapply to complete the MA/Professional Doctorate with your credits at a later date.

Below is a list of the modules you will be required to take. Some of the modules below are also available as standalone courses. Find out more about our education short courses.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

Supporting Student learning

This module provides the opportunity for participants to reflect and develop their professional practice in teaching and/or supporting student learning in HE. It provides the opportunity to explore key concepts, challenges and the application of evidence informed practice in teaching and supporting learning.

Curriculum Development, Assessment and Feedback

This module examines the role that assessment plays within the overall learning process. It covers two main areas: firstly, assessment and quality assurance and secondly, the role of assessment and feedback in the learning process locating assessment and feedback as an integral part of the teaching and learning process.

Option modules

Using Technology to Enhance Learning

This module will examine how technology can impact on the major teaching and learning activities on a taught course. Module delivery will draw on the experience of participants, either as a teacher or a learner, to determine and evaluate opportunities for the use of technology in face to face or blended environment.

Blended Learning: Engaging students and Transforming Curricula

The aim of this course is to enable participants to develop an informed personal view of the issues involved in preparing for the online aspects of blended learning, chiefly designing curricula, organising activities and managing online participants. The approach is practical, aimed at enabling the development of participant’s own blended learning teaching practice.

Supervising Student Research

This module provides a framework within which participants may evaluate and develop their practise of research supervision – at any level of Higher Education but with a particular focus upon their current and/or future supervision of students researching at doctoral level.

Leadership in an Academic Context

The aim of this module is to encourage participants to demonstrate and develop their practice in leading the development of effective approaches to teaching and learning. You’ll do this through critical reflection on theory, research, and practice relevant to academic leadership, through development of an e-portfolio of their personal experience and through participation in online mentoring activities as part of a collaborative learning community.

Electronics with Embedded Systems MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Electronics with Embedded Systems aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced level of understanding in the design of real-time embedded systems for time-critical, power sensitive applications. Practical skillset development is emphasized throughout the course. Students will be taught the theory, protocol and the efficient use of both analogue and digital interfaces and sensor devices together with the principles of and use of Real-Time-Operating-Systems (RTOS). A key focus of the course will be in the implementation of power aware sustainable solutions, the course will provide an in-depth discussion of the underlying power management hardware sub-systems within modern MCUs and will show and use software techniques that will exploit these to reduce power consumption.

Broader consideration of embedded system design will be examined. In particular, the design process, risk assessment, product life-cycle, software life-cycle, safety and regulation will be investigated and used. It is intended that the course will re-focus existing knowledge held by the student in software engineering and hardware engineering and deliver a set of enhanced practical skills that will enable the student to fully participate in this multi-disciplined, fast expanding and dominating engineering sector of embedded systems.

Course Structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.

Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Electronics Suite of Courses

The MSc in Electronics has four distinct pathways:

Robotic and Control Systems
Embedded Systems
System-on-Chip Technologies
Medical Instrumentation
The subject areas covered within the four pathways of the electronic suite of MSc courses offer students an excellent launch pad which will enable the successful graduate to enter into these ever expanding, fast growing and dominant areas. With ever increasing demands from consumers such as portability, increased battery life and greater functionality combined with reductions in cost and shrinking scales of technologies, modern electronic systems are finding ever more application areas.

A vastly expanding application base for electronic systems has led to an explosion in the use of embedded system technologies. Part of this expansion has been led by the introduction of new medical devices and robotic devices entering the main stream consumer market. Industry has also fed the increase in demand particularly within the medical electronics area with the need of more sophisticated user interfaces, demands to reduce equipment costs, demands for greater accessibility of equipment and a demand for ever greater portability of equipment.

There are plenty of opportunities for employment in the electronic systems subject area, in particular, there is a demand for engineers that can solve problems requiring a multi-disciplined approach covering skills from software engineering, control engineering, digital electronic systems engineering, analogue electronic engineering, medical physics, and mechanics amongst others. The MSc in Electronics and its specialist pathways will provide the foundations required to re-focus existing knowledge and enter this exciting world of multi-disciplined jobs.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Electronics MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Electronics with Medical Instrumentation MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Electronics with Medical Instrumentation aims to produce postgraduates with an ability to design and implement medical instrumentation based systems used for monitoring, detecting and analysing biomedical data. The course will provide ample opportunity to develop practical skill sets. The student will also develop an in-depth understanding of the scientific principles and use of the underlying components such as medical transducers, biosensors and state-of-the-art tools and algorithms used to implement and test diagnostic devices, therapeutic devices, medical imaging equipment and medical instrumentation devices.

The course broadens the discussion of medical equipment and its design by investigating a range of issues including medical equipment regulation, user requirements, impacts of risk, regulatory practice, legislation, quality insurance mechanisms, certification, ethics and ‘health and safety’ assessment. The course will enable a student with an interest in medical electronics to re-focus existing knowledge gained in software engineering, embedded systems engineering and/or electronic systems engineering and will deliver a set specialist practical skills and a deeper understanding of the underlying principles of medical physics. A graduate from this course will be able to immediately participate in this multi-disciplined engineering sector of biomedical and medical instrumentation systems design.

Course structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.

Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Electronics Suite of Courses

The MSc in Electronics has four distinct pathways:

Robotic and Control Systems
Embedded Systems
System-on-Chip Technologies
Medical Instrumentation
The subject areas covered within the four pathways of the electronic suite of MSc courses offer students an excellent launch pad which will enable the successful graduate to enter into these ever expanding, fast growing and dominant areas. With ever increasing demands from consumers such as portability, increased battery life and greater functionality combined with reductions in cost and shrinking scales of technologies, modern electronic systems are finding ever more application areas.

A vastly expanding application base for electronic systems has led to an explosion in the use of embedded system technologies. Part of this expansion has been led by the introduction of new medical devices and robotic devices entering the main stream consumer market. Industry has also fed the increase in demand particularly within the medical electronics area with the need of more sophisticated user interfaces, demands to reduce equipment costs, demands for greater accessibility of equipment and a demand for ever greater portability of equipment.

Electronics with Robotic and Control Systems MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Electronics with Robotic and Control Systems aims to produce postgraduates with a strong practical skill base that will enable them to model, analyse, design and prototype smart robotic sub-systems. Specialist knowledge and practical skillsets will be taught, extensively developed and practiced in the areas of control systems and the analysis, categorisation and design of robotic systems that facilitate movement with multiple degrees of freedom. The knowledge and skillsets taught are key enabling skillsets used to implement devices for applications such as security drones, warehouse robots, medical robots and more humanoid like robots. It is intended that the course will re-focus and enhance existing knowledge in the areas of software engineering, electronic engineering and real-time embedded systems to enable the student to participate in the fast expanding and exciting sector of industrial and consumer robotic systems.

Course structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.
Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Electronics Suite of Courses

The MSc in Electronics has four distinct pathways:

Robotic and Control Systems
Embedded Systems
System-on-Chip Technologies
Medical Instrumentation
The subject areas covered within the four pathways of the electronic suite of MSc courses offer students an excellent launch pad which will enable the successful graduate to enter into these ever expanding, fast growing and dominant areas. With ever increasing demands from consumers such as portability, increased battery life and greater functionality combined with reductions in cost and shrinking scales of technologies, modern electronic systems are finding ever more application areas.

A vastly expanding application base for electronic systems has led to an explosion in the use of embedded system technologies. Part of this expansion has been led by the introduction of new medical devices and robotic devices entering the main stream consumer market. Industry has also fed the increase in demand particularly within the medical electronics area with the need of more sophisticated user interfaces, demands to reduce equipment costs, demands for greater accessibility of equipment and a demand for ever greater portability of equipment.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Electronics MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc Electronics with System-On-Chip Technologies aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding of the various routes to implementing systems-on-chip (SoC) and with hands-on experience of the design of such systems using several approaches to their implementation. The core aim of the course is to  produce students who are “silicon qualified” by providing them with a complete SoC design experience by setting a framework of activities that allow the student to use industry-standard Computer-Aided-Engineering (CAE) software tools for the fast and accurate design, simulation and verification of integrated circuits.

Course structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience.  This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.
Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Electronics Suite of Courses

The MSc in Electronics has four distinct pathways:

  • Robotic and Control Systems
  • Embedded Systems
  • System-on-Chip Technologies
  • Medical Instrumentation

The subject areas covered within the four pathways of the electronic suite of MSc courses offer students an excellent launch pad which will enable the successful graduate to enter into these ever expanding, fast growing and dominant areas. With ever increasing demands from consumers such as portability, increased battery life and greater functionality combined with reductions in cost and shrinking scales of technologies, modern electronic systems are finding ever more application areas.

A vastly expanding application base for electronic systems has led to an explosion in the use of embedded system technologies.  Part of this expansion has been led by the introduction of new medical devices and robotic devices entering the main stream consumer market. Industry has also fed the increase in demand particularly within the medical electronics area with the need of more sophisticated user interfaces, demands to reduce equipment costs, demands for greater accessibility of equipment and a demand for ever greater portability of equipment.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Electronics MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Telecommunications with Digital Signal Processing MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Telecommunications with Digital Signal Processing aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding of communication systems with special emphasis on the application of digital signal processing, which supports and pervades all modern communication systems. It makes extensive use of MATLAB and Simulink simulation tools to design digital filters that perform noise reduction, signal shaping and channel modelling. Adaptive filters, matched filters, reception and detection algorithms essential for digital communications are also modelled and tested.

Course structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.
Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Telecommunications Suite of Courses

The MSc Telecommunications has three distinct pathways:

Digital Signal Processing
Satellite and Broadband Communications
Wireless Technologies
The demand for engineers in both wide-area and local-area communication systems is currently flourishing and is expected to grow for the foreseeable future. These three pathways offer both recent engineering graduates and industry-based engineers access to in-depth skills for closely related aspects of the communications discipline.

The course structure is quite flexible, affording industry-based students an opportunity to attend and accumulate module credits over an extended period of time. It also simultaneously serves the full-time student cohort which generally progresses through the MSc pathway in a single calendar year.

The MSc programmes are short course based and feature assessment through sequentially submitted result portfolios for the work packages, ie the ILPs. These are assigned immediately upon each short course module where the students are able to concentrate their study efforts just on the most recently-taught subject material. This greatly promotes efficient focused learning. The individual oral examination administered for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in oral defence, and frees students from written examination burdens.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Telecommunications MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Telecommunications with Satellite and Broadband Technologies MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Telecommunications with Satellite and Broadband Technologies aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding of communication systems utilising satellite and broadband elements. Students’ understanding of the theoretical principles underpinning digital communication systems is taken to an advanced level, and the problems and challenges associated with the implementation of both fixed and mobile wireless communication systems receives special attention. Leading- edge satellite and broadband systems utilising modern architectures are central to this programme of study.

Course Structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.
Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).

Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Telecommunications Suite of Courses

The MSc Telecommunications has three distinct pathways:

Digital Signal Processing
Satellite and Broadband Communications
Wireless Technologies
The demand for engineers in both wide-area and local-area communication systems is currently flourishing and is expected to grow for the foreseeable future. These three pathways offer both recent engineering graduates and industry-based engineers access to in-depth skills for closely related aspects of the communications discipline.

The course structure is quite flexible, affording industry-based students an opportunity to attend and accumulate module credits over an extended period of time. It also simultaneously serves the full-time student cohort which generally progresses through the MSc pathway in a single calendar year.

The MSc programmes are short course based and feature assessment through sequentially submitted result portfolios for the work packages, ie the ILPs. These are assigned immediately upon each short course module where the students are able to concentrate their study efforts just on the most recently-taught subject material. This greatly promotes efficient focused learning. The individual oral examination administered for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in oral defence, and frees students from written examination burdens.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Telecommunications MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Telecommunications with Wireless Technologies MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Telecommunications with Wireless Technologies aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding of communication systems with a focus on wireless technologies. It fosters the student’s ability to analyse, design and build RF and microwave systems for wireless communication systems. Special emphasis is placed on enhancing the student’s ability to model the behaviour of wireless systems from circuits, filters and antennas, and to utilise these models to guide the design and implementation of a variety of communication techniques.

Course Structure

Each MSc course consists of three learning modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a completed ILP and its successful defence in a viva voce examination. This form of assessment develops your communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 hours of study.

The project counts for one third of the course and involves undertaking a substantial research or product development project. For part-time students, this can be linked to their employment. It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the project subject area is researched and a workplan developed. The second part involves the main research and development activity. In all, the project requires approximately 600 hours of work.
Further flexibility is provided within the structure of the courses in that you can study related topic areas by taking modules from other courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and skills permitting).
Prior to starting your course, you are sent a Course Information and Preparation Pack which provides information to give you a flying start.

MSc Telecommunications Suite of Courses

The MSc Telecommunications has three distinct pathways:

Digital Signal Processing
Satellite and Broadband Communications
Wireless Technologies
The demand for engineers in both wide-area and local-area communication systems is currently flourishing and is expected to grow for the foreseeable future. These three pathways offer both recent engineering graduates and industry-based engineers access to in-depth skills for closely related aspects of the communications discipline.

The course structure is quite flexible, affording industry-based students an opportunity to attend and accumulate module credits over an extended period of time. It also simultaneously serves the full-time student cohort which generally progresses through the MSc pathway in a single calendar year.

The MSc programmes are short course based and feature assessment through sequentially submitted result portfolios for the work packages, ie the ILPs. These are assigned immediately upon each short course module where the students are able to concentrate their study efforts just on the most recently-taught subject material. This greatly promotes efficient focused learning. The individual oral examination administered for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in oral defence, and frees students from written examination burdens.

The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along with the required major project, thoroughly exercise the concepts covered in the course modules and give scope for originality and industry-relevant study. Team-working activities encouraged within modules, along with the all-oral individual examination regimen employed in this Telecommunications MSc Suite, have proven solidly beneficial in refining the communication and employability-enhancing skills that are strongly valued by industry.

Fashion Business Management MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 12.000
  • Entry dates: September

This course will equip you with the strategic decision-making, leadership and problem-solving skills you will need to become an entrepreneurial and visionary fashion business leader of the future. It continues the University’s fashion tradition of a commitment to excellence in developing highly effective, talented and committed professional fashion graduates.

Working closely with fashion industry professionals, role models and mentors, you will receive a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education and skill base that will enable you to have a wider, clearer understanding of the business you are already involved in. The course offers inside knowledge of industry strategies and cultures on a global basis, combined with key business skills and essential fashion industry management knowledge.
Course content

This course equips you for a business management career in the domestic or international fashion industry. Delivered by a teaching team with a wide range of experience both in industry and academia, the course offers an innovative and relevant fashion business curriculum that focuses on preparing your entry into senior roles in business and management within the industry.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules, semester 1

FASHION BUSINESS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
The fashion business dynamics and its fast-shifting product sourcing require an adaptable attitude to spot business opportunities emerging around the world. Building profitable relationships with partners and suppliers and balancing costs and risks are key challenges. To transform an idea into a commercial product involves a complex route: this module is designed to provide an overall understanding of how to manage a fashion business from concept to customer. It will explore a variety of perspectives on global product sourcing and global supply chain issues with the aim of preparing you for the challenges of developing and maximising a strategy whilst still responding efficiently and effectively to constant changes in consumer demand.

CREATIVE TEAM BUILDING
This course aims to provide you with a thorough grounding in the theory and practice of managing creative people in organisations, at both strategic and operational levels. It also aims to develop an awareness of the major practical and theoretical dilemmas among individuals, groups and organisations, and to place managerial practices into an historical and international perspective, highlighting both traditional and emerging issues and their importance to develop a sustainable competitive advantage. This module will acknowledge the challenge of managing creative individuals in the fashion business and managing diversity and conflict which may arise. Through case studies and in class group work you will examine issues and challenges inherent in recruitment, placement and retention of creative teams and the growth and compensation via human resource management.

As organisations evolve globally, leaders face new opportunities, risks and demands that challenge and stretch their abilities in the context of leading, managing and communicating with people of different cultures and management structures as well. Leadership in a diverse and multicultural environment provides a culturally- centred perspective that allows organisational leaders the opportunity to attend to the influence of culture. This module will help you find examples of how multicultural awareness can make your leadership task easier and promotes an organisational culture that is more satisfying to both individuals and their leaders by embracing and celebrating differences.

STRATEGIC FASHION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
The module covers the theories, models, tools and methodologies used in the field of strategic management specifically within the fashion business. It aims to enhance your ability to play an effective role in developing, implementing and monitoring strategy within a business in the fashion or fashion-related industries. The module especially aims to help you develop a critical awareness of the management of creativity and design within a global context. Fashion enterprises at every level inherently enjoy advantages as well as face the vulnerabilities of the market conditions. This unit opens windows into strategic and creative thinking, analytical evaluation, and business strategy development as well as the decision-making process. The business environment is constantly changing and this affects the market condition, business structure, strategy and style.

Core modules, semester 2

FINANCE AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The Finance and Entrepreneurship module combines theory and practical knowledge of finance in the fashion industry. It also provides a practical, real-world approach that presents the common financial problems (and solutions) entrepreneurs often face especially in the fashion world. With the increasingly critical role played by finance and financial management in the success of global business, a solid grounding in the principles and techniques of finance is essential for a successful business venture. The module is designed to develop your understanding of the core financial aspects of business as well as entrepreneurship through the preparation, interpretation, use and analysis of strategic financial information in the context of an understanding of the strategic need for the survival of global business. This module represents a mixture of financial and management accounting, corporate finance and risk management. The principles and concepts underlying each of these subject areas are examined with particular emphasis being placed upon their practical application in the international fashion industry.

FASHION MARKETING AND BRAND MANAGEMENT
With the competition in the fashion business at its fiercest, it is imperative that companies understand and develop successful and effective marketing strategies for product development and brands for the mass market as well as the luxury goods market. This module will stimulate critical and intellectual skills and allow you to explore the challenges of developing fashion marketing strategy, to include an understanding of the fashion market, the marketing mix, the consumer, how to make appropriate product adaptations to meet consumer demands, developing strategy to protect and ensure effective intellectual property protection for a brand. The module also aims to help you effectively develop and overcome challenges in the marketing environment in order to successfully understand how to penetrate new markets and manage brands in order to balance a competitive advantage with profitability in the fashion business.

This module will include:

an understanding of the global fashion market
the global marketing mix
the consumer
how to make appropriate product adaptations to meet consumer demands
developing the strategies to protect and ensure effective intellectual property protection for a brand
ensuring and effectively developing and overcoming the challenges to successfully understand how to penetrate the market in order to balance a competitive advantage with profitability in the global fashion market
MANAGING CHANGE AND INNOVATION
One of the fundamental elements of the Fashion industry is that it is producing something new every season or is reinventing itself. This is clearly evident in the constant change in the products produced. Change in the processes and organisation of the industry are also constantly occurring – they are less evident but are equally important. Globalisation of the industry and significant technological advances has led to an increased variety and velocity of change much greater than in the past. Managers in the industry today need to be alert to these changes and know how to manage them. These changes can be initiated by new product or process innovations or can be forced upon the industry by external factors. The effective management of any type of change is essential for a business to survive and requires deep understanding of the impact change can have on the people and processes within the business. This module looks at how a fashion business can successfully innovate and how the changes need to be managed to be successful. This module will be discovering and then analysing the theory and practice of the management of change and innovation.

MAJOR FASHION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROJECT
The Fashion Business Management Project builds on the skills and experience derived from the previous modules. You will be provided with the opportunity to apply all of the knowledge gained during the programme into a major project to address fashion business issues and challenges while adding to the body of professional practice and theoretical literature. Supervised by a faculty member in collaboration with yourself and a potential fashion industry representative, the Fashion Business Management Project is recognised by graduates as one of the most rewarding and empowering experiences of the entire programme.

Menswear MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000
  • Entry dates: September

It is essential in this time of creative ambiguity that we develop and empower the individual. Therefore, this entrepreneurial menswear MA will recruit ambitiously envisioned designers to work on their creative expression through personal research, process development and informed professionalism.

This Course is delivered by the most inspiring and informed menswear design professionals. The Team provide a learning environment that is supportive, challenging and defined by students’ application proposals in relation to either a projected or existing opportunity within menswear or the design related industries. Through self-directed and set projects students will generate original and contextualised ideas, technique and process that establishes them as influential and informed menswear design professional capable of working at the highest levels of the international menswear and design related industry.

In order to define a sustainable career path and effect influence upon fashion, whose boundary is subject to social, economic, cultural & technological flux, it is important for our students to establish their aspirations within the global design context.

Course Content

The taught project-based curriculum will progressively develop students’ confidence in an interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary context that encourages imaginative, practical and theoretical knowledge to the highest level of strategic and tactical competence.

Year one: Formative: Self-directed and industry related work aimed at establishing a diagnostic, reflexive and critical approach that establishes each student’s potential.

Year two: Summative: Self-directed with essential industry related work aimed at developing the highest level of creative thinking, specialised process and professionalism aligned to students’ individual aspirations.

Course team

Ike Rust – Course Director

Previously Head of Menswear at the Royal College of Art, Ike is a design academic with experience of developing international fashion brands and instigating the most influential curricula at the top universities of art and design.

He is renowned for producing the most innovative and professional fashion design thinkers including James Long, Katie Eary, Aitor Throup, Mason Jung, Astrid Andersen, Matthew Miller, Hiroaki Kanai, Alex Mullins and in tandem with Westminster Fashion, Liam Hodges. All of who are the ‘Bright Young Things’ of the recently formed London Collections Men.

Simon Foxton

Simon Foxton is one of Britain’s leading menswear stylists. Renowned for his unique style and formative work with photographer Nick Knight he has made multiple contributions to magazines including i-D, The Face, Arena, Arena Homme Plus, Fantastic Man, Vogue Hommes International, Details, W, GQ Style and Big Magazine.

His work is represented in collections including the Victoria & Albert Museum and Tate Modern. He is currently creative consultant to the Italian menswear brand Stone Island.

Matthew Miller

London-based Matthew Miller made his debut in 2011 and has become renowned for his unique aesthetic that combines classic tailoring and functional sportswear. While rooted in the political and ideological his collections retain a sense of versatility with emphasis on cut and fabric tactility. Miller sees the wearer as integral to a garment’s worth and, therefore, integral to the inherent character of each piece. He has undertaken several collaborations including Timberland, Ben Sherman and G-Shock

James Long

British menswear designer James Long established his brand in 2008 after graduating from the Royal College of Art and is currently one of the inaugural designers to show his eponymous independent brand at London collection men. The brand is considered one of the highlights of the new wave of contemporary brands showing at LCM. James has recently been appointed Creative Director of Menswear at the Italian brand Iceberg.

Rosie Armstrong

Rosie is a graduate of Central Saint Martins and the Royal College of Art. She has over 13 years’ experience in the fashion industry, which includes creating showpieces for Alexander McQueen and as menswear designer for Tommy Hilfiger and Topman. She was Senior Menswear Technician at the RCA for six years where she was responsible for ensuring students had the technical know-how and professionalism necessary to realise their design ideas. With excellent technical knowledge ranging from tailoring to knitwear construction, Rosie also works for select industry clients on a freelance basis.

Liam Hodges

Liam Hodges, a Kent boy originally, is interested in expressive polysyllabic masculinity and creating a luxury brand that is for people who live for the week, not the weekend. His signature style is big garish shapes and hardwearing workwear detailing communicated through a strong graphic language communicated on oversized t-shirts and knitwear. Liam has won the support of titles including Another Man, i-D, Interview, GQ Style, Dansk, Vogue Japan, Wonderland, Rollacoaster, Vogue Italy, Hypebeast, Complex, SHOWstudio, 7th Man, STYLE.com, Sang Bleu and Fucking Young to name a few. His designs have been worn by Drake, FKA Twigs and Big Sean.

Human Resource Management MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 11.000
  • Entry dates: September/January

This course offers interesting and challenging modules and options. It will suit graduates intending to work in HR, as well as those already working in the field and wanting to advance their careers. Building on your understanding of the theory and practice of HRM techniques, it provides a professionally focused and research informed blend of academic and practical information, encouraging critical reflection on current HRM approaches.

Westminster Business School is a Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) approved centre. The course has been accredited by the CIPD as meeting the ‘knowledge criteria’ for professional membership. This means that once you have successfully shown the CIPD relevant evidence of your practice in the workplace, you will gain professional level of Chartered Membership, with the joining and membership fee paid for by the university.

In addition, as a student on this course you will receive a student membership to Chartered Management Institute (CMI) and access to the CMI professional network, opportunity to attend events and get the latest news from the sector of leadership and management.

Course content

The emphasis in the classroom is on blending theory and practice, problem diagnosis and the selection of managerial tools to provide the best fit with the situation. Classes are often run on a workshop basis, giving you the opportunity for to pool their experience, as well as drawing on the expertise of the tutors. You will also have the opportunity to develop essential HR practitioner skills by attending a series of practical workshops.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

HRM in a Business Context

You will examine the working environment of HR practitioners by analysing the impact of economic, political, social and technological factors.

Managing Human Resources

You will explore different approaches to the management of human resources and the implications for organisational success.

Project

The aim of this module is to enable you to develop or evaluate, on the basis of empirical or conceptual research and analytic rigour, a specific area of human resource knowledge.

Research Methods and Project Preparation

This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of human resource management.

Skills of the Manager/Consultant

You will develop the interpersonal management skills and techniques you need to work both as an internal and external consultant to organisations.

Option modules

Choose two of the following CIPD modules:

Employee Relations

This module encourages you to develop and reflect on your knowledge of UK employee relations from a number of different theoretical perspectives.

Learning and Development

This module provides you with the theoretical underpinning necessary to critically evaluate both individual and organisational learning processes.

Organisational Analysis, Design and Development

This module examines the ways in which organisational effectiveness is influenced by structures, technologies, culture, power and attitudes. You will use concepts and modes of analysis to critically evaluate, organisational design and development.

People Resourcing

You will develop your critical awareness of the links between an organisation’s need to achieve corporate objectives, and its need for people.

Reward Management

This module focuses on the management of reward systems, critically analysing the links between reward systems and employee behaviour, through the use of theory and case studies.

You will also choose two from the following additional option modules:

Assessment and Individual Differences at Work

This module focuses on a critical exploration of good practice in assessment at work.

Contemporary Issues in Strategic HRM

The module focuses on the evolving role of Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) in an environment of unprecedented economic uncertainty and intensification of competition driven by advances in globalisation.

Designing and Delivering Training

The module provides you with the theoretical underpinning necessary to understand the processes of designing and delivering effective training.

Employment Law for HR Practitioners

You will develop your knowledge of, and ability to evaluate, UK employment law requirements.

International HRM

This module concentrates on the international context of HRM, and the policies and procedures that organisations need to devise when designing international human resource strategies.

Management Development

The module provides you with the ability to critically appreciate the philosophies, theories, models and techniques underpinning the management development processes at both the corporate and individual levels.

Managing Culture and Change

You will examine the ways in which corporate cultures impact on the management of organisational change. Through a critical analysis of relevant concepts, models and methods, you will develop the skills to manage change within different organisational environments.

Managing Diversity and Equality in Employment

This module explores and considers the structure and implications of difference and inequality within the employment relationship by examining the historical, sociological, economic and psychological basis of discrimination.

All modules are subject to the CIPD and University of Westminster approval.

International Human Resource Management MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 11.000
  • Entry dates: September

The course is designed to appeal to candidates from outside the UK wishing to pursue or enhance a career in HRM that has, or may have, an international dimension. Students study an interesting range of modules focusing on international corporate HRM, International personnel management and organisational analysis and development. This Master’s specifically enables you to build a body of practical skills and theoretical knowledge around the management of organisations within different international contexts, allowing you to acquire a coherent, specialised body of relevant knowledge.

Westminster Business School is an approved centre for Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) and this course has been accredited by the CIPD as meeting the knowledge criteria for professional membership. This means that once you have passed the degree and given the CIPD evidence of your practice in the workplace you will gain the professional level of Chartered Membership with the joining and membership fee paid for by the university.

Course content

Students on the course will be exposed to a wide range of contemporary perspectives on key developments in and around international human resource management and organisational analysis, providing access to a range of alternative academic and practitioner views. You will explore relevant issues and what these mean for individuals and organisations at local, national and international levels.

In addition, as a student on this course you will receive a student membership to Chartered Management Institute (CMI) and access to the CMI professional network, opportunity to attend events and get the latest news from the sector of leadership and management.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

Comparative Employment Relations

You will analyse how people are managed – and the HR practices and employee relations systems that are adopted – in different cultures.

HRM in a Business Context

You will examine the working environment of HR practitioners by analysing the impact of economic, political, social and technological factors.

International HRM

This module concentrates on the international context of HRM, and the policies and procedures that organisations need to devise when designing international human resource strategies.

Managing Human Resources

You will explore different approaches to the management of human resources and the implications for organisational success.

Organisational Analysis, Design and Development

This module examines the academic ways in which organisational effectiveness is influenced by structure, technologies, culture, power and attitudes. You will use concepts and modes of analysis to critically evaluate organisational design and development.

Project

The aim of the project is to enable students to develop or evaluate, on the basis of empirical or conceptual research and analytic rigour, a specific area of human resource knowledge.

Research Methods and Project Preparation

This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research process, and the application of research methods in the area of international human resource management.

Skills of the Manager/Consultant

This module will help you to develop the interpersonal management skills and techniques you need to work both as an internal and external consultant to organisations.

Option modules

Choose one of the following:

Learning and Development

This module provides you with the theoretical underpinning necessary to critically evaluate both individual and organisational learning processes.

People Resourcing

You will develop your critical awareness of the links between an organisation’s need to achieve corporate objectives, and its need for people.

Reward Management

This module focuses on the management of reward systems, critically analysing the links between reward systems and employee behaviour, through the use of theory and case studies.

Accredited internship

All students on our full-time business Masters courses can apply to undertake the PG/MBA Internship Programme Reflective Practitioner Module. This is an 8 week unpaid accredited internship, which can be taken in addition to option modules and will help students to gain invaluable work experience. The internships, which are with London-based organisations, take place during the summer period. To apply, students must submit a completed application form and a copy of their updated CV to the Business Experience Team; the team then shortlist from the applications and conduct group meetings with the applicants.

Ultimately it is up to our internship employers to decide whether they would like to interview the candidate(s) and offer him/her an internship. We have received very positive feedback from both postgraduate students and employers and expect that the internship programme will continue to remain popular amongst our students.

Communication MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

This highly regarded course offers a rigorous analysis of the political, economic, cultural and sociological factors which shape the practices and outcomes of mass media. It will give you the opportunity to study and research the main ways in which social scientists have analysed the role of the mass media and communication, and how to develop, evaluate and apply research to evaluate those theories.

The MA ensures that you will receive a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education and skill base, and a clear and comprehensive understanding of communication and the mass media. It is designed both for those who already work in or want to work in the media, and for those who want to go on to pursue further academic research in media and communication.

Based on continuous assessment, the course is taught in lectures and seminars by the team from Westminster’s top-rated Communication and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). You will be part of a bustling, multicultural academic department which boasts a strong research culture. You will be able to attend the regular talks by outside speakers (academics and practitioners) on a variety of communication and mass media issues.

Course content

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules, semester one

DISSERTATION MODULE
A taught module and group workshops in the first semester will guide you in conducting a major piece of independent research. This module will be supplemented by individual supervisions beginning from the second semester. The aim is to give you a guided framework within which you can demonstrate your ability to carry out advanced independent study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related to the political, economic, cultural and/or sociological factors which shape the practices and outcomes of mass media, including media texts and the audience reception of them.

THEORIES OF COMMUNICATION
The module is intentionally eclectic. You will cover (in a loosely historical way) the arguments, advantages and problems of the main sociological, cultural and psychological theories about the media. It aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to the most important ways of approaching the fundamental issues posed by the relationships between the media of communication and social and economic life. It will also enable you to understand the problems posed by different intellectual traditions, and to place those theories in their proper contexts.

Option modules, semester one

GLOBAL MEDIA
This module provides an overview of contemporary developments in global media and communication industries and their impact on cultures worldwide. It focuses on transformations in existing media, with a particular emphasis on broadcasting and the audio-visual media and looks at innovations of new information and communications technologies, especially the Internet.

POLITICAL ANALYSIS OF COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
As international regimes and national regulation become increasingly important in the creation and delivery of communications, it becomes necessary to understand how the two levels interact. This module will introduce you to those theories of policy making and international relations which provide tools for the analysis of communications policies, and their dynamic interaction at the national and international level.

POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COMMUNICATION
This module will introduce you to the political economy approach to analysing the production, distribution and consumption of media content in text and audiovisual form, whether online or offline, as well as the workings of telecoms networks behind online media. It identifies distinctive economic features of media and relates these to trends in the organisation of specific media industries, taking account of ways in which the economics of media have been affected by the spread of digital technologies.

STUDY SKILLS (NO CREDITS)
If your first language is not English, or you have no experience of the British education system, you will benefit from this module. You will be taken through the process of producing a piece of written work, from note taking to editing, so as to enable you to produce written work in accordance with current British academic standards and practices.

TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
This module will offer a comprehensive introduction to a range of broadcasting and telecommunications technologies and the internet, enabling you to assess the economic and political issues surrounding each technology. Topics covered include capital investment in networks, how and why technologies change, strategic interests and communications, and substitutable technologies and the creation of markets.

Core module, semester two

APPROACHES TO MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION RESEARCH
This module will introduce you to the main methods of communication research. We shall look at how to undertake selective quantitative and qualitative methods, understanding and exploring the different stages of the social science research process from a definition of a research hypothesis, to data collection and analysis. We shall also look at the theoretical reasoning behind different methodological approaches to media and society, in particular the politics of social research.

Option modules, semester two

CHINESE MEDIA
This module is for you if you have little or no knowledge of the Chinese media, but nevertheless realise that for anyone interested in the media in the world today, some understanding of the biggest national media system is a necessity. The objective is to introduce participants to the Chinese media in the context of a world order changing on account of the growth in wealth and power of several countries, in particular China. The Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and also as an example of a media system distinct from the Anglo-American, which has often been touted as a model of universal applicability.

DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
The aims of this module are to provide you with a theoretical overview of the concept of ‘development’, and the opportunity to consider how it relates to empirical experience in communications in small and developing countries. You will be able to compare the experiences of a range of countries in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, in developing their own communications technologies and policies, in democratisation, and in exporting mass media content.

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND CENSORSHIP
This module offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilization, social movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, and political and social crises. The module considers the impact of different forms of censorship and regulation on social, political and cultural expression in the media. It also looks at the impact of the internet and new means of transparency and communications on journalism and activism in a range of circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems.

MEDIA AUDIENCES
This module begins with an overview of media audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences and media institutions, passive/ active audiences, media influence and effects, and ethnography and media audiences. The second part of the module is devoted to discussions of media and identity, fans, diasporas and new media audiences.

MEDIA BUSINESS STRATEGY
This module explores the challenges facing media organisations in the fields of strategy and innovation. It addresses the contextual nature of strategy formation, identifies and analyses key drivers of change within media industries, and examines the application of structured methods of planning in media product and service development. The module applies management concepts and tools to business and strategic challenges confronting public and private media enterprises across the globe.

POLICIES FOR DIGITAL CONVERGENCE
The module studies digital convergence and the role of policy and regulation in facilitating and controlling that process. The focus is on Internet-related policy debates and concepts drawing mostly on developments in the USA, the European Union and Britain but with a critical awareness of the issues facing developing, transitional and small countries. It critically assesses competing arguments concerning the interplay between policy and technology and implications for market structures and business models, as appropriate.

SOCIOLOGY OF NEWS
You will examine both theoretically and empirically different aspects of the news creation, dissemination and reception processes. The module will look at the relevance of different traditions in mass media research to the study of news and will be based on a number of case studies. The module will focus mainly on contemporary practices, in both print and electronic media, but attention to historical and conceptual perspectives will also be given.

Note: The University is constantly improving its offer to students. It is intended that some changes, such as practice options under new course titles, may be approved between printing this brochure and enrolment for this course. You are therefore advised to look at the website for updated details.

 

Communications Policy MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

This course is designed to give you a critical analysis of issues of policy and regulation in the media, information and/or telecommunications/internet sectors, which may include links between policy and policy-making affecting media industries and telecommunications/internet and political, economic or social developments affecting markets, companies, technologies, institutions or international relations. The course encourages diversity and is designed to have international appeal. It ensures that you receive a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education and skill base, enabling you to have a wide, clear and comprehensive understanding of communications policies.

Based on continuous assessment, the course is taught in lectures and seminars by the team from Westminster’s top-rated Communication and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). You will be part of a bustling, multicultural academic department which boasts a strong research culture. You will be able to attend the regular talks by outside speakers (academics and practitioners) on a variety of communication and mass media issues.

Course content

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules, semester one

DISSERTATION MODULE
A taught module and group workshops in the first semester will guide you in conducting a major piece of independent research. This module will be supplemented by individual supervisions beginning from the second semester. The aim is to give you a guided framework within which you can demonstrate your ability to carry out advanced independent study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related to issues of policy and regulation in the media, information and/or telecommunications/internet sectors, which may include links between policy and policy-making affecting media industries and telecommunications/internet and political, economic or social developments affecting markets, companies, technologies, institutions or international relations.

POLITICAL ANALYSIS OF COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
As international regimes and national regulation become increasingly important in the creation and delivery of communications, it becomes necessary to understand how the two levels interact. This module will introduce you to those theories of policy making and international relations which provide tools for the analysis of communications policies, and their dynamic interaction at the national and international level.

Option modules, semester one

GLOBAL MEDIA
This module provides an overview of contemporary developments in global media and communication industries and their impact on cultures worldwide. It focuses on transformations in existing media, with a particular emphasis on broadcasting and the audio-visual media and looks at innovations of new information and communications technologies, especially the Internet.

POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COMMUNICATION
This module will introduce you to the political economy approach to analysing the production, distribution and consumption of media content in text and audiovisual form, whether online or offline, as well as the workings of telecoms networks behind online media. It identifies distinctive economic features of media and relates these to trends in the organisation of specific media industries, taking account of ways in which the economics of media have been affected by the spread of digital technologies.

STUDY SKILLS (NO CREDITS)
If your first language is not English, or you have no experience of the British education system, you will benefit from this module. You will be taken through the process of producing a piece of written work, from note taking to editing, so as to enable you to produce written work in accordance with current British academic standards and practices.

TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
This module will offer a comprehensive introduction to a range of broadcasting and telecommunications technologies and the internet, enabling you to assess the economic and political issues surrounding each technology. Topics covered include capital investment in networks, how and why technologies change, strategic interests and communications, and substitutable technologies and the creation of markets.

THEORIES OF COMMUNICATION
The module is intentionally eclectic. You will cover (in a loosely historical way) the arguments, advantages and problems of the main sociological, cultural and psychological theories about the media, from classical modernization concepts to contemporary concerns with network society. It aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to the most important ways of approaching the fundamental issues posed by the relationships between the media of communication and social and economic life. It will also enable you to understand the problems posed by different intellectual traditions, and to place those theories in their proper contexts.

Core module, semester two

APPROACHES TO MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION RESEARCH
This module will introduce you to the main methods of communication research. We shall look at how to undertake selective quantitative and qualitative methods, understanding and exploring the different stages of the social science research process, from a definition of a research hypothesis, to data collection and analysis. We shall also look at the theoretical reasoning behind different methodological approaches to media and society, in particular the politics of social research.

Option modules, semester two

CHINESE MEDIA
This module is for you if you have little or no knowledge of the Chinese media, but nevertheless realise that for anyone interested in the media in the world today, some understanding of the biggest national media system is a necessity. The objective is to introduce participants to the Chinese media in the context of a world order changing on account of the growth in wealth and power of several countries, in particular China. The Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and also as an example of a media system distinct from the Anglo-American, which has often been touted as a model of universal applicability.

DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
The aims of this module are to provide you with a theoretical overview of the concept of ‘development’, and the opportunity to consider how it relates to empirical experience in communications in small and developing countries. You will be able to compare the experiences of a range of countries in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, in developing their own communications technologies and policies, in democratisation, and in exporting mass media content.

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND CENSORSHIP
This module offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilization, social movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, and political and social crises. The module considers the impact of different forms of censorship and regulation on social, political and cultural expression in the media. It also looks at the impact of the internet and new means of transparency and communications on journalism and activism in a range of circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems.

MEDIA AUDIENCES
This module begins with an overview of media audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences and media institutions, passive/ active audiences, media influence and effects, and ethnography and media audiences. The second part of the module is devoted to discussions of media and identity, fans, diasporas and new media audiences.

MEDIA BUSINESS STRATEGY
This module explores the challenges facing media organisations in the fields of strategy and innovation. It addresses the contextual nature of strategy formation, identifies and analyses key drivers of change within media industries, and examines the application of structured methods of planning in media product and service development. The module applies management concepts and tools to business and strategic challenges confronting public and private media enterprises across the globe.

POLICIES FOR DIGITAL CONVERGENCE
The module studies digital convergence and the role of policy and regulation in facilitating and controlling that process. The focus is on Internet-related policy debates and concepts drawing mostly on developments in the USA, the European Union and Britain but with a critical awareness of the issues facing developing, transitional and small countries. It critically assesses competing arguments concerning the interplay between policy and technology and implications for market structures and business models, as appropriate.

SOCIOLOGY OF NEWS
You will examine both theoretically and empirically different aspects of the news creation, dissemination and reception processes. The module will look at the relevance of different traditions in mass media research to the study of news and will be based on a number of case studies. The module will focus mainly on contemporary practices, in both print and electronic media, but attention to historical and conceptual perspectives will also be given.

Diversity and the Media MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

This is an exciting and highly innovative course (developed in collaboration with the Media Diversity Institute) that seamlessly combines theory and modules providing or containing hands-on practical training in journalism or campaigning and public relations related to social and cultural diversity.

The course will give you the opportunity to study and research the main ways in which social scientists analyse the role of the mass media in the social construction, representation and understanding of difference and social diversity and get a critical understanding of the social and media structures and journalistic practices that impact upon these processes. It will also equip you with practical skills that will enable you to produce your own media product on a topic related to social and cultural diversity.

The course combines a portfolio of theory modules aimed to develop your knowledge and critical understanding of the processes of managing and making sense of cultural diversity, key issues in intercultural communication and of various aspects of the sociology of news with a number of practice-oriented modules intended to give you first hand experience in the practice of inclusive journalism.

Drawing upon this unique combination of rigorous theoretical engagement and specialist practical training, this course is designed to equip you with a comprehensive conceptual/theoretical grounding and the practical skills to engage in responsible media coverage of diversity, to practice culturally informed and inclusive journalism and to develop a career (whether practical, strategic, or research-based) involving understanding and responding to the challenges of social diversity.

Our teaching staff are highly experienced academics and journalism professionals with expertise in inclusive journalism.

Extra accreditation: In addition to your final degree, upon successful completion of certain module components or additional work you can be awarded study certificates by external accrediting bodies such as the Broadcast Journalism Training Council and Adobe.

Practical Work experience: In addition to their programme of studies, we work hard to ensure that MA Diversity and the Media students are offered opportunities to gain valuable experience with media and NGOs whose work is relevant to their programme of studies and enhances their employability after graduation. We have established partnerships with the Media Diversity Institute, TAG International Development and The Prisma/The Multicultural Newspaper which offer paid or unpaid internships that give our students the opportunity to work in the UK or overseas or to contribute to the production of media content. In the past our students have also gained experience by participating in the Pearson Diversity Summer Internship Programme and other similar schemes. We place particular importance to such opportunities as these help our students to build upon their academic and practical work and further develop the skills that will enable them to embark on their chosen careers.

Hands-on Media Training: In addition to the accredited curriculum, the MA includes a number of training sessions in the use of cameras, sound and editing as well as in the Adobe Creative Suite.

Course content

Two study routes to suit your future plans: You can choose one of two routes for the award: the Dissertation Route or a Practice Route culminating in a final project.

Dissertation

A major 15,000-word piece of independent original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related to the political, economic, cultural and/ or sociological factors which shape the practices and outcomes of mass media, including media texts and the audience reception of them.

Final Project

An independent in-depth practical project, which involves researching, compiling and presenting your own TV or radio documentary, website or print journalism work, together with a self-reflective, critical analysis (7,000 words) that will demonstrate the skills and techniques gained during the course. Please note that all the information contained herein is subject to approval.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Semester one

Core module

APPROACHES TO SOCIAL AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY
The module examines the various theoretical attempts to make sense and deal intellectually with social and cultural diversity, from assimilationism to liberal universalism, integration theories, liberal multiculturalism and the various strands of multiculturalism. It examines the concepts of pluralism, universalism, cosmopolitanism, tolerance and respect as they have developed in various theoretical contexts and assesses their implications in contemporary policy, politics and culture. The use of contemporary examples form media, politics and culture are an important aspect of learning throughout the module as students are expected not only to engage critically with concepts, but to also to reflect on the social and political realities of their own societies.

Option modules

REPORTING DIVERSITY: GENDER, SEXUALITY, AGE, DISABILITY
This module will present information for critical thinking and discussion about media representation of gender, sexual orientation, age and disability. The module will discuss ways of improving journalism practice in order to bridge social and cultural divisions. You will study and research the stereotypes of youth and the elderly, men and women, gay and lesbian communities and people with disabilities. The course will look at the influence, responsibility, and power of journalism in reporting these diversity issues. As part of the learning, students will have to produce their own documentary film on a topic relevant to the issues discussed in the module, and for this we offer training in the use of video-cameras, sound and editing.

INTRODUCTION TO INCLUSIVE JOURNALISM
This module examines the practice of contemporary journalism and its role in shaping a democratic and inclusive society. The module introduces students to relevant theoretical perspectives as well as provides a critical examination/discussion of journalistic techniques of information gathering and analysis, journalistic norms and values and basic principles of inclusive media formats. It employs practical journalistic exercises, personal examination, critical media analysis, and scholarly study to increase awareness and critical engagement with the issues surrounding reporting of diversity in society.

MEDIA PRODUCTION SKILLS
The module will give you a basic understanding of the structures and practical abilities needed in news journalism. You will develop individual skills in study, research and writing and team skills in designing and writing for the web. The module aims to enable you to develop a critical understanding of how print, radio and TV operate; develop news-writing techniques for different media platforms; to learn individual and team skills across different media platforms; to acquire knowledge of ethical considerations faced by journalists; and to design and develop a website in teams.

ISSUES IN JOURNALISM: FREEDOM OF SPEECH, ETHICS AND DEMOCRACY
A critical survey of some of the social, political and economic pressures on the media across the world, looking at the ethical considerations which are of key concern to journalists, and the previsions designed to safeguard media freedom. On this module, students will gain an in-depth working knowledge of the media law in the UK, and how it relates to the work of journalists. This is in line with the syllabus requirements of the accrediting body, the Broadcast Journalism Training Council, and students will have the opportunity to get extra accreditation from their study of the media law in the UK. Students in the module will also have to think of the practice of journalism within international contexts and take a more international perspective in their studies.

Semester two

Core modules

DIVERSITY IN THE MEDIA: MODELS, INSTITUTIONS, PRACTICES
This core module of the Diversity and the Media MA looks at the various ways in which our understanding of diversity and difference has impacted on the way in which media models, institutions and professionals engage with social and cultural diversity. It focuses on different national media policy frameworks, economic models and media cultures. It examines and compares media content, it questions the meaning of the melting pot, cultural mosaic and salad bowl metaphors and their operationalization by the media and looks at various media institutions across the world and their responses to social diversity. Throughout the module students will work with a number of examples for media content from around the world in order to compare, reflect and establish best practice.

Option modules

REPORTING DIVERSITY: MIGRATION, RACE, ETHNICITY
This module combines traditional lectures and seminars and a number of newsroom workshops. It introduces the students to key theoretical perspectives on the cultural production and representation of race, ethnicity and migrancy and discusses the role of the media and journalistic practice in such processes. As population movements intensify across the world, the module provides a context for critical thinking and discussion about multi-racial, multi-ethnic and multi-cultural issues associated with contemporary news media. Students will research the stereotypes of people of colour, various ethnic groups, refugees and immigrant communities in the mainstream news media and will examine the influence, responsibility, and power of journalism in reporting diversity issues. The purpose of this module is to encourage student journalists to see, look at, report and reflect on the society they live in. Students, as part of their study, will have to think of, research and write a feature article for a specific media platform and for specific media audiences.

REPORTING DIVERSITY: FAITH AND RELIGION
This module presents and critically evaluates debates around social and faith/ religious diversity, awareness of the issues surrounding the reporting of faith and faith communities in their societies. Through a series of lectures and seminars and a number of newsroom workshops, it will encourage you to reflect on the various aspects of media and journalism practice in relation to religion and faith. The module will look at the influence, responsibility, and power of journalism in reporting faith and religion as a marker of difference in our societies. As part of their learning in the newsroom, students will have the opportunity to produce a ‘feature article’, for a specific media platform and for specific audiences.

PLANNING CAMPAIGN COMMUNICATIONS
In this module students will learn how to research and plan a campaign for social change based on the theories of social change examined in semester 1. They will produce communication material such as news releases, e-alerts, tweets, infographics and / or videos to support the campaign strategy. Where possible, students work to live briefs. This is a practical, hands-on module taught through a series of workshops, visits to campaign communication teams in London-based campaigning organisations, and guest talks by leading campaigners and social change communicators.

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND POLITICS
The module critically investigates the relationship between media, activism and politics. It offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilization, social movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, and political and social crises. The module looks at the impact of the internet and new means of transparency and communications on journalism and activism in a range of circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems. The module is unique in its combination of traditional academic lectures and seminars with attendance of topical events and visits to relevant exhibitions and institutions.

SOCIOLOGY OF NEWS
A critical study of the news media in the context of current society; this module examines different aspects of how news is created, disseminated and consumed. It questions views of ‘news’ as the representation of ‘the factual world’, adopts a constructivist approach to news production, examines sources, organizational settings and the impact of technological innovation in the production of ‘news’.

MEDIA AUDIENCES
This module begins with an overview of media audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences and media institutions, passive/ active audiences, media influence and effects, and ethnography and media audiences. The second part of the module is devoted to discussions of media and identity, fans, diasporas and new media audiences.

Global Media Business MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.900
  • Entry dates: September

The MA Global Media Business, awarded by the University of Westminster is the final award, of a two-year programme managed jointly by Westminster and the Communication University of China (CUC). Conferred by the University of Westminster, the Masters degree is also licensed and recognised by the Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China.

Media professionals and media firms are united in their need to acquire the commercial, strategic and managerial skills to prosper in an industry undergoing constant fundamental change. This course is designed to address these needs, developing entrepreneurial leaders equipped to deal with the complex and novel challenges presented by new technologies, consumer behaviour, and evolving business models.

The course will enable you to identify and analyse strategic and operational problems and opportunities, understand, quantify and access national and international media markets, and use foresight and planning techniques to understand and respond to change. As well as being able to manage complex media projects, you will also have the skills to engage in strategic direction setting, deploy business-planning skills, and excel in leadership and implementation.

The course is delivered by academic staff with lengthy experience of advising and managing media organisations. Teaching methods are based around practical problems and include in-class exercises and individuals and group projects and assessment. Assignments will enable you to develop and apply your skills in creative project development and business planning.

The MA Global Media Business is a full-time course, delivered using a combination of full-time and intensive block mode teaching. Although a collaborative programme, the final degree is assessed and awarded by the University of Westminster, and is governed by its regulations and quality assurance procedures.

Course content

The course provides a rounded suite of managerial and commercial skills, rooted in a critical understanding of today’s media and content industries, building on our role as a leader in UK media research. Practice-based assignments, such as the integrating business-planning project, play an essential role in enabling you to apply ideas and learning in a creative fashion.

The course consists of eight credit-bearing modules and an additional key skills module which includes the use of quantitative methods and software tools.

Modules

Delivery of the MA in Global Media Business is divided between Beijing and Westminster’s Harrow campus. The first semester is taught by UK faculty staff making regular visits to Beijing. They deliver the programme in intensive teaching blocks, typically of 2-4 days teaching.

Block mode teaching is interspersed by guided independent study and project work. Downloadable lectures and supplementary information is provided via the University’s Virtual Learning Environment. Tutors are also available for remote tutorials using services such as Collaborate, Skype or WeChat.

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DISSERTATION
The course culminates with a major research-based project. You will take a research and methods course designed to introduce you to the key tools for collecting and analysing evidence. Group work in Semester One orients you towards identifying and refining your individual research topic, which must be specific to the Media Management MA. Topics must be related to the strategic and commercial challenges faced by media businesses. You will be encouraged to focus your research upon the challenges and opportunities confronting a specific media firm or group of media organisations.

MEDIA MANAGEMENT: STRATEGY, CONTEXT AND TOOLS
This module provides an overview of the course and the strategic and operational disciplines required for modern media executives. It also introduces you to a number of conceptual tools that you will use throughout the course. The module analyses key drivers for change within media industries and the context for managerial decision-making. You will also acquire important skills in report-writing and professional presentation techniques.

MEDIA MARKETS
This module will introduce you to the economics of the media and content industries, including broadcasting, print, film, recorded music and interactive forms. You will examine the revenue and cost structures of these industries, and the economics of the key processes of production, distribution and consumption. The module provides tools enabling decision-making based on market data.

MEDIA OPERATIONS AND ORGANISATION
The module addresses the fundamental challenges involved in organising and managing the operation of media companies. It examines the degree to which it is possible to apply conventional management techniques for achieving efficiency and quality in the creative and editorial processes of media organisations. In particular the module focuses on how digitisation and convergence are changing the methods of managing those processes.

RESPONDING TO A CHANGING MEDIA ENVIRONMENT
You will acquire the skills and knowledge to transform the information and insight gained through analysis into strategic recommendations and proposals for commercial initiatives. The module introduces a range of theoretical and practical tools and techniques enabling your to formulate solutions to problems and apply them in a practical and realistic fashion. The module explores structured innovation techniques, the marketing and branding of media products and services, as well as business planning.

STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION IN THE MEDIA FIRM
The module addresses the key challenges facing media organisations as they attempt to manage a period of unprecedented, radical change. The course builds on the work done in Media Management and Strategy and Media Operations and Organisation to address the practical questions of how to implement changes to the way media organisations and media professionals actually work.

THE INTERNATIONAL MEDIA FIRM IN TRANSITION
How have media firms around the world dealt with the task of synthesising commercial and strategic solutions to the challenges they face? This module examines the ways in which private and public media organisations are changing. It will highlight key topical issues such as the challenge of piracy and file sharing, the switch to on-demand, and the impact of globalisation. The module combines methods derived from foresight studies with the your own directed research to engage with concrete problems facing international media organisations.

Global Media MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

From Al Jazeera to Hollywood, News Corporation to China Central TV, the media increasingly operate in a global context. This course offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary approach to global media, and is designed for those who work in, or want to work in, the media industries.

You will examine key developments in the media and communications industries associated with the logic of globalisation, and explore the complex nature of the globalisation process in the media. You will gain a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education and skill base, enabling you to develop a clear and comprehensive understanding of communication and the mass media.

Based on continuous assessment, the course is taught in lectures and seminars by the team from Westminster’s top-rated Communication and Media Research Institute (CAMRI ). You will be part of a bustling multicultural academic department which boasts a strong research culture, and you will be able to attend the regular talks by outside speakers (academics and practitioners) on a variety of communication and mass media issues.

Course content

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules, semester 1

DISSERTATION
A taught module and group workshops in the first semester will guide you in conducting a major piece of independent research. This module will be supplemented by individual supervisions beginning from the second semester. The aim is to give you a guided framework within which you can demonstrate your ability to carry out advanced independent study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related to developments, processes and outcomes in transnational media and communications, ranging from the sub­national to the supra-national, and/or their impact on cultures worldwide.

GLOBAL MEDIA
This module provides an overview of contemporary developments in global media and communication industries and their impact on cultures worldwide. It focuses on transformations in existing media, with a particular emphasis on broadcasting and the audio visual media and looks at innovations of new information and communications technologies, especially the internet.

Option modules, semester 1

POLITICAL ANALYSIS OF COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
As international organisations and national regulation become increasingly important in the creation and delivery of communications, it becomes necessary to understand how the two levels interact. This module will introduce you to those theories of policy making and international relations which provide tools for the analysis of communications policies, and their dynamic interaction at the national and international level.

POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COMMUNICATION
This module will introduce you to the political economy approach to analysing the production, distribution and consumption of media content in text and audiovisual form, whether online or offline, as well as the workings of telecoms networks behind online media. It identifies distinctive economic features of media and relates these to trends in the organisation of specific media industries, taking account of ways in which the economics of media have been affected by the spread of digital technologies.

STUDY SKILLS (NO CREDITS)
If your first language is not English, or you have no experience of the UK education system, you will benefit from this module. You will be taken through the process of producing a piece of written work, from note taking to editing, so as to enable you to produce written work in accordance with current UK academic standards and practices.

TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
This module will offer a comprehensive introduction to a range of broadcasting and telecommunications technologies and the internet, enabling you to assess the economic and political issues surrounding each technology. Topics covered include capital investment in networks, how and why technologies change, strategic interests and communications, substitutable technologies and the creation of markets.

THEORIES OF COMMUNICATION
The module is intentionally eclectic. You will cover (in a loosely historical way) the arguments, advantages and problems of the main sociological, cultural and psychological theories about the media, from classical modernisation concepts to contemporary concerns with network society. It aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to the most important ways of approaching the fundamental issues posed by the relationships between the media of communication and social and economic life. It will also enable you to understand the problems posed by different intellectual traditions and to place those theories in their proper contexts.

Core module, semester 2

APPROACHES TO MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION RESEARCH
This module will introduce you to the main methods of communication research. You will learn how to undertake selective quantitative and qualitative methods, understanding and exploring the different stages of the social science research process; from a definition of a research hypothesis, to data collection and analysis. You will also look at the theoretical reasoning behind different methodological approaches to media and society, in particular the politics of social research.

Option modules, semester 2

CHINESE MEDIA
This module is for you if you have little or no knowledge of the Chinese media, but nevertheless realise that for anyone interested in the media in the world today, some understanding of the biggest national media system is a necessity. The objective is to introduce participants to the Chinese media in the context of a world order changing on account of the growth in wealth and power of several countries, in particular China. The Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and also as an example of a media system distinct from the Anglo-American, which has often been touted as a model of universal applicability.

COMMUNICATIONS POLICY AND DEVELOPMENT
The aims of this module are to provide you with a theoretical overview of the concept of ‘development’, and the opportunity to consider how it relates to empirical experience in communications in small and developing countries. You will be able to compare the experiences of a range of countries in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, in developing their own communications technologies and policies, in democratisation, and in exporting mass media content.

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND CENSORSHIP
This module offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilisation, social movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, and political and social crises. The module considers the impact of different forms of censorship and regulation on social, political and cultural expression in the media. It also looks at the impact of the internet and new means of transparency and communications on journalism and activism in a range of circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems.

MEDIA AUDIENCES
This module begins with an overview of media audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences and media institutions, passive/active audiences, media influence and effects, and ethnography and media audiences. The second part of the module is devoted to discussions about media and identity, fans, diasporas and new media audiences.

MEDIA BUSINESS STRATEGY
This module explores the challenges facing media organisations in the fields of strategy and innovation. It addresses the contextual nature of strategy formation, identifies and analyses key drivers of change within media industries, and examines the application of structured methods of planning in media product and service development. The module applies management concepts and tools to business and strategic challenges confronting public and private media enterprises across the globe.

POLICIES FOR DIGITAL CONVERGENCE
The module studies digital convergence and the role of policy and regulation in facilitating and controlling that process. The focus is on internet­related policy debates and concepts drawing mostly on developments in the USA, the European Union and Britain, but with a critical awareness of the issues facing developing, transitional and small countries. It critically assesses competing arguments concerning the interplay between policy and technology and implications for market structures and business models, as appropriate.

SOCIOLOGY OF NEWS
You will examine both theoretically and empirically aspects of the news creation, dissemination and reception processes. The module will look at the relevance of different traditions in mass media research to the study of news and will be based on a number of case studies. The module will focus mainly on contemporary practices, in both print and electronic media, but attention to historical and conceptual perspectives will also be given.

International Media Business MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

The course is designed for recent graduates seeking a career in traditional and new media organisations. It provides a combination of business and media skills designed to equip you to take up an entry-level position in today’s media organisations.

You will learn how media organisations are engaging with the challenges resulting from the emergence of digital media technologies and platforms. The course introduces you to the processes by which media organisations develop their corporate strategies, business plans, marketing and production operations as they respond to radical change in the commercial environment.

The course is designed to enable you to find and take up work placements and internships at media organisations in London during the course of your studies. Our students have successfully completed internships at TV production companies like the BBC, technology companies like Google, as well as many other multimedia, advertising and news organisations in London. Some have successfully started their own businesses in the UK.

Whether you are planning a career in a media organisation or seeking to create your own new business start up, the MA International Media Business aims to provide the analytical insight, operational knowledge and planning skills you will need to prosper. The course is taught alongside a suite of Masters courses in Westminster’s highly successful Centre for Creative Industries Management.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

MEDIA BUSINESS DISSERTATION
A taught module and group workshops in the first semester guides you in conducting a major piece of independent research which could be either practical or academic in focus. In the second semester you will receive individual tuition in how to develop your research questions, collect and analyse data. The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related to the business, economic, political or cultural factors shaping the performance and practices of media businesses.

MEDIA BUSINESS STRATEGY
This module integrates Business Strategy and Planning. You will conduct case study analysis of a media company facing major environmental changes, you will learn how to produce a competitive analysis of a media organisation and present strategy recommendations to faculty. In teams, you will learn how to develop a new media business idea, write a business and financial plan and present this to a panel of industry experts and media investors.

MEDIA MARKETS
This module introduces the economics of the media and content industries, including broadcasting, print, film, recorded music and interactive media. You will learn how to research and produce a market report examining the revenue and cost structures of these industries, and the economics of key processes of production, distribution and consumption. You will also learn to use tools enabling decision-making based on quantitative market data.

MEDIA PRODUCTION SKILLS
This module enables you to develop your practical and critical understanding of how media content is created and distributed. You will develop and improve your newswriting techniques for different media platforms; learn how to develop research and write your own professional blog; design a website in teams using individual and team working skills; acquire a knowledge of ethical considerations faced by journalists.

MEDIA WORK EXPERIENCE
As London is the media capital of Europe, there is a great opportunity for you to take work experience as a part of the course. This could be in long established companies or start-ups. While the course team and work experience unit will advise you on placements, it is your responsibility to actively pursue work placement opportunities. Our students have secured work placements at media companies including: the BBC, Universal Music, Blue Rubicon PR, Kameleon Brand Engagement, and Paul Smith Fashion.

Option modules

You will take one option module in the first and one in the second semester. The following provides an overview of current option modules. At the time of publication all option modules were under review, please refer to our website for up-to-date information.

Semester one option modules

GLOBAL MEDIA
This module examines key developments in the media and communications industries associated with the logic of globalisation. You will explore the complex nature of the globalisation process, focusing on the emergence of both supra-national and sub-national developments, and explore the relationship between new contexts of production and questions of collective culture and identity.

MEDIA OPERATIONS
(Recommended Option Semester One) This module addresses the operational challenges involved in the management of media companies. You will analyse the structures and managerial practices of media organisations and the design and management of digital supply chains. You will develop transferable skills in content development and multiplatform media project planning. Other topics covered include analysing audiences; content creation and creativity; performance management; digital media supply chains; planning digital media workflows.

POLITICAL ANALYSIS OF COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
As international regimes and national regulation become increasingly important in the creation and delivery of communications, it becomes necessary to understand how the two levels interact. This module will introduce you to those theories of policy making and international relations which provide tools for the analysis of communications policies, and their dynamic interaction at the national and international level.

STUDY SKILLS
This module can be taken in addition to the option module. It is designed for students whose first language is not English, or who have no experience of the UK education system. It is intended to help you to produce written work in accordance with current UK academic standards and practices. You will be taken through the process of producing a piece of written work, from note taking to editing and referencing.

TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
This module will introduce you to a range of broadcasting and telecommunications technologies, enabling you to assess the economic and political issues surrounding each technology. Topics covered include capital investment in networks, how and why technologies change, strategic interests and communications, and substitutable technologies and the creation of markets.

Semester two option modules

Students choose from a range of options across the school including the following:

CHINESE MEDIA
This module is for you if you have little or no knowledge of the Chinese media, but nevertheless realise that for anyone interested in the media in the world today, some understanding of the biggest national media system is a necessity. The objective is to introduce participants to the Chinese media, in the context of a world order changing on account of the growth in wealth and power of several countries, in particular China. The Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and also as an example of a media system distinct from the Anglo-American, which has often been touted as a model of universal applicability.

CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS
How do organisations manage their reputation even when in a crisis? These are some of the questions which you will address in this module. You will learn how to analyse stakeholders and prepare a communications strategy.

CONSUMER PR
This module is designed to equip students with some of the necessary practice skills required to gain entry into the expanding employment market. The module content explores the role and practices of PR within political, corporate and advertising context. The aim is to enable students to critically analyse issues such as rise of the global brand, magnification of the media, the growing role of lifestyle and social marketing.

FASHION MARKETING AND BRAND MANAGEMENT
This module will stimulate critical and intellectual skills and allow you to explore the challenges of developing fashion marketing strategy, to include an understanding of the fashion market, the marketing mix, the consumer, how to make appropriate product adaptations to meet consumer demands, developing strategy to protect and ensure effective intellectual property protection for a brand.

The module also aims to help you effectively develop and overcome challenges in the marketing environment in order to successfully understand how to penetrate new markets and manage brands in order to balance a competitive advantage with profitability in the fashion business.

FASHION PR
From luxury brands to the high street, the world of fashion relies on promotion and public relations. This module gives you an opportunity to take a backstage tour of the fashion industry and design a campaign for a leading fashion brand.

PR AND NEW MEDIA
Many commentators argue that digital and social media are the natural tools for public relations practitioners because they facilitate two-way communications and foster relationship building. However, public relations is only just beginning to recognise the value of these platforms and incorporate them into communications strategies. This course is intended to help you understand the new media toolkit and how it can be used for PR purposes. You will also look at the potential of new media metrics for evaluating campaigns and demonstrating value. The course is taught through a series of workshops and practical exercise.

MARKETING, CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION
This module focuses on creativity and innovation in marketing and their impact on increasing the competitive edge of organisations (across all sectors). The module explores the complexity of the creative process and innovation at the individual, group and organisational levels and helps students develop the competencies of a creative/ innovative manager.

MUSIC MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Marketing and promotion is essential to the music industry; it sells tickets, recorded music services and products, and is a fundamental tool for developing talent. Through this module you will explore a variety of perspectives on marketing management issues including the challenges of developing the artist and their music, identifying potential consumers and fans, marketing and promoting music-related services and products through various media channels including social media. You will focus on expanding an understanding of how music marketing and promotion fits into the contemporary music industry through the study of best practice, concepts and theories that inform how industry professionals operate.

POLICIES FOR DIGITAL CONVERGENCE
The module studies digital convergence and the role of policy and regulation in facilitating and controlling that process. The focus is on internet­related policy debates and concepts drawing mostly on developments in the USA, the European Union and the UK, but with a critical awareness of the issues facing developing, transitional and small countries. It critically assesses competing arguments concerning the interplay between policy and technology and implications for market structures and business models, as appropriate.

Media and Development MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

The Media and Development MA is an interdisciplinary course that teaches main theories, concepts, case studies and practical media skills around the theme of media and development and its implications for less developed countries. The course will provide you with a unique blend of theory and practice teaching, aimed at deepening your knowledge of the history of communications within the development process of emerging economies. It will critically evaluate the impact of international and regional institutions from a critical political economic perspective. Teaching by academic staff, guest lecturers and other carefully selected staff from development organisations will provide you with an overview of the policies, actions and impact of state and non-state institutions within the area of communication media and development.

A distinctive feature is its emphasis on the practical role of communication media in development. You will participate in media production workshops and take part in our internship programme, offered in partnership with media and development organisations in London. As part of the work experience module, students participate in an extensive NGOs and media seminar series featuring experts and panel discussions. The work placement programme is in line with the University of Westminster’s strategy of nurturing of the critical practitioner.

The course team is led by Dr Winston Mano and includes Professor Daya Thussu, Professor Christian Fuchs, Professor David Gauntlett, Professor Naomi Sakr, Dr Anthony McNicholas, Dr Xin Xin, Dr Anastasia Kavada, Dr Maria Michalis, Dr Roza Tsagarousianou, Dr Tarik Sabry, Paul Majendie, Geoffrey Davies and Michaela O’Brien. Visiting Lecturers include Jackie Davies, founder and Director of the Communication and Development Network (C4D) (www.c4d.org), a community of professionals working in communication for development. As a peer network the C4D Network is aimed at communication for development practitioners plus allied development workers, donors, academics and communication experts from the BBC, UN and major development organisations. The joining criterion is an engagement in communication for development – either professionally or through academia. Students on the Media and Development MA have the option to join the C4D network and each can do a fellowship/internship with the network during the course.

Course content

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Semester one core modules

DISSERTATION
A taught module and group workshops in the first semester will guide you in conducting a major piece of independent research. This module will be supplemented by individual supervisions beginning from the second semester. The aim is to give you a guided framework within which you can demonstrate your ability to carry out advanced independent study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. The dissertation is a 15,000 word piece of original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related to the political, economic, cultural and/or sociological factors which shape the practices and outcomes of mass media, including media texts and the audience reception of them.

THEORIES OF COMMUNICATION
The module is intentionally eclectic. You will cover (in a loosely historical way) the arguments, advantages and problems of the main sociological, cultural and psychological theories about the media. It aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to the most important ways of approaching the fundamental issues posed by the relationships between the media of communication and social and economic life. It will also enable you to understand the problems posed by different intellectual traditions, and to place those theories in their proper contexts.

THEORIES OF DEVELOPMENT
This module focuses on different theories and approaches to development. It considers key development theories and approaches such as modernisation, dependency and neo- liberalism and will provide you with an opportunity to critically assess their relevance to specific contexts in developing countries.
Option modules

APPROACHES TO SOCIAL AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY
The module examines the various theoretical attempts to make sense and deal intellectually with social and cultural diversity, from assimilationism to liberal universalism, integration theories, liberal multiculturalism and the various strands of multiculturalism. It examines the concepts of pluralism, universalism, cosmopolitanism, tolerance and respect as they have developed in various theoretical contexts and assesses their implications in contemporary politics and culture.

GLOBAL MEDIA
This module examines key developments in the media and communications industries associated with the logic of globalisation. You will explore the complex nature of the globalisation process, focusing on the emergence of both supra-national and sub-national developments and explore the relationship between new contexts of production and questions of collective culture and identity.

MEDIA PRODUCTION SKILLS
The module gives students a basic understanding of the structures and practical abilities needed in news journalism. They will develop individual skills in study, research and writing and team skills in designing and writing for the web. The module aims to enable you to develop a critical understanding of how print, radio and TV operate; develop news-writing techniques for different media platforms; learn individual and team skills across different media platforms; acquire knowledge of ethical considerations faced by journalists; and design and develop a website in teams.

POLITICAL ANALYSIS OF COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
As international regimes and national regulation become increasingly important in the creation and delivery of communications, it becomes necessary to understand how the two levels interact. This module will introduce you to those theories of policy making and international relations which provide tools for the analysis of communication policies, and their dynamic interaction at the national and international level.

POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COMMUNICATION
This module introduces students to the political economy approach to analysing the structure and performance of communication industries in capitalist economies. It identifies distinctive economic features of media and relates these to trends in the organisation of specific media industries, taking account of ways in which the economics of media have been affected by the spread of digital technologies.

REPORTING DIVERSITY: MIGRATION, RACE, ETHNICITY
This module introduces the students to key theoretical perspectives on the cultural production and representation of race, ethnicity and migrancy and discusses the role of the media and journalistic practice in such processes. It provides a context for critical thinking and discussion about multi-racial, multi-ethnic and multi-cultural issues associated with contemporary news media. You will study and research the stereotypes of people of colour, various ethnic groups, refugees and immigrant communities in the mainstream news media. The module will look at the influence, responsibility, and power of journalism in reporting diversity issues. The purpose of this module is to encourage student journalists to see, look at, report and reflect on the society they live in.

Study Skills (no credits) If your first language is not English, or you have no experience of the UK education system, you will benefit from this module. You will be taken through the process of producing a piece of written work, from note taking to editing, so as to enable you to produce written work in accordance with current UK academic standards and practices.

TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNICATION POLICY
This module will introduce you to a range of broadcasting and telecommunications technologies, enabling you to assess the economic and political issues surrounding each technology. Topics covered include capital investment in networks, how and why technologies change, strategic interests and communications, and substitutable technologies and the creation markets.
Semester two core modules

MEDIA WORK EXPERIENCE
Students will be encouraged to take work experience during the course. With the number of charities and NGOs dealing with development in London, we expect students will get a placement with an organisation and we envisage them working in a communications role. Students on the media and development MA have the option to join the C4D network and each can do a fellowship/internship with the network during the course.

POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COMMUNICATION
The aims of this module are to provide you with a theoretical overview of the concept of ‘development’, and the opportunity to consider how it relates to empirical experience in communications in small and developing countries. You will be able to analyse the role of multilateral and bilateral agencies, NGOs, public service broadcasting and to compare the experiences of a range of countries in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, in developing their own communications technologies and policies, in democratisation, and in exporting mass media content. This module also critically discusses chinese intervention in communication and development in Africa.

Option modules

APPROACHES TO MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION RESEARCH
This module will introduce you to the main methods of communication research. We shall look at how to undertake selective quantitative and qualitative methods, understanding and exploring the different stages of the social science research process, from a definition of a research hypothesis, to data collection and analysis. We shall also look at the theoretical reasoning behind different methodological approaches to media and society, in particular the politics of social research and diversity issues.

MEDIA BUSINESS STRATEGY
This module explores the challenges facing media organisations in the fields of strategy and innovation. It addresses the contextual nature of strategy formation, identifies and analyses key drivers of change within media industries, and examines the application of structured methods of planning in media product and service development. The module applies management concepts and tools to business and strategic challenges confronting public and private media enterprises across the globe.

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND CENSORSHIP
This module offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilisation, social movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, and political and social crises. The module considers the impact of different forms of censorship and regulation on social, political and cultural expression in the media. It also looks at the impact of the internet and new means of transparency and communications on journalism and activism in a range of circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems.

PLANNING CAMPAIGN COMMUNICATIONS
Campaigning in the last century saw the mobilisation of large numbers of people to bring about political and social change. The political landscape has changed and the ways to influence it have grown. Major changes in society and technology now enable concerned citizens from around the world to come together online and take action on issues that concern them. Is there still a role for civil society organisations in this new environment or is online activism mapping out a new model for social change? Campaigning non-governmental organisations (NGOs) are, in some areas, the natural voice of dissent, but they too run the risk of being seen as part of the establishment. As trust in institutions declines, how can NGOS maintain their influence and change their techniques to deliver successful campaigns? What does the new political and campaigning landscape look like, what are the current techniques and how can you decide which is the best technique to use for your campaign?

POLICIES FOR DIGITAL CONVERGENCE
The module studies digital convergence and the role of policy and regulation in facilitating and controlling that process. The focus is on internet-related policy debates and concepts drawing mostly on developments in the USA, the European Union and the UK but with a critical awareness of the issues facing developing, transitional and small countries. It critically assesses competing arguments concerning the interplay between policy and technology and implications for market structures and business models, as appropriate.

REPORTING DIVERSITY: SEXUALITY, AGE, DISABILITY
This module will present information for critical thinking and discussion about media representation of age, gender, sexual orientation and disability. The module will discuss ways of improving journalism practice in order to bridge social and cultural divisions. You will study and research the stereotypes of youth and the elderly, men and women, gay and lesbian communities and people with disabilities. The course will look at the influence, responsibility, and power of journalism in reporting these.

REPORTING FAITH
This module presents and critically evaluates debates around social and faith/religious diversity, awareness of the issues surrounding the reporting of faith and faith communities in their societies. Through a series of lectures and workshops/seminars, it will encourage you to reflect on the various aspects of media and journalism practice in relation to religion and faith.

SOCIOLOGY OF NEWS
You will examine both theoretically and empirically different aspects of the news creation, dissemination and reception processes. The module will look at the relevance of different traditions in mass media research to the study of news and will be based on a number of case studies. The module will focus mainly on contemporary practices, in both print and electronic media, but attention to historical and conceptual perspectives will also be given.

Media Management MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.250
  • Entry dates: September

Media professionals and media firms are united in their need to acquire the commercial, strategic and managerial skills to prosper in an industry undergoing constant fundamental change. This course is designed to address these needs, developing entrepreneurial leaders equipped to deal with the complex and novel challenges presented by new technologies, consumer behaviour, and evolving business models.

The course will enable you to identify and analyse strategic and operational problems and opportunities, understand, quantify and access national and international media markets, and use foresight and planning techniques to understand and respond to change. As well as being able to manage complex media projects, you will also have the skills to engage in strategic direction setting, deploy business-planning skills, and excel in leadership and implementation.

The course is delivered by academic staff with lengthy experience of advising and managing media organisations. Teaching methods are based around practical problems and include in-class exercises and individuals and group projects and assessment. Assignments will enable you to develop and apply your skills in creative project development and business planning.

Course content

The course provides a rounded suite of managerial and commercial skills, rooted in a critical understanding of today’s media and content industries, building on our role as a leader in UK media research. Practice-based assignments, such as the integrating business-planning project, play an essential role in enabling you to apply ideas and learning in a creative fashion. The course consists of eight credit-bearing modules and an additional key skills module which includes the use of quantitative methods and software tools.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DISSERTATION
The course culminates with a major research-based project. You will take a research and methods course designed to introduce you to the key tools for collecting and analysing evidence. Group work in Semester One orients you towards identifying and refining your individual research topic, which must be specific to the Media Management MA. Topics must be related to the strategic and commercial challenges faced by media businesses. You will be encouraged to focus your research upon the challenges and opportunities confronting a specific media firm or group of media organisations.

MEDIA MANAGEMENT: STRATEGY, CONTEXT AND TOOLS
This module provides an overview of the course and the strategic and operational disciplines required for modern media executives. It also introduces you to a number of conceptual tools that you will use throughout the course. The module analyses key drivers for change within media industries and the context for managerial decision-making. You will also acquire important skills in report-writing and professional presentation techniques.

MEDIA MARKETS
This module will introduce you to the economics of the media and content industries, including broadcasting, print, film, recorded music and interactive forms. You will examine the revenue and cost structures of these industries, and the economics of the key processes of production, distribution and consumption. The module provides tools enabling decision-making based on market data.

MEDIA OPERATIONS AND ORGANISATION
The module addresses the fundamental challenges involved in organising and managing the operation of media companies. It examines the degree to which it is possible to apply conventional management techniques for achieving efficiency and quality in the creative and editorial processes of media organisations. In particular the module focuses on how digitisation and convergence are changing the methods of managing those processes.

RESPONDING TO A CHANGING MEDIA ENVIRONMENT
You will acquire the skills and knowledge to transform the information and insight gained through analysis into strategic recommendations and proposals for commercial initiatives. The module introduces a range of theoretical and practical tools and techniques enabling your to formulate solutions to problems and apply them in a practical and realistic fashion. The module explores structured innovation techniques, the marketing and branding of media products and services, as well as business planning.

STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION IN THE MEDIA FIRM
The module addresses the key challenges facing media organisations as they attempt to manage a period of unprecedented, radical change. The course builds on the work done in Media Management and Strategy and Media Operations and Organisation to address the practical questions of how to implement changes to the way media organisations and media professionals actually work.

THE INTERNATIONAL MEDIA FIRM IN TRANSITION
How have media firms around the world dealt with the task of synthesising commercial and strategic solutions to the challenges they face? This module examines the ways in which private and public media organisations are changing. It will highlight key topical issues such as the challenge of piracy and file sharing, the switch to on-demand, and the impact of globalisation. The module combines methods derived from foresight studies with your own directed research to engage with concrete problems facing international media organisations.

Media, Campaigning and Social Change MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.250
  • Entry dates: September

This new Masters degree from the world ranking Department of Journalism and Mass Communications aims to equip students with the skills, knowledge and strategic approach to develop and analyse social change campaigns, with a particular focus on the role of communications and the media. Now in its second year, this is the only MA of its kind in the UK.

This innovative course builds on our close links with leading campaigners and communicators in London’s vibrant social change sector. An advisory panel, with representatives from Amnesty UK, Campaign Bootcamp, FairSay, Friends of the Earth, NCVO, RIBA, WaterAid and The National Council of Voluntary Organisations among others, will ensure we always reflect the skill sets in demand and deliver an exciting learning experience. A limited number of work placements and internships will be available.

The course is aimed at those with some experience or interest in social change, the media, and communications or campaigns within not for profit organisations. The course will help you improve your practical skills, develop a deep understanding of the theories and frameworks that underpin and shape campaign communications, and enjoy the space to reflect critically on current and past practice. It is designed to help you start, or progress, a career in charity, pressure group or public sector campaign communications. It may also be of interest to those working in corporate social responsibility.

The course team has extensive experience both in developing social change campaigns and in academic research into the connections between media and social change. The course is jointly led by Michaela O’Brien and Dr. Anastasia Kavada with additional teaching by practitioners and members of CAMRI.

The course offers a number of delivery modes to suit the different needs of students and can be taken as either part-time or full-time.

There are three core modules. The first develops practical planning and campaign communications skills; the second considers media and activism theories; and the third combines theory with practice, reflecting on applying concepts like power and ethics within the setting of campaign communications. Each module has assessments – e.g. essays, campaign plans, reflective blogs, debates and presentations – rather than exams.

These three core modules make up the Postgraduate Certificate.

Students can take another three modules – chosen from a very wide range of options including practical media and content production skills; diversity issues; development and policy; social media; theories of communication and more – to complete a Postgraduate Diploma.

Students wanting to take the Masters course also complete either a 15,000-word research dissertation, or a professional practice project (which can be work-based).

Details of the individual modules are given below:

Course content

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core module semester one

CRITICAL ISSUES IN CAMPAIGNING
In this module, you will consider the factors that influence social change in the context of current campaigns around the world, and the historical development of campaign techniques and practices. You will apply a critical analysis of concepts such as power, theories of change, ethics, innovation, media representation, narrative and framing to practical scenarios and topical campaigns. This module requires you to monitor and critically evaluate practice in the UK and/or internationally.

Core modules semester two

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND POLITICS
The module investigates the relationship between media, activism and politics. It offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilisation, social movements, dissent, memes, satire and art, and political and social crises. The module looks at the impact of the communications on activism in a range of circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems. The module combines traditional academic lectures and seminars with attendance at topical events and visits to relevant exhibitions and institutions.

PLANNING CAMPAIGN COMMUNICATIONS
In this module you will learn how to research and plan a strategic campaign for social change based on the theories of social change examined in Semester One. You will produce communication material such as news releases, e-alerts, tweets, infographics and/or videos to support your campaign strategy. Where possible, you work to live briefs from campaigning organisations. This is a practical, hands-on module taught through a series of workshops, visits to campaign communication teams in London-based campaigning organisations, and guest talks by leading campaigners and social change communicators.

Option modules

You choose three option modules from the following menu. You may choose to focus on practical skills, on new technologies, on diversity or development, or on media audiences and industries.
Semester one

Choose two of the following in addition to the core module:

Approaches to Social and Cultural Diversity
Global Media
Media Management and Content Production (PR and the Media)
Media Production
Political Economy of Communication
Reporting Diversity: Gender, Sexuality, Age, Disability
Social Media and e-Marketing
Social Media: Creativity, Sharing, Visibility
Technology and Communications Policy
Theories of Communication.
Semester two

Choose one of the following in addition to the core modules:

Approaches to Media and Communications Research
Critical Theory of Social Media and the Internet
Development and Communications Policy
Media Audiences
Online Journalism
Reporting Diversity: Faith and Religion
Reporting Migration, Race and Ethnicity
Sociology of News
Web Production: Westminster News Online.

Media, Campaigning and Social Change PG Diploma

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 5.000
  • Entry dates: September

This new postgraduate diploma from the world ranking Department of Journalism and Mass Communications aims to equip students with the skills, knowledge and strategic approach to develop and analyse social change campaigns, with a particular focus on the role of communications and the media. Now in its second year, this is the only MA of its kind in the UK.

This innovative course builds on our close links with leading campaigners and communicators in London’s vibrant social change sector. An advisory panel, with representatives from Amnesty UK, Campaign Bootcamp, FairSay, Friends of the Earth, NCVO, RIBA, WaterAid and Scouts among others, will ensure we always reflect the skill sets in demand and deliver an exciting learning experience. A limited number of work placements and internships will be available.

The course is aimed at those with some experience or interest in social change, the media, and communications or campaigns within not for profit organisations. The course will help you improve your practical skills, develop a deep understanding of the theories and frameworks that underpin and shape campaign communications, and enjoy the space to reflect critically on current and past practice. It is designed to help you start, or progress, a career in charity, pressure group or public sector campaign communications. It may also be of interest to those working in corporate social responsibility.

The course team has extensive experience both in developing social change campaigns and in academic research into the connections between media and social change. The course is jointly led by Michaela O’Brien and Dr Anastasia Kavada.

The course offers a number of delivery modes to suit the different needs of students and can be taken as either part-time or full-time.

There are three core modules. The first develops practical planning and campaign communications skills; the second considers media and activism theories; and the third combines theory with practice, reflecting on applying concepts like power and ethics within the setting of campaign communications. Each module has assessments – e.g. essays, campaign plans, reflective blogs, debates and presentations – rather than exams.

These three core modules make up the Postgraduate Certificate.

Students can take another three modules – chosen from a very wide range of options including practical media and content production skills; diversity issues; development and policy; social media; theories of communication and more – to complete a Postgraduate Diploma.

Students wanting to take the Masters course also complete either a 15,000-word research dissertation, or a professional practice project (which can be work-based).

Details of the individual modules are given below:

Course content

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules – Semester One

CRITICAL ISSUES IN CAMPAIGNING
In this module, students will consider the factors that influence social change in the context of current campaigns around the world, and the historical development of campaign techniques and practices. They will apply a critical analysis of concepts such as power, theories of change, ethics, innovation, media representation, narrative and framing to practical scenarios and topical campaigns. This module requires students to monitor and critically evaluate practice in the UK and / or internationally.

Core modules – Semester Two

PLANNING CAMPAIGN COMMUNICATIONS
In this module students will learn how to research and plan a campaign for social change based on the theories of social change examined in semester 1. They will produce communication material such as news releases, e-alerts, tweets, infographics and / or videos to support the campaign strategy. Where possible, students work to live briefs. This is a practical, hands-on module taught through a series of workshops, visits to campaign communication teams in London-based campaigning organisations, and guest talks by leading campaigners and social change communicators.

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND POLITICS
The module critically investigates the relationship between media, activism and politics. It offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilization, social movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, and political and social crises. The module looks at the impact of the internet and new means of transparency and communications on journalism and activism in a range of circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems. The module is unique in its combination of traditional academic lectures and seminars with attendance of topical events and visits to relevant exhibitions and institutions.

Optional modules

Students choose three optional modules from the following menu. You may choose to focus on practical skills, on new technologies, on diversity or development, or on media audiences and industries.

Semester One (choose two of the following):

Approaches to Social and Cultural Diversity
Global Media
Media Production
Media Management and Content Production (PR and the Media)
Political Economy of Communication
Reporting Diversity: Gender, Sexuality, Age, Disability
Social Media: Creativity, Sharing, Visibility
Technology and Communications Policy
Theories of Communication

Semester Two (choose one of the following):

Approaches to Media and Communications Research
Critical Theory of Social Media and the Internet
Development and Communications Policy
Media Audiences
Online Journalism
Reporting Diversity: Faith and Religion
Reporting Migration, Race and Ethnicity
Sociology of News
Web Production: Westminster News Online

Multimedia Journalism (Broadcast) MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000
  • Entry dates: September

The broadcast pathway of this course will equip you with all the practical and intellectual skills you need to work as a multi-platform journalist, at the same time allowing you gain a deeper grounding in the abilities of broadcast journalism. All students learn the basic skills of audio, video and digital reporting. The course has a very practical focus, so you are expected to develop story ideas and gather your own material through research and reporting for journalistic course work. You will be given full training in using our up-to-date media resources, ensuring that you graduate from the course as a multi-skilled journalist being competent in digital and broadcast journalism. Both the MA and the Postgraduate Diploma can be taken as a part-time course (daytime) over two years studying two days a week.

The PG Diploma and MA have been accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC) which means we provide industry backed journalism training for online, TV & radio. The organisation accredits a number of British journalism courses, providing the syllabus meets their requirements. Our students regularly win BJTC awards, and the course has been awarded the BJTC award for excellence in teaching.

The University of Westminster itself is designated a Skillset Media Academy, Skillset being the UK skills body for the Creative Industries ensuring excellence and quality for education and skills training in television and interactive media.

Our teaching staff are highly experienced journalism professionals, and our graduates go on to work with a variety of leading media organisations including BBC TV and Radio, BBC News Online, ITN, Russia Today, Al Jazeera, the Financial Times and The Guardian, Conde Nast, and many other media houses in Britain and around the world.

Course content

There’s a strong emphasis on learning through ‘hands-on’ practice, in small class groups, using our professional standard facilities. Most of your assessed course-work will be ‘real’ journalism assignments, a preparation for the world of contemporary journalism.

As well as regular classes taught by experienced journalists on our staff, we also invite other media professionals as guest speakers or to critique student work. We support you in applying for work placements, encourage you go to journalism events and network with professionals, and to pursue other journalism experiences. We work closely together with the charity One World Media, for example. One World Media promotes coverage of the wider world and offers bursaries for students who wish to cover a story in a developing country for their final project.

You will have the chance to air your work on Smoke Radio, the University’s multi-award-winning internet radio station, or post items onto the MA’s own news site, Westminster World.

The course is taught over two semesters, and for the Master’s students followed by the largely self-directed final project in the summer. Unlike many other journalism MAs, you can undertake an extensive practical Final Project. This could be a TV or radio documentary or a digital project. Students usually undertake their placements in the period from the Easter break to the end of the course.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CORE MODULES – SEMESTER ONE:

Documentary Skills: allows you to develop advanced audio and video production and reporting techniques leading to the production of a short TV documentary, plus a radio feature and documentary.

Multimedia Journalism Skills: Part theory, part digital practice, this module teaches students to understand and apply the concepts and techniques underpinning contemporary journalism in a digital environment.

Issues in journalism: You will gain an in-depth working knowledge of media law, explore the relationship between UK public institutions, and evaluate the ethical considerations which are of key concern to journalists.

CORE MODULE – SEMESTER TWO:

Digital Journalism: Developing digital reporting and storytelling techniques for news and long form pieces, be responsible for an editorial project with output for desktop, mobile and social media and understand how to create an audience.

OPTIONAL MODULES – SEMESTER TWO:

* Investigative Journalism: exploring the history, theory and practice of investigative journalism in different parts of the world, as well as carrying out your own investigation.

* Travel Journalism: developing the special skills and techniques of travel writing, and as well as gaining an understanding of how to liaise with and report on the travel industry.

* Online Journalism: teaching in-depth knowledge of digital tools to build and design digital content, and encouraging students to develop an entrepreneurial view.

* Sociology of News: A critical study of the news media in the context of current society; it examines different aspects of how news is created, disseminated and consumed.

* Specialist Journalism: You can explore in depth the role of the specialist correspondent, and develop specialist reporting techniques to provide a number of multi-platform pieces of journalism. Currently we are offering two choices depending on demand: Sports and Health and Medical Journalism. Depending on demand, we create more options; n the past, we offered lifestyle, environmental and business journalism.

Final Projects (MA only)

These are all individual projects:

Final Radio or Video Documentary Project: Researching, compiling and presenting your own investigative thirty minute radio documentary, or twelve minute film, and providing an accompanying critical analysis.

Final Journalism Project: For this project you will produce to a professional standard a themed series of articles in a publishable format, including the use of multimedia techniques.

Online Journalism Final Project: Designing and creating your own personal website, and providing multimedia content.

Multimedia Journalism (Print & Online) MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000
  • Entry dates: September

The print and online pathways of this course will equip you with all the practical and intellectual skills you need to work as a multi-platform journalist. While gaining insights into contemporary digital news production and storytelling, this course is allowing you to gain a deeper grounding in the abilities of written journalism. For this all students learn the basic skills of audio, video. The course has a very practical focus, so you are expected to develop story ideas and gather your own material through research and reporting for journalistic course work. You will be given full training in using our up-to-date media resources, ensuring that you graduate from the course as a multi-skilled journalist being competent in digital and print journalism. Both the MA and the Postgraduate Diploma can be taken as a part-time course (daytime) over two years studying two days a week.

The University of Westminster itself is designated a Skillset Media Academy, Skillset being the UK skills body for the Creative Industries ensuring excellence and quality for education and skills training in interactive media. The PG Diploma and MA have been accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC) which means we provide industry backed journalism training for online, TV & radio. The organisation accredits a number of British journalism courses, providing the syllabus meets their requirements. Our students regularly win BJTC awards, and the course has been awarded the BJTC award for excellence in teaching.

Our teaching staff are highly experienced journalism professionals, and our graduates go on to work with a variety of leading media organisations including BBC TV and Radio, national and local, and BBC News Online, ITN, Russia Today, Al Jazeera, the Financial Times and The Guardian, Conde Nast, and many other media houses in Britain and around the world.

Many of our students have won journalism awards, the most recent being the Best Radio News item for 2014, awarded by the BJTC. We have twice been awarded a BJTC award for excellence in teaching.

Course content

There’s a strong emphasis on learning through ‘hands-on’ practice, in small class groups, using our professional standard facilities. Most of your assessed course-work will be ‘real’ journalism assignments, a preparation for the world of contemporary journalism.

As well as regular classes taught by experienced journalists on our staff, we also invite other media professionals as guest speakers or to critique student work. We support you in applying for work placements, encourage you go to journalism events and network with professionals, and to pursue other journalism experiences. We work closely together with the charity One World Media, for example. One World Media promotes coverage of the wider world and offers bursaries for students who wish to cover a story in a developing country for their final project.

You will have the chance to air your work on Smoke Radio, the University’s multi-award-winning internet radio station, or post items onto the MA’s own news site, Westminster World.

The course is taught over two semesters, and for the Master’s students followed by the largely self-directed final project in the summer. Unlike many other journalism MAs, you can undertake an extensive practical Final Project. Students usually undertake their placements in the period from the Easter break to the end of the course.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CORE MODULES – SEMESTER ONE:
News and Feature Writing: Developing the skills and techniques of writing news stories, profiles, features and reviews for print and digital journalism by using digital and mobile media.

Multimedia Journalism Skills: Part theory, part digital practice, this teaches students to understand and apply the concepts and techniques underpinning contemporary journalism in a digital environment.

Issues in journalism: You will gain an in-depth working knowledge of media law, explore the relationship between UK public institutions, and evaluate the ethical considerations which are of key concern to journalists.

OPTIONAL MODULES – SEMESTER TWO:
Magazine Project: Creating a magazine by producing content, design and layout as an editorial team in order produce both a glossy and an electronic version.

* Online Journalism: Teaching in-depth knowledge of digital tools to build and design digital content, and encouraging students to develop an entrepreneurial view.

* Investigative Journalism: Exploring the history, theory and practice of investigative journalism in different parts of the world, as well as carrying out your own
investigation.

* Travel Journalism: Developing the special skills and techniques of travel writing, and as well as gaining an understanding of how to liaise with and report on the travel industry.

* Sociology of News: A critical study of the news media in the context of current society; it examines different aspects of how news is created, disseminated and consumed.

* Specialist Journalism: You can explore in depth the role of the specialist correspondent, and develop specialist reporting techniques to provide a number of ‘multi-platform’ pieces of journalism. Currently we are offering two choices depending on demand: Sport and Health and Medical Journalism. Depending on demand, we create more options; n the past, we offered lifestyle, environmental and business journalism.

Also on offer:

Final Projects (MA only)

These are all individual projects:

Final Journalism Project: For this project you will produce to a professional standard a themed series of articles in a publishable format, including the use of multimedia techniques.

Online Journalism Final Project: Designing and creating your own personal website, and providing multimedia content.

Multimedia Journalism (Print & Online) PG Diploma

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.000
  • Entry dates: September

Whether you have already begun your career in journalism, or you are planning to start it, this course will give you the practical and intellectual skills necessary to pursue a career in either broadcast journalism (TV and radio), working as a multimedia online journalist, or print journalist for newspapers and magazines.

The course has a strong practical focus, you will be expected to develop story ideas and contacts, and gather your own material for your course work assignments. Your stories could be local, national or international.

The University is proud of its state-of-the- art media resources, newsrooms and studios, and our journalism graduates emerge multi-skilled. Our teaching staff are highly experienced journalism professionals, and our department and its students have won many awards. Graduates go on to good jobs around the world, many at well-known international organisations such as Al Jazeera, BBC, CCTV, CNN, Phoenix TV, Reuters, The Economist, and The Washington Post.

Course content

There’s a strong emphasis on learning through ‘hands-on’ experience, often in small teams, using our broadcast quality facilities, and preparing you for the new world of multi-platform journalism.

The course is taught over two semesters, followed by the largely self-directed Final Project, with the opportunity of work placement. Unlike most journalism MAs you can undertake a practical Final Project: a TV or radio documentary, a print portfolio or an online project. Some students choose to write a 15,000-word dissertation instead.

You will have the chance to air your work on Smoke Radio, (www.smokeradio.co.uk) the University’s multi-award-winning internet radio station, or post items onto one of the University’s two news sites ? Westminster News Online (www.wnol.info) or our local community website, The HA1 (www.theHA1.co.uk).

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

ISSUES IN JOURNALISM: FREEDOM, HUMAN RIGHTS AND DEMOCRACY
This provides a critical examination of the social, political and economic pressures on media institutions across the world, and their consequences for journalists. You will also examine the provisions designed to safeguard media freedom and the security and integrity of journalists.

PRINCIPLES OF JOURNALISM
This module aims to give you a critical understanding of the concepts and techniques of contemporary journalism, including news values, story research, news-writing and reporting techniques. You will also gain a grounding in new media skills.

BROADCAST STRAND
Broadcast News and Current Affairs (Radio and TV)

This aims to give you a grounding in the skills and techniques of daily live radio and television news and current affairs.

Documentary Skills (Radio and TV)

This develops your skills further, allowing you to develop advanced production and reporting techniques, enabling you to carry out longer form pieces of broadcast journalism.

ONLINE STRAND
Broadcast News (Audio and Video for the Web)

By giving you a grounding in the skills and techniques of radio and television news and current affairs, this module aims to equip you with the skills needed to contribute to a multi-media website.

Online Journalism

This provides in-depth instruction in multimedia website design and content and advanced understanding of online journalism skills. It aims to achieve in small group projects a publishable, topical news website.

Web Production for Westminster News Online(www.wnol.info)

Together with students from the MA in Print and Online Journalism you will be developing the best online techniques to run a live, multimedia news website.

PRINT STRAND
Magazine Production

During this module you will develop advanced skills in the content and design/ layout of magazines in order to originate, write, design and produce a magazine as a group project.

Newspaper Journalism

You will be introduced to the theory and practice of writing news and features for multiple platforms including newspapers, magazines and online, as well as learning design, editing and production for the print medium.project.

Option modules

Choose two from:

FINAL PROJECT
These are in-depth practical projects, which involve researching, compiling and presenting your own TV or radio documentary, website or print journalism collection, together with a critical analysis. You will work individually, under a limited amount of supervision, and demonstrate the skills and techniques, gained during the course.

INTERNATIONAL MEDIA BUSINESS
You will explore the main debates within the field of media management in the UK and US. The module will also draw comparisons with structure, strategy, management and operation of the media in other parts of the world.

INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALISM
You will gain a critical understanding of the history, theory and practice of investigative journalism across both print and broadcast media and an introduction to the techniques used by investigative journalists. The module is taught by Sony Award winning journalist, BBC Radio’s John Waite. You will carry out research for an investigation of their own and show how such an investigation would be treated by the print or broadcast media.

ONLINE JOURNALISM
This provides in-depth instruction in multimedia website design and content and advanced understanding of online journalism skills. It aims to achieve in small group projects a publishable, topical news website.

SOCIOLOGY OF NEWS
A critical study of the news media in the context of current society; it examines different aspects of how news is created, disseminated and consumed.

Specialist Journalism

You can choose options in practical journalism giving you an introduction to the skills, techniques, and role of the specialist correspondent. This module examines in depth the role of the specialist, it provides a critical understanding of the importance of sources, contacts and consideration of ethical issues and current debate in your chosen field. You will also develop specialist reporting techniques to provide a number of ‘multi-platform’ pieces of journalism

Currently we offer arts and entertainment; business and financial; environmental health and medical journalism; and sports. You may also choose one module from our theory-based MA courses. This is recommended for those who choose to undertake a dissertation.

TRAVEL JOURNALISM
This involves a critical exploration of travel journalism, the market for travel features, and you will learn how to write evocatively about your experiences in order to inspire, inform and entertain your readers.

Note: The University is constantly improving its offer to students. It is intended that some changes, such as practice options under new course titles, may be approved between printing this brochure and enrolment for this course. You are therefore advised to look at the website for updated details.

 

Public Relations MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

This course is designed to produce the future leaders of the Public Relations Industry. You will not only learn the practical skills required to embark on a career in PR but also the research and analysis skills that will help you get ahead. You will create campaigns, pitch to clients, stage a press conference and create videos and blogs, as well as write research reports, essays and a dissertation. You will also explore issues affecting the industry, such as professional ethics and the impact of digital media.

The course has close links to the London-based PR industry, and is one of a select few chosen by the professional body PRCA for its University partnership initiative. These connections with leading PR practitioners help you gain the practical knowledge and understanding you need to work in PR.

The course combines practice skills with analytical tools and is highly participative. You will take part in workshops, debates, seminars, presentations and group exercises including making pitches and presenting creative campaign ideas. The course runs for one year (full-time) or two years (part-time).

There are no formal examinations on this course. You are assessed on course work including essays, presentations, blogs, group work and your participation in class exercises.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CONTEMPORARY THEORY AND ISSUES IN PR
This module explores a range of perspectives on PR. We look at the social, cultural and management approaches to PR, and examine the tension between these theoretical models and their practical application.

DISSERTATION RESEARCH SKILLS
This module provides guidance on how to plan and conduct a piece of independent research into the PR industry. You will learn how to apply the theories, research methods and scholarly practice learned in your other modules to produce an original 15,000 word dissertation.

PLANNING AND MANAGING A PR CAMPAIGN
This module gives you an opportunity to develop and enhance your campaign management skills. You will plan, design and present a creative public relations campaign and explore the relationship between PR agencies and your clients.

PUBLIC RELATIONS AND THE MEDIA
The module equips you with the professional practice skills to manage media relations including writing press releases, conducting media interviews and preparing media events. It also looks at the increasing role of digital media including Twitter feeds, blogs and online newsrooms.

UNDERSTANDING PUBLIC RELATIONS
This module provides a critical evaluation of the public relations industry and the context in which it operates. You will look at the role of the practitioner and explore whether perceptions of the industry are valid. You will also consider the professional aspirations of PR, ethics and how the industry is changing in the context of digital media.

Optional modules

The option modules are taught by leading practitioners and allow you to develop your interest in specialist sectors within the PR industry. You choose two option modules.

ADVERTISING PLANNING AND STRATEGY
This module focuses on the need for strategic planning to produce compelling advertising, and evaluate its effectiveness. You will study a range of planning processes including market research, insight identification, and trend forecasting, with a key focus on media selection and analytics. Throughout the module you would work with a client in order to structure a business problem into a creative brief.

BRAND MANAGEMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS
This module highlights the role of brands in contemporary society, their use by organisations, and their significance for contemporary advertising and PR professionals. You will study the meanings of ‘brand’ and ‘branding’, and investigate the relationship between a brand, its products and its promotional strategies. Brand image and corporate identity are covered with attention paid to the ideas of brand building, brand development, brand equity and brand extension.

CAMPAIGNING FOR SOCIAL CHANGE
As trust in institutions declines how can NGOs maintain their influence and change their techniques to deliver successful campaigns? What does the new political and campaigning landscape look like? What are the current techniques? And how can you decide which is the best technique to use for your campaign?

CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS
How do organisations manage their reputation even when in a crisis? These are some of the questions which you will address in this module. You will learn how to analyse stakeholders and prepare a communications strategy.

FASHION PR
From luxury brands to the high street, the world of fashion relies on promotion and public relations. This module gives you an opportunity to take a backstage tour of the fashion industry and design a campaign for a leading fashion brand.

ONLINE PR
Digital and social media are changing both the communications landscape and the role of PR. This module looks at the different tools and explores how they can be used in PR campaigns as well as how they can be analysed and evaluated.

POLITICAL COMMUNICATIONS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
This module is designed to offer a comprehensive introduction to the theory, principles and practices of political communications and public affairs. The course involves looking at the roles and responsibilities of the key actors involved – politicians, journalists, campaigners and public affairs practitioners – and the changing nature of the relationship between them. In particular, the course will focus on the role and impact of new digital technologies, online and social media, and convergence.

 

Social Media, Culture and Society MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MA in Social Media, Culture and Society offers a flexible interdisciplinary exploration of key contemporary developments in the networked digital media environment. It will benefit those seeking to develop their understanding of contemporary communication and its societal, political, regulatory, industrial and cultural contexts.

The MA in Social Media, Culture and Society provides students with the opportunity to focus at postgraduate level on:

Studying the ways in which social media and the Internet shape and are shaped by social, economic, political, technological and cultural factors, in order to equip students to become critical research-oriented social media experts.
Developing reflective and critical insights into how social media and the internet are used in multiple contexts in society, and into which roles social media can play in various forms of organisations that are situated in these societal contexts. The aim is that students are equipped to become reflective and critical social media practitioners.
Gaining in-depth knowledge and understanding of the major debates about the social and cultural roles of social media and the Internet.
Acquiring advanced knowledge and understanding of the key categories, theories, approaches and models of social media’s and the Internet’s roles in and impacts on society and human practices.
Obtaining advanced insights into practical activity and practice-based work that relate to how social media and the Internet work and which implications they have for social and cultural practices.
You can also visit the course’s Facebook page.

Course content

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Semester one core modules

DISSERTATION MODULE
A taught module and group workshops in the first semester will guide you in conducting a major piece of independent research or creating a theoretically inspired social media artefact. This module will be supplemented by individual supervisions beginning from the second semester. The aim is to give you a guided framework within which you can demonstrate your ability to carry out advanced independent study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related to the political, economic, cultural and/or sociological factors which shape the practices and outcomes of social media or a social media artefact accompanied by a written report of approximately 7,000 words, in which you critically reflect on your social media project and ground it in relevant theory.

SOCIAL MEDIA: CREATIVITY, SHARING, VISIBILITY
This module provides you with a theoretical understanding of the development, significance and contemporary uses of social media. It fosters both critical analysis and reflective practice in the networked digital media environment. You will critically engage with key ideas of creativity, sharing and visibility in social media and will participate in creative and reflective practice using leading social media tools and platforms.

Option modules

STUDY SKILLS (NO CREDITS)
If your first language is not English, or you have no experience of the UK education system, you will benefit from this module. You will be taken through the process of producing a piece of written work, from note taking to editing, so as to enable you to produce written work in accordance with current UK academic standards and practices.

Two elective modules from two topical clusters (any combination of modules is applicable):

Theory and Global Political Economy of Media and Communication
Media Politics, Regulation and Business Strategies.
THEMATIC GROUP: THEORY AND GLOBAL POLITICAL ECONOMY OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION

GLOBAL MEDIA
This module examines key developments in the media and communications industries associated with the logic of globalisation. You will explore the complex nature of the globalisation process, focusing on the emergence of both supra-national and sub-national developments and explore the relationship between new contexts of production and questions of collective culture and identity.

POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COMMUNICATION
This module will introduce you to the political economy approach to analysing the structure and performance of communication industries in capitalist economies. It identifies distinctive economic features of media and relates these to trends in the organisation of specific media industries, taking account of ways in which the economics of media have been affected by the spread of digital technologies.

THEORIES OF COMMUNICATION
The module is intentionally eclectic. You will cover (in a loosely historical way) the arguments, advantages and problems of the main sociological, cultural and psychological theories about the media. It aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to the most important ways of approaching the fundamental issues posed by the relationships between the media of communication, and social and economic life. It will also enable you to understand the problems posed by different intellectual traditions, and to place those theories in their proper contexts.

THEMATIC GROUP: MEDIA POLITICS, REGULATION AND BUSINESS STRATEGIES

POLITICAL ANALYSIS OF COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
As international regimes and national regulation become increasingly important in the creation and delivery of communications, it becomes necessary to understand how the two levels interact. This module will introduce you to those theories of policy making and international relations which provide tools for the analysis of communications policies, and their dynamic interaction at the national and international level.

TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
This module will introduce you to a range of broadcasting and telecommunications technologies, enabling you to assess the economic and political issues surrounding each technology. Topics covered include capital investment in networks, how and why technologies change, strategic interests and communications, and substitutable technologies and the creation of markets.

Semester two core module

CRITICAL THEORY OF SOCIAL MEDIA AND THE INTERNET
This module provides an overview of the critical and theoretical analysis of how the internet and social media (Facebook, Twitter, Wikipedia, WikiLeaks, file sharing, blogs etc) shape and impact on society, the economy and politics, and how power structures in society shape the internet and social media.

Option modules

Two elective modules from two topical clusters (any combination of modules is applicable):

Media Politics, Regulation and Business Strategies
Media, Culture and Everyday Life.
THEMATIC GROUP: MEDIA POLITICS, REGULATION AND BUSINESS STRATEGIES

DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS POLICY
The aims of this module are to provide you with a theoretical overview of the concept of ‘development’, and the opportunity to consider how it relates to empirical experience in communications in small and developing countries. You will be able to compare the experiences of a range of countries in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, in developing their own communications technologies and policies, in democratisation, and in exporting mass media content.

MEDIA, ACTIVISM AND CENSORSHIP
The module critically investigates the relationship between media, activism and censorship. It offers a critical assessment of the role of media in political mobilisation, social movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections and political and social crises. The module considers the impact of different forms of censorship and regulation on social, political and cultural expression in the media.

THEMATIC GROUP: MEDIA, CULTURE AND EVERYDAY LIFE

MEDIA AUDIENCES
This module begins with an overview of media audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences and media institutions, passive/active audiences, media influence and effects, and ethnography and media audiences. The second part of the module is devoted to discussions of media and identity, fans, diasporas and new media audiences.

SOCIOLOGY OF NEWS
A critical study of the news media in the context of current society; this module examines different aspects of how news is created, disseminated and consumed.

UNDERSTANDING AND MANAGING DIVERSITY IN THE MEDIA
This module looks at the various ways in which our understanding of diversity and difference has impacted on the way in which media models, institutions and professionals engage with social and cultural diversity. It focuses on different national media policy frameworks and media cultures, it examines the meaning of the melting pot, cultural mosaic and salad bowl metaphors and their operationalisation by the media, and looks at various media institutions and their responses to social diversity. This module is offered as an option in the dissertation route.

Another 20 Credit Level 7 module for which the student meets the prerequisites and gains the permission of the course leader(s). The selected module must fit with your timetable and the course’s goals.

This MA is organised in the environment of the Communication and Media Research Institute (CAMRI) and its Centre for Social Media Research. CAMRI is a world-leading research centre that studies the role of media and communication in society. It has become known as the Westminster school of critical media and communication research. The analysis of social media, culture and society is one of its research specialisms. In the 2014 Research Excellence Framework (REF), 42.2 per cent of CAMRI’s research was classified as world-leading and 37.5 per cent as internationally excellent, which makes it one of Britain’s four leading media and communication research institutions.

Conflict Prevention, Dispute Resolution MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000
  • Entry dates: September / January

This course embraces a wide range of public, private and domestic issues relevant to the prevention and resolution of conflicts and disputes, including the roles of laws, decisions, risks and justice. The course includes (but is not restricted to) negotiation and arbitration, and also the alternative dispute resolution (ADR) processes such as mediation and conciliation.

You will be able to mix with students on other Masters courses at Westminster Law School. Classes are usually small, allowing for an interactive approach to learning. The course combines academic and practical approaches to teaching and learning.

Course content

The course aims to provide an opportunity for in-depth study of the issues and the practices involved in the field of conflict prevention and dispute resolution, including the mechanisms of prevention, emergence, avoidance, management, resolution and regulation.

The course content is not explicitly concerned with ‘peace studies’, but the processes of prevention and the processes of resolution embrace the concepts of securing and maintaining peaceful cooperation.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

PERSPECTIVES ON CONFLICTS AND DISPUTES
You will be introduced to the field of conflict and dispute prevention and resolution. You will cover domestic, commercial, municipal and international aspects of the subject, and the main processes involved in conflict and dispute prevention and resolution.

POSTGRADUATE DISSERTATION
This module allows you to develop a knowledge and understanding of a specialist portion of the field of conflict and dispute prevention and resolution. You will have the support of a supervisor for this independent research and writing work. You must agree the topic with the module leader. The topic must not replicate your own prior work or anyone else’s work. Your work for this module should provide you with advanced research skills, and advanced skills of analysis, evaluation, synthesis, application and writing, all of which should stand you in good stead for any subsequent academic, practitioner, government, or business career.

RESEARCH THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module introduces you to the general concepts of legal and social scientific (empirical) methods of research, and gives you a greater understanding of the principles of advanced research. You will consider the relevance of these methods for the study of law, which will enhance your understanding of the legal, social scientific and philosophical debates on methodology and practice. It will also enable you to evaluate your own work and that of other researchers and authors.

This is an independent module with its own rational and assessment; but it is also necessarily linked to the dissertation module.

Option modules

CONFLICT RESOLUTION: NEGOTIATION
You will examine the theoretical and practical approaches to conflict and conflict resolution, and you will study the structure of conflict within and between organisations. You will also evaluate the ways in which negotiations are formed, and what processes may be applied to enable or disable the negotiation process. The module will develop your understanding of cultural differences within the area of negotiation and associated inter-personal priorities.

INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL ARBITRATION
You will be introduced to the study of international commercial arbitration, from the perspective of the English jurisdiction. The aim is to study four pairs of overlapping relationships: between parties and tribunals; between parties and courts; between tribunals and courts; and between England and foreign fora. There will be focus, inter alia, on the ICC (institutional arbitration) and the New York Convention.

INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RIGHTS LAW
The module introduces you to the protection of human rights in international law. You will gain an overview of the historical and philosophical background of human rights, and a greater understanding of the protection of human rights at the international level though the UN and regional systems (with particular emphasis on Europe). You will also study contemporary issues in international human rights law, such as refugees, humanitarian intervention, responsibility to protect, and terrorism and torture.

INTERNATIONAL LAW AND DEVELOPMENT
You will study law and policy relating to international development, including the right to development in international law, international development assistance and poverty alleviation, and law and policy relating to overseas development assistance in the UK and the EU. The module will give you a greater understanding of the global challenges for development, and will give you the skills to undertake informed policy and advocacy work internationally.

MEDIATION: CONCEPTS, EVOLUTION AND PRACTICE
This module introduces you to the modes and culture of mediation as a dispute resolution process in a range of contexts, with a detailed analysis of the growth of mediation practice and theory as well as current and possible future trends. You will become familiar with the conceptual, legal and practical frameworks of mediation, and how it is used in the UK and internationally. You will also develop basic mediation skills, learn to appreciate the roles of those taking part in the mediation processes, and acquire communication and other skills which are particularly useful in the mediation context.

NEGOTIATION: THEORY, CONTEXTS AND PRACTICE
The aim of this module is to introduce the study and practice of negotiation in the contexts of international and municipal commerce, and international affairs and international law, examining inter alia issues arising out of conflicts and disputes in those contexts. Among the areas covered are the relationships between pairs of negotiators; negotiators and the law; negotiators and ambient cultures; and theories and practices of negotiation.

RESTORATIVE JUSTICE: CULTURES, INTEGRATION AND LAW
This module provides an introduction to the field of restorative justice, covering international, domestic and public aspects of the field, and the main processes involved in dispute prevention and resolution. The module includes consideration of conflicts within and between groups, and victim-offender mediation and other processes within the field, including reconciliation after civil disturbances.

Other approved modules, such as Private International Law, might be made available depending on demand and the Head of Westminster Law School’s approval.

Corporate Finance Law LLM

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 11.750
  • Entry dates: September / January

Knowledge of corporate finance law is essential for lawyers, bankers and financiers who are keen to develop professional skills in corporate fundraising, deal structures and transactional management. This course offers an enhanced qualification for professionals working or planning to work in a technically demanding and dynamic global industry. It will appeal to both recent graduates and practitioners considering various fields of work, including law, investment banking, corporate finance, private equity, securities, investments, financial regulation, government agencies and international financial authorities.

You will focus on learning how the financial markets work, from the primary markets involving the issuance of equity, debt and derivatives, to the secondary markets involving trading and investments, as well as very large financial transactions in the international capital markets. Importantly, you will also learn how to take account of legal and regulatory risks facing financiers and bankers, and structure financial instruments to suit commercial priorities and social welfare policies.

Course content

This course aims to give you a comprehensive understanding of the practical processes and innovative products of the international corporate finance market, including equity and debt capital, derivatives, structured finance, risk management and investment portfolio products. It also develops the soft skills you will need in this area of practice, including negotiations and network building, with meetings with senior lawyers and directors of major companies.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DISSERTATION OR PROJECT
The dissertation module allows you to extend your research into a topic of your choice within the broad field of corporate finance law. You will need to agree the topic with the module leader, and it must not replicate materials covered in other areas of your coursework. The Project Module enables you to independently explore research and analyse a given topic or question. It will draw from the areas of general corporate finance law and will be of an applied nature.

INVESTMENT BANKING PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES
This module covers the key investment banking principles and practices. You will develop the skills you need to examine, assess and prepare professional level business plans, private placement memoranda and prospectuses. You will also study confidentiality agreements, fundraising from the investment banking perspective, initial public offerings, and stock exchange trends and market requirements.

LEGAL ASPECTS OF CORPORATE FINANCE
You will develop a broad and deep understanding of the legal issues concerning corporate financial transactions, including the interaction of corporate law and finance, and the legal mechanisms for fundraising in the financial markets. There is a special emphasis on the regulations, customary rules and practices of the venture capital market. The areas you will cover include basic accounting, basic drafting, corporate structure, exit routes, finance contracts, regulatory issues, sources and types of investment, tax, and transfer of shares.

Option modules*

These modules are recommended if you are looking to specialise in the financial industry. If you opt for the Dissertation you must select four option modules. If you opt for the Project you must choose five option modules.

DERIVATIVES AND STRUCTURED FINANCE: LAW AND PRACTICE
You will examine the law and practice relating to structuring, documenting and executing structured derivatives, capital markets and finance transactions. It will enable you to identify, analyse and mitigate the legal and reputational risks inherent in structured finance transactions. The module will give you the tools to analyse, as lawyers, the complexity of international financial transactions relating to derivatives and structured finance, and the skills to examine and critically assess financial products and techniques that constitute the building blocks of modern structured finance.

INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance is increasingly regarded as vitally important to individual companies, the wider market and the economy as a whole. In this module you will examine the legal risks of directors of corporations and stakeholders, and analyse their ethical duties in varying contexts of corporate culture. You will also investigate how decision makers make judgements in an increasingly information-rich and complex world, consider the impact of corporate cultures and values on managers’ strategic financial decision making, and examine the impact of global risks, ethical duties and socio-cultural values in financial and corporate capital decision making.

INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, MANAGING GLOBAL RISKS AND ETHICS
You will gain a comprehensive understanding of corporate governance issues at the board level, relating to major financial transactions, risk management and compliance under US and EU securities regulations and investment law. You will be able to advise on financial regulatory reforms issues, risk management and ethics from practical legal and long-term philosophical perspectives, and to advise on the design of financial products that meet broad social needs.

INTERNATIONAL ENERGY FINANCE LAW
Focusing on large-scale, capital-intensive projects throughout the world, including oil and gas projects, LNG projects, power generation, renewable energy, and energy infrastructure, you will examine the key stages of the energy finance process, and assesses the major legal models used in international energy transactions. You will learn to address risk allocation and risk mitigation, and analyse and construct legal documentation concerning financing sources, environmental issues, bilateral and multilateral credit support, loans, collateral, and permits.

INTERNATIONAL PROJECT FINANCE LAW
This module focuses on large-scale, capital-intensive projects throughout the world, including power generation, energy, infrastructure and urban regeneration. Project finance lawyers/consultants predict and resolve a large number of potential risks involving political, commercial, credit quality, insurance, default and bankruptcy issues. They draw up documents which capture a ‘mini legal system’ reflecting the entire legal process for a wide range of project participants. You will learn to address risk allocation and risk mitigation, and to analyse and construct legal documentation concerning financing sources, environmental issues, bilateral and multilateral credit support, loans, collateral and permits.

ISLAMIC FINANCE AND SECURITISATION LAW
This module will give you a full understanding of the practical and theoretical aspects of Islamic finance and banking, and the essential principles underlying Islamic finance. You will review and assess the modes and legal structures of major financial transactions by Islamic finance institutions, and their corporate governance structures. You will also undertake a legal and financial analysis of securitisation structures in Islamic finance.

LEGAL ASPECTS OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCE
International finance is increasingly transforming itself into a borderless activity, frequently sourcing capital and undertaking investment transactions throughout the United States, Europe, Japan, China and other jurisdictions around the world. During this module you will examine the dominant legal models influencing international financial and investment transactions, especially in light of risk management practice and theory. You will learn to use relevant legal components to analyse and construct innovative financial products.

MONEY LAUNDERING AND CORPORATE FRAUD
You will examine the risks from and remedies for white-collar crime, and evaluate national legislation and international conventions dealing with white-collar crime. You will also be able to identify types of criminal behaviour, determine the liability of those participating in that behaviour, analyse and apply the defences available for defendants, and identify the importance and use of computers and the internet in white-collar crime.

Please note that option modules are subject to student demand and staffing availability, therefore not all modules will be offered in the same academic year.

Energy and Environmental Change MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500
  • Entry dates: September / January

The Energy and Environmental Change MA is an interdisciplinary degree that combines international relations, law, business and sustainability studies. As such it provides a comprehensive examination of energy security, energy markets and climate change from global, regional and local perspectives. The degree equips students with knowledge of key intellectual frameworks and critical issues. The course offers an holistic approach to the dynamics governing energy-transition to a low-carbon economy nexus. Students are required to complete five interconnected core modules and may select one option module.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

GLOBAL POLITICS OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE
This module aims at evaluating the relevance of contemporary debates in international relations and political economy to the study of energy security, energy markets and climate change. It examines the political history of the modern energy systems and the role played by states and major private and state-owned companies. In addition, it explores the role of global institutions and their impact on the interplay between energy security, energy markets and climate change. It scrutinises issues that underpin key discussions in the energy and climate change area, such as development, limits to growth, transparency, sustainability and the role of civil society. The module also critically assesses standard approaches to the issue of energy security by focusing on the problem of energy poverty and resilience.

REGIONAL DIMENSIONS OF ENERGY SECURITY
Since the 2000s the global energy landscape that took shape in the last two decades of the twentieth century has been altered due to major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, the rise of new players in the energy sector and technological breakthroughs. The aim of this module is to analyse the impact that these developments had on the energy security of key producing and consuming countries. It will analyse these problems by focusing on change and continuity in the decision-making processes of state and non-state actors. Countries covered include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, Russia and specific case studies from the Middle East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa.

INTERNATIONAL ENERGY AND CLIMATE CHANGE LAW
This module is designed to introduce students to the principles of international law relevant to the development and use of energy resources. To this end, the course examines the evolution of principles relating to permanent sovereignty over natural resources, ‘shared’ resources and resources outside areas of national jurisdiction. It involves consideration of relevant international legal principles pertaining to oil and gas resources, the use of water resources in energy generation, renewables and nuclear energy. The course has particular regard to the evolving international legal framework on the mitigation of climate change, and its impact on international energy law and policy. The course also examines the impact of other principles of international law on the energy sector, such as relevant principles of international environmental law, foreign investment and trade law, and human rights.

STRATEGY AND POLICY: ENERGY AND SUSTAINABILITY
The focus of this module is on energy economics and, in particular, on the role of markets in driving energy policy and strategy in both the short and long term. It covers a variety of theoretical and empirical topics related to energy demand, energy supply and energy prices, the influence of fiscal instruments on market operation and the importance of banks and financial institutions for the funding of energy projects. The first half of the module will explore a number of key themes and conceptual issues. These will include: an analysis of the structure and operation of oil, gas, coal, electricity and renewables markets and issues of price discovery, carbon trading, green taxes and subsidies; the role of banks and alternative sources of financing for oil and gas projects; an exploration of approaches to modelling and forecasting the supply, demand and price of energy and energy derivatives. The second half of the module will have a practical focus, with sessions led by guest speakers drawn from a range of energy companies, renewables firms or from policy ‘think-tanks’. These will take the form of short participative workshops exploring case studies on energy strategy and sustainability.

ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE AND TRANSITION TO A LOW-CARBON SOCIETY
This module introduces a framework for analysing and shaping the transition to a low-carbon society. Core ideas are transformative innovation, sociotechnical systems and sustainability transitions. They are explored in relation to key end use arenas of the energy system – buildings, transport and local energy networks. Attention is given to the multilevel governance and policy aspects of sociotechnical transition.

DISSERTATION (12,000 WORDS)
Indicative option modules

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ISSUES IN BUSINESS AND LAW
FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ARBITRATION
GLOBAL FINANCIAL MARKETS
INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS
PLANNING FOR URBAN RISK AND RESILIENCE
POLICY, GOVERNANCE AND DEMOCRACY: INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES

Entertainment Law LLM

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000
  • Entry dates: September

Entertainment is a large part of life globally in many forms such as music, film, media, sports and the arts. It is a combination of society, popular culture and commerce, and the interaction of these with law produces an exciting contemporary commercial subject with eclectic outcomes. It is an area deeply affected by technological progress as well as business adaptation. This course combines academic analysis and commercial practice elements of entertainment law in an international perspective. The diverse nature of entertainment law will enable you to follow a number of relevant specialisms, all of which are underpinned by issues of contract and intellectual property.

The course will suit graduates from a law background, or those from a non-law background who have significant relevant experience. There have been many successful international graduates on the course from all over the world. It will give you the opportunity to explore new ideas, thoughts and academic experiences within a supportive environment.

Course content

The course aims to develop your understanding of how key fields within the entertainment industries operate, to assess the impact of the law upon them, and give you the practical skills necessary to succeed in a career in entertainment and media law.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IN THE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
You will study the protection provided to creative works by intellectual property law. You will also examine essential legal issues in the context of the entertainment business, such as copyright (creation, infringement, ownership and control), privacy for entertainment personalities, protection of ideas, the role and relevance of trade marks and performers rights together with issues of enforcement.

POSTGRADUATE DISSERTATION IN LAW
The Dissertation module allows you to extend your research skills and develop an analytical understanding of a specialist topic of your choice within the broad field of entertainment law, with supervision for your independent research. You will need to agree the topic with the module leader, and it must not replicate materials covered in other areas of your coursework.

RESEARCH THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module introduces you to the research methodology including general concepts of legal and social scientific (empirical) research, and gives you a deeper understanding of the principles of advanced research. It will enable you to consider the relevance of these methods for the study of law. It will also enable you to evaluate your own work and that of other researchers and authors.

THE REGULATION OF RELATIONSHIPS IN THE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
You will cover the formation and content of a number of relationships within the entertainment business. Focusing on contract and contractual theory as well as the broader context of relationships within entertainment, you will examine the negotiation process involved in music business, sports contracts and other media contracts. You will also study the role of professional organisations in the development of contractual terms, and analyse deficiencies in contractual bargaining and term formation that have led to legal intervention by the courts.

Option modules*

MERCHANDISING IN THE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
This module considers the creation, protection and merchandising of entertainment brands and products. It examines legal issues of brand development in the entertainment business in particular in relation to the use of trademarks, passing off (unfair competition) and design law, including the relationship of copyright law, and associated contract law use.

Areas include personality rights, character merchandising, sports merchandising, sponsorship, online and off-line brand creation and protection, ambush marketing, as well as fashion and design protection.

LAW AND MEDIA: CONTENT AND CONTROL
This module will analyse the legal regulation of content and control of the media. You will examine contemporary policy and regulatory frameworks for public and commercial media set in the light of technological advancement. You will develop awareness of legal and regulatory issues in operating the media such as censorship and advertising.

LAW OF DIGITAL ENTERTAINMENT AND SOCIAL MEDIA
Considers how law and technology has created and influences law in relation to the digital entertainment business including the creation and distribution of products, examines how technological advances have affected relationships and rights within the digital entertainment business. It analyses ways that law has responded to the digital environment and technological change and examines legal issues arising from the development and use of social media for business and personal purposes.

International and Commercial Dispute Resolution Law LLM

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000
  • Entry dates: September / January

The course is intended for anyone wishing to demonstrate a commitment to contentious law in public and private international and commercial legal contexts. The taught part of the programme includes modules which reflect the three main forms of dispute resolution process, namely adjudication (litigation and arbitration), alternative dispute resolution (ADR – principally mediation), and negotiation.

This course differs from the International Commercial Law LLM course which is primarily concerned with non-contentious aspects of commerce (modules include competition law, trade, and insurance).

Class sizes are, in general, quite small, and you will be able to mix with students on other Masters courses at Westminster Law School.

The course provides an opportunity for in-depth study of the substantive and procedural issues involved in the field, and also the acquisition of skills involved in some of the processes. It is centrally concerned with law and other rules (international and commercial) which are applicable in adjudication and also in the other dispute resolution processes.

In addition to taught modules, there is also the Dissertation module which provides an opportunity for developing a specialist knowledge of a small area of the field, which might lead to a publishable article.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

PERSPECTIVES ON CONFLICTS AND DISPUTES
This taught module introduces some of the essential elements of dispute resolution, and is designed to enable anyone to develop insights into the nature of international and commercial disputes and how they might best be resolved effectively.

POSTGRADUATE DISSERTATION
This module allows you to develop a knowledge and understanding of a specialist portion of the field of international and commercial dispute resolution. You will have the support of a supervisor for this independent research and writing process. You must agree the topic with the module leader. The topic must not replicate your own prior work or anyone else’s work. Your work for this module should provide you with advanced skills in research, analysis, evaluation, and writing, all of which should stand you in good stead for any subsequent academic, professional or other career.

RESEARCH THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module introduces you to the general concepts of legal and social scientific (empirical) methods of research, and gives you a greater understanding of the principles of advanced research. You will consider the relevance of these methods for the study of law, which will enhance your understanding of the legal, social scientific and philosophical debates on methodology and practice. It will also enable you to evaluate your own work and that of other researchers and authors.

Option modules

Arbitration

COMPARATIVE COMMERCIAL ARBITRATION: LAW AND PRACTICE
You will be introduced to the study of comparative international commercial arbitration (excluding international arbitration between sovereign states and non-sovereign entities in the context of cross-border direct investment). You will examine the law and practice of international arbitration in the major arbitration centres of the world, and explore how different legal systems, and arbitrators from different legal cultures, interact in the course of resolution of commercial disputes by arbitration.

FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ARBITRATION
This module introduces you to the study of public international arbitration between sovereign states and non-sovereign entities, such as companies, in the context of cross-border direct investment. You will examine the investment and disinvestment relationships between disputing parties (State and private) and the nature, function and interpretation of foreign investment instruments. You will also explore the relationship between international law and municipal investment laws, and tribunals and awards.

INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL ARBITRATION
You will be introduced to the study of international commercial arbitration from the perspective of the English jurisdiction as an exemplar of an international centre for commercial arbitration. The aim is to include four pairs of overlapping relationships: between parties and tribunals; between parties and courts; between tribunals and courts; and between England and foreign fora. There will be focus, inter alia, on the ICC (institutional arbitration) and the New York Convention.

Mediation

MEDIATION: CONCEPTS, EVOLUTION AND PRACTICE
This module introduces you to the modes and culture of mediation as a dispute resolution process in a range of contexts, with a detailed analysis of the growth of mediation practice and theory, as well as current and possible future trends. You will become familiar with the conceptual, legal and practical frameworks for mediation, and how it is used in the UK and internationally. You will also develop basic mediation skills, learn to appreciate the roles of those taking part in the mediation processes, and acquire communication and other skills which are particularly useful in the mediation context.

RESTORATIVE JUSTICE: CULTURES, INTEGRATION AND LAW
This module provides an introduction to the field of restorative justice, covering international, domestic and public aspects of the field, and the main processes involved in dispute prevention and resolution. The module includes consideration of conflicts within and between groups, and victim-offender mediation and other processes within the field.

Negotiation

NEGOTIATION: THEORY, CONTEXTS AND PRACTICE
The aim of this module is to introduce the study and practice of negotiation in the contexts of international and municipal commerce, international affairs and international law, examining inter alia issues arising out of conflicts and disputes in those contexts. Among the areas covered are the relationships between pairs of negotiators; negotiators and the law; negotiators and ambient cultures; and theories and practices of negotiation.

Public International

PEACEFUL SETTLEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL DISPUTES
This module will introduce you to the various techniques and institutions available in international law for resolving disputes between States. You will examine diplomatic means of dispute settlement, including negotiation and mediation, and legal means of dispute settlement – arbitration and litigation. You will also consider the availability of alternative mechanisms for the resolution of inter-state disputes, and the range of international courts and tribunals that now exist. The module refers to specific past and pending cases and disputes, and there will be a special emphasis on the law, practice and procedure of the International Court of Justice.

INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RIGHTS LAW
This module introduces you to the protection of human rights in international law. You will gain an overview of the historical and philosophical background of human rights, and a greater understanding of the protection of human rights at the international level though the UN and regional systems (with particular emphasis on Europe). You will also study contemporary issues in international human rights law, such as refugees, humanitarian intervention, responsibility to protect, and terrorism and torture.

Other approved modules such as International Commercial Litigation and Private International Law might be made available depending on demand and the Head of Westminster Law School’s approval.

International Commercial Law LLM

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 12.000
  • Entry dates: September / January

Course content

This course balances the best of a rigorous, traditional legal education with a contemporary perspective. Our areas of specialisation address today’s most important business and legal challenges, including the study of commercial relationships in the international arena, the role and impact of electronic commerce, and the gradual harmonisation of international commercial law.

This Masters is not merely about what you learn in the classroom, it is also about actual practice in today’s world of globalisation and international commerce. That is why the LLM provides, in addition to a strong academic dimension, a concentrated, real-world-oriented legal education.

The course offers you the opportunity to develop strong academic and practical skills in a highly competitive and intellectually satisfying area of law. It is ideally suited to those who come from a commercial law, international business, management, or economics background. You will have the opportunity to explore your own ideas, gain knowledge and enhance transferable skills in a supportive environment. You will benefit from a strong programme of visiting speakers, excellent online materials and learning resources, top-quality instruction and a professional and practical focus in a department with a strong research profile.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DISSERTATION
The Dissertation module allows you to extend your research into a topic of your choice within the broad field of international commercial law. You will need to agree the topic with the module leader, and it must not replicate materials covered in other areas of your coursework, other than any Dissertation Proposal written as part of the Research Methods and Theory module.

FOUNDATIONS OF INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL LAW
This module enables you to analyse the key principles for the application of international commercial law, and the context within which it operates. You will develop your understanding of the legal rules affecting the international sale of goods contract, and high-level research skills in this subject and its related fields.

Option modules*

CARRIAGE OF GOODS
You will explore the contractual and legal relationships of persons involved in a carriage of goods arrangement. This module covers the international carriage of goods by sea, air, road and rail, with sea carriage as the main focus. The module deals with the two principal forms of contracts used for the carriage of goods by sea, the charter party, and the contract of affreightment. The emphasis of the module is to examine legal principles against the backdrop of current shipping practice and documentation.

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ISSUES IN BUSINESS AND LAW
This module looks at the tension for corporate entities between their business goals and their social responsibilities. It draws a distinction between the legal and ethical demands on business in relation to corporate social responsibility and studies the ways in which the two intersect. It analyses the domestic and international frameworks, together with key industry initiatives, in the field. You will be exposed to a range of methods and best practices followed in the business environment to meet CSR needs.

INTERNATIONAL TAX LAW
You will analyse the nature of tax, taxation and tax bases in law, giving you the opportunity to survey the legal and non-legal implications of cross-border taxation. You will also study the interaction between states and taxpayers, treaty law and tax conventions, and the role of international bodies such as the OECD.

LAW OF THE INTERNAL MARKET OF THE EUROPEAN UNION
This module explores the key elements of the EU’s internal market. You will start with the evolution of economic integration between the member states, and follow this with an in-depth analysis of the main elements of the internal market. This includes free movement of goods, free movement of persons, right of establishment and free movement of services. In order to present the internal market from a broader perspective two lectures are devoted to recognition of diplomas and public procurement. There will also be an emphasis on free movement of capital and payments.

LAW OF INTERNATIONAL SALES
This module will give you the opportunity to evaluate and critically examine the law governing the international sale contract. You will be introduced to the intricacies of international sale transactions, especially the content of the contract of international sale, the use of standard trade terms (such as the INCOTERMS 2010), and the rights and remedies available to sellers and buyers. You will also examine the role of documentation in international sales, and will have the chance to discuss the role of the Vienna Convention on the international sale of goods.

LAW RELATING TO PAYMENT AND TRADE FINANCE
This module introduces you to how the international sale of goods is paid and financed. We examine the law which applies to the payment and finance of international sales, and the practical commercial issues this specialised field entails. Areas covered include the fundamental principles relating to documentary credits, the operation and legal effect of the different types of documentary credit, their relationship with the sale contract, and the use of performance guarantees.

LEGAL ASPECTS OF ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
You will examine the legal and commercial framework for electronic commerce, and the key aspects of the law of contract in that context. You will also study relevant English and EU legal provisions on aspects of electronic commerce, including online data transmission, online marketing, electronic payments, copyright and domain name disputes. The module also looks at how current law could be applied to resolve difficulties thrown up by electronic commerce and IT.

MULTINATIONAL CORPORATE ENTITIES
This module will introduce you to the study of several facets of multinational corporate entities. These include the role and effect of multinational corporate entities in cross-border trade and investment, the power balance between multinationals and sovereign states, and international and national approaches to control of multinationals. You will also consider the international and national consequences of incorporation of businesses, and the accountability of the multinational personnel.

PROTECTION OF COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY)
You will develop your knowledge of commercial industrial property/intellectual property law, combined with an appreciation of how modern intellectual property rights (IPR) operate in the international online environment. The module analyses commercial property rights in an international context, with a particular focus on challenges to IP in the new online environment. Topics covered include copyright and fair use, trademarks and domain names, patents and design rights, and confidentiality rights.

RESEARCH THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module is designed to prepare students for LLM Dissertation work. It introduces you to the general concepts of legal and social scientific (empirical) methods of research, and develops your understanding of the principles of advanced research. You will consider the relevance of these methods for the study of law, as well as gain an understanding of the legal, social scientific and philosophical debates on methodology. It will also enable you to evaluate your own work and that of other researchers. Finally you will work on your Dissertation Proposal.

International Commercial Law students may also take up to three of the following taught modules from other LLM courses:

Foreign Direct Investment Arbitration
International Banking Law and Regulation
International Commercial Arbitration
International Energy and Climate Change Law
International Law of the Sea
Private International Law – Substantive Commercial
One free choice LLM module from any other course.
Please note that option modules are subject to student demand and staffing availability, therefore not all modules may be offered in any one academic year.

International Law LLM

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.000
  • Entry dates: September / January

With globalisation international law is becoming increasingly important and this course prepares you for your future career in the international arena. Our LLM is one of the oldest and most popular courses in international law in London. It attracts students from every nationality and background, not only those who have previously studied law, but also those with a degree in political science, international relations, economics or other relevant discipline. This creates a uniquely vibrant and stimulating learning environment in which to study international Law.

The LLM International Law is linked to our Research Group, International Law at Westminster, which regularly organises public events on topical issues: we recently organised panels and conferences on nuclear proliferation, torture, and citizenship deprivation. We encourage all our students to get involved in the activities of the center so that they can build contacts with leading professionals. Our location, just off Regent Street also puts you within easy reach of all the main legal and political insitutions and organisations giving you fantastic networking opportunities.

Course content

The course will enhance your understanding of the key principles of public international law, the main developments within the public international law framework and the process of globalisation and its significance for international law.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DISSERTATION
The Dissertation module enables you to gain a deep knowledge of the concepts and principles of international law. You will need to agree the topic with the module leader, and it must not replicate materials covered in other areas of your coursework, or comprise work submitted for any other award. The Dissertation will help you to develop your powers of analysis, synthesis, application and evaluation, and your advanced research skills. It will also introduce you to legal practical research skills and the range of specialist resources available for studying your chosen area.

PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW
You will analyse the sources and subjects of international law, state responsibility, and the implementation of international law into municipal law, and gain an overview of the defining legal principles of international relations. You will also focus on the settlement of international disputes and the enforcement of international law. The module will help to develop your general transferable skills, including oral and written communication, independent study, time management, research, and problem solving.

Option modules*

INTERNATIONAL AND EUROPEAN REFUGEE LAW
This module focuses on the root causes of forced migration, the changing meaning of the term ‘refugee’, and its legal definition. You will examine the protection afforded to refugees in international law, the role of the UNHCR, and regional refugee protection regimes.

INTERNATIONAL ENERGY AND CLIMATE CHANGE LAW
This module will introduce you to the principles of international law relevant to the development and use of energy resources. You will examine the principles relating to permanent sovereignty over natural resources, ‘shared’ resources and resources outside areas of national jurisdiction. You will also consider the impact of other principles of international law on the energy sector, such as international environmental law, foreign investment and trade law, and human rights. The module has a strong focus on the evolving international legal framework on the mitigation of climate change, and its impact on international energy law and policy.

INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RIGHTS LAW
The module introduces you to the protection of human rights in international law. You will gain an overview of the historical and philosophical background of human rights, and a greater understanding of the protection of human rights at the international level though the UN and regional systems (with particular emphasis on Europe). You will also study contemporary issues in international human rights law, such as humanitarian intervention, responsibility to protect, terrorism and torture.

INTERNATIONAL HUMANITARIAN LAW
This module covers the regulation of the rules and customs of war, including the status and protection of prisoners of war, the protection of civilian populations, the use of certain weapons, the status of combatants and belligerents, and the criminal consequences of the violations of the laws of armed conflict. You will gain a deep knowledge of international humanitarian law, and a thorough understanding of practice and law relating to key concepts, such as prisoners of war, combatants, protected persons, neutrality and war crimes. New forms of warfare, such as cyber warfare and drones, are also addressed.

INTERNATIONAL LAW AND DEVELOPMENT
You will study law and policy relating to international development, including the right to development in international law, international development assistance and poverty alleviation, and law and policy relating to overseas development assistance in the UK and the EU. The module will give you a greater understanding of the global challenges for development, and will give you the skills to undertake informed policy and advocacy work internationally.

INTERNATIONAL LAW OF THE SEA
This module will introduce you to the comprehensive legal framework of the international law of the sea. You will examine the various maritime jurisdictional zones recognised in international law, including principles relating to the territorial sea, archipelagic waters, international straits, contiguous zone, continental shelf, exclusive economic zone, high seas, and deep seabed. The module also considers the resolution of competing claims to maritime areas and resources, and focuses on concerns arising from human use of the oceans, such as maritime security and piracy, exploitation of offshore resources, fisheries management, the conservation of marine biodiversity, and marine pollution.

PEACEFUL SETTLEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL DISPUTES
You will be introduced to the various techniques and institutions available in international law for resolving disputes between states. This module examines diplomatic means of dispute settlement, including negotiation and mediation, and legal means of dispute settlement – arbitration and adjudication. You will also consider the availability of alternative mechanisms for the resolution of inter-state disputes, and the range of international courts and tribunals that now exist. The module refers to specific past and pending cases and disputes, and there will be a special emphasis on the law, practice and procedure of the International Court of Justice.

RESEARCH THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module introduces you to the general concepts of legal and social scientific (empirical) methods of research, and develops your understanding of the principles of advanced research. You will consider the relevance of these methods for the study of law, as well as gain an understanding of the legal, social scientific and philosophical debates on methodology. It will also enable you to evaluate your own work and that of other researchers.

UNITED NATIONS LAW
This module covers the institutional and legal aspects of the United Nations. In particular, you will focus on: the composition and functioning of its main organs (Security Council, General Assembly, Secretariat, International Court of Justice, Economic and Social Council, Human Rights Council); membership of the UN; the provisions of the Charter dealing with the use of armed force; the collective security system; and peacekeeping operations.

Please note that option modules are subject to student demand and staffing availability, therefore not all modules will be offered in the same academic year.

Legal Practice LLM

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 12.500
  • Entry dates: September

If you want to practise as a solicitor in England and Wales you will need to complete the Legal Practice Course (LPC) – the vocational stage of training that bridges the gap between academic studies and life in a law firm.

For 2017/18, we are offering the LPC as part of a Masters’ degree – an LLM in Legal Practice which incorporates both Stages 1 and 2 of the LPC. The total cost of the LLM is £14,500 (£12,500 for the LPC, an additional £2,000 to progress to the LLM).

Westminster Law School has a well established reputation for the delivery of solicitors’ vocational training and our LLM in Legal Practice (incorporating the LPC) equips you with the skills and knowledge needed to be a successful 21st-century lawyer.

Distinctive features of the course include:

Highly experienced and approachable lecturers who are all qualified solicitors or barristers.
Small, interactive group work, allowing you to benefit from individual guidance and help.
All sessions are set within a balanced timetable to replicate the tasks undertaken in practice.
A broad range of Stage 2 electives, reflecting areas of practice from high-street to city firms.
The opportunity to undertake real client legal work under the supervision of tutors working in the Student Law Centre. Currently students can choose to specialise in one of three streams of work: judicial review, family or property. The focus is on experiential learning through reflection, analysis and planning.
A mentoring scheme which pairs you with mentors working in an area you are interested in. Our mentors are predominantly ex. LPC Westminster students.
The course is taught at Westminster Law School’s newly refurbished state-of-the-art premises in the heart of London’s West End and within the vicinity of many law firms.

Course content

LPC Stage 1

Core Practice Areas of Business Law and Practice, Criminal and Civil Litigation and Property Law and Practice
Professional Conduct and Regulation, Wills and Administration of Estates, Solicitors Accounts and Taxation
Skills – Practical Legal Research, Interviewing and Advising, Writing, Drafting and Advocacy
LPC Stage 2: electives subjects

PRIVATE CLIENT ELECTIVES
Family Law
International Family Law
Personal Injury and Clinical Negligence
Immigration Law
Housing Law
Employment Law
Clinical Elective (via the Student Law Centre)
COMMERCIAL ELECTIVES
Commercial Litigation
Private Acquisitions
Entertainment and Media
Commercial Property
Commercial Law
Internet and Social Media
Download a detailed description of our Stage 2 elective subjects.

LLM in Legal Practice: Dissertation and Research Modules

Social Research Methods
8000 word Legal Practice dissertation
Assessment

Westminster’s LPC assessments meet SRA expectations. They are designed to be realistic and constructive by genuinely testing you and enabling you to demonstrate acquired knowledge and skills through a mixture of written examinations and practical exercises. Assessment takes place throughout Stage 1 of the LPC and at the end of Stage 2 electives. Generally the assessments are ‘open book’ and you are allowed to use both textbooks and your own written notes. You are timetabled to allow sufficient revision and preparation time for examinations and assessments.

To complete the Legal Practice LLM you will have to attend the 20 credits Social Research Methods: Principles and Practice module, which requires the formulation of a research question of relevance to legal practice to be addressed in the dissertation and accompanying methodology as approved by the module leaders/Dissertation Supervisor. The 40 credits Legal Practice Dissertation module requires the submission of a dissertation of approximately 8,000 words. Assessment is entirely based on submission of this dissertation and you must attain a mark of 50% in order to pass the dissertation.

Marketing Communications MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 15.500
  • Entry dates: September / January

Marketing communications covers the selection and application of the main communication tools available to an organisation in pursuit of its marketing goals. This work is often carried out by specialist agencies, and involves both strategic thinking and the development of creative solutions. It calls for a blend of research-based knowledge with the practice of high-level, often extremely creative, skills.

As part of the course, you will have the opportunity to take exams for the Professional Diploma in Digital Marketing and upon successful completion of the exams become a professional member of the Digital Marketing Institute.

Course content

The course covers the main marketing communication techniques. It provides you with a sufficient foundation in marketing to enable you to work easily with people involved throughout the marketing management process. The ultimate aim of the course is to enhance individual career advancement prospects through knowledge of how to apply academic learning to best marketing communications practice.

A highlight for many students are the study trips and company visits organised throughout the course which provide an opportunity for networking and extending learning in new environments.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Year long module

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
In this module you will come to understand the nature of learning and how you best learn. You will reflect on your progress and development throughout the course, helping you to generate a personal development plan. You will discuss current thinking in the field of integrated marketing communications (IMC), and debate new ideas in marketing and media issues.

IMC has developed in the last 20 years to be a vital element in the marketing management process. It embraces all of the communications tools, consumer behaviour, research and strategy covered by the course, and seeks to place them within an overall context of how IMC has developed, what it seeks to achieve and how its success can be measured.

The module explores the various criticisms which are levelled at IMC and examples of where it is considered to have succeeded and failed. The impact of digital delivery on the future development of IMC is also explored.

The module is delivered over one year and is designed to underpin your learning about marketing communications by introducing IMC concepts and issues at appropriate times throughout the course. It also serves as a lead into the IMC campaign project which forms the capstone of student learning and assessment on the course.

Semester one modules

In Semester One you will study the underpinning concepts and strategies for marketing communications.

BUYER BEHAVIOUR FOR MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
Organisations must understand their consumers and how they choose products and services so they can provide effective communications. Many companies have incorporated a customer focus in their overall strategies and use sophisticated approaches to consumer behaviour, which form the basis of their marketing communication strategies. In this module you will gain a critical understanding of factors influencing consumer behavior and decision making which can be used in the development of more effective marketing communication strategies.

MARKETING AND BRAND STRATEGY
In this module you will consider the role of marketing communications within the broader context of an organisation’s marketing strategy and competitive environment. The module explores contemporary concepts of marketing and brand strategy. You will learn to apply your knowledge to a broad range of organisations.

MARKETING AND MEDIA RESEARCH MANAGEMENT
This module will give you a robust and comprehensive introduction to the theory, application and practice of marketing research in relation to the media. You will examine the need for research to support communications initiatives during their implementation, delivery and evaluation. A major part of this is the way in which research is used in audience measurement.

SUMMER SCHOOL
Students who start the course in January have a six-week summer school in May-June. This includes the Promotional Marketing module and part of the Semester Two modules. You will also start working on your Integrated Marketing Communications project.

Semester two modules

In Semester Two you will study in greater depth the tools and media platforms for marketing communications. The January cohort will begin these modules during the summer school.

ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT
This module will give you a greater understanding of advertising theory and its application. Advertising is a term often used to represent all forms of marketing communications. Important though advertising is, it is only part of the marketing communications mix. This module discusses how advertising as a media tool differs from other elements of the marketing communications mix and its role within an integrated marketing strategy. It covers the advertising and creative process, campaign planning, implementation and metrics, advertising in society, and the problems and opportunities of advertising in a constantly changing media environment.

DIRECT MARKETING AND SOCIAL MEDIA IN THE DIGITAL AGE
Reflecting the rapidly changing practice in the marketing communications industry, you will explore how direct marketing uses traditional, digital and social media platforms for the acquisition, engagement and retention of customers. The ability to provide precise, accountable results and directly support the trend towards the development of long-lasting relationships with customers has increased the strategic value to the organisation of direct and digital marketing. This module includes the syllabus material for the Professional Diploma in Digital Marketing.

PROMOTIONAL MARKETING AND EVENT MANAGEMENT
This module takes a holistic view of the sales process and promotional marketing activities by drawing together a number of related themes such as sales and promotional management, customer loyalty, experiential marketing, packaging, and in-store marketing (including point-of-purchase and couponing). Analysing each activity as an individual discipline, the module draws the strands together to illustrate how post-modern concepts such as shopper marketing have come to prevail in contemporary strategic marketing communications thinking. This module is delivered during the summer school in June for the January cohort.

PUBLIC RELATIONS AND REPUTATION MANAGEMENT
This module concentrates on giving you an understanding of the role of public relations within an organisation, with special reference to marketing communications. You will examine the origins, scope and a range of applications of PR, focusing on its role in marketing communications management, the development and maintenance of corporate reputation and the growing role of sponsorship within the marketing communications portfolio.

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS CAMPAIGN PLANNING PROJECT
Finally you undertake a project which allows you to bring together all the knowledge you have gained during the programme. This is a practice-based project in which you will make an assessment of a brand’s current situation and future potential in relation to its marketing, brand and marketing communications strategies. With guidance from your supervisor you will develop an in-depth, comprehensive integrated marketing communications plan for the product. The module is delivered through class sessions, workshops and one-to-one tutoring with an individually allocated supervisor. It includes a two-day residential at a Cambridge University College.

Marketing Management MA/MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 15.500
  • Entry dates: September / January

This Master’s degree offer a strategic perspective on marketing management, a discipline that is increasingly being seen as critical to success in achieving business goals, and as a core function in many organisations. Depending on your choice of modules, your final award could be either Master of Arts (MA) or Master of Science (MSc).

Students on this course are eligible for an Affiliate Professional Membership of Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and access to a range of professional events.

Course content

You will develop a strategic perspective and broaden your existing understanding of marketing and its integration into an overall corporate strategy and structure. You will hone your capacity for analysing complex marketing and business situations and reaching decisions on appropriate courses of action. You will also improve your career prospects in marketing and general business areas.

A highlight for many students is the residential weekend organised as part of this course – a weekend away combining presentations and workshops with great opportunities to network and get to know your fellow students.

Students on this course benefit from free access to part of the material on the course reading list.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules – MA

DISTRIBUTION AND PRICE MANAGEMENT
This module covers the management of two essential elements of the marketing mix. You will consider the design of distribution channels with particular emphasis on identification of alternatives available to marketers. The strategic aspects of price to the end consumer are also examined in the context of pricing through the distribution chain.

Recognising that global distribution channels are a major contributor to environmental degradation the module examines the sustainability and ethical issues involved in distribution and the impact of these issues on product pricing.

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS IN A DIGITAL AND GLOBAL WORLD
Modern marketing communications are characterised by increased use of digital technology, increased globalisation, increased media fragmentation and proliferation, all leading to an increased need for integration. These themes will permeate the module. Teaching will be interactive and will consist of one lecture and one seminar each week, and you will be expected to contribute to class discussion.

MARKETING CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION
This module will focus on creativity and innovation in marketing and its impact on increasing the competitive edge of organisations (across all sectors). You will also explore the complexity of the creative process and innovation at the individual, group and organisational levels as well as assess the competencies of a ‘creative’ / ‘innovative’ manager.

MARKETING DISSERTATION
The dissertation displays your mastery of a complex and specialised area of knowledge and skills, employing advanced knowledge drawn from the taught modules and independent research, in developing your ability to analyse and investigate marketing issues and problems.

MARKETING RESEARCH INSIGHTS
Companies today use sophisticated approaches to understand the markets in which they operate, and to understand their customers and their consumers. This knowledge forms the basis of marketing strategies.

This module develops competency in the main qualitative and quantitative methods for data collection, measurement, sampling, analysis and presentation of results.

PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT
This module deals with the management of an organisation’s core product offering, and examines the key concepts and tools for managing brands as strategic assets in achieving business and marketing goals.

STRATEGIC MARKETING IN AN INTERNATIONAL CONTEXT
The contemporary, boundary-free marketplace is characterised by uncertainty and unpredictability, due to both technological advancements and rapid changes in the competition structure.

This module aims to provide students with a deep understanding of the discipline of strategic marketing management in the international context, while an appreciation of the varied strategic tools will guide you on how to integrate these elements to form a coherent marketing strategy.

USING CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY TO UNDERSTAND BUYER BEHAVIOUR
The buyer behaviour module aims to give the student a critical understanding of factors influencing consumer behaviour, which can be used in the development of more effective marketing strategies.

Core modules – MSc

DISTRIBUTION AND PRICE MANAGEMENT
This module covers the management of two essential elements of the marketing mix. You will consider the design of distribution channels with particular emphasis on identification of alternatives available to marketers. The strategic aspects of price to the end consumer are also examined in the context of pricing through the distribution chain. Recognising that global distribution channels are a major contributor to environmental degradation, the module examines the sustainability and ethical issues involved in distribution and the impact of these issues on product pricing.

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS IN A DIGITAL AND GLOBAL WORLD
Modern marketing communications are characterised by increased use of digital technology, increased globalisation, increased media fragmentation and proliferation, all leading to an increased need for integration. These themes will permeate the module. Teaching will be interactive and will consist of one lecture and one seminar each week, and you will be expected to contribute to class discussion.

MARKETING DISSERTATION
The Dissertation displays mastery of a complex and specialised area of knowledge and skills, employing advanced knowledge drawn from the taught modules and independent research, in developing your ability to analyse and investigate marketing issues and problems.

MARKETING RESEARCH INSIGHTS
Companies today use sophisticated approaches to understand the markets in which they operate, and to understand their customers and their consumers. This knowledge forms the basis of marketing strategies. This module develops your competency in the main qualitative and quantitative methods for data collection, measurement, sampling, analysis and presentation of results.

PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT
This module deals with the management of an organisation’s core product offering, and examines the key concepts and tools for managing brands as strategic assets in achieving business and marketing goals.

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR MARKETING MANAGEMENT
A significant and growing field in the marketing profession is the use of analytics to inform managerial decision making. Although ‘analytics’ seems to be a catchphrase that encompasses anything having to do with numbers, marketing analytics comprises the processes that enable marketers to evaluate the success of their marketing initiatives by measuring their performance. Therefore, marketing analytics can offer profound insights into customer preferences and trends.

STRATEGIC MARKETING IN AN INTERNATIONAL CONTEXT
The contemporary, boundary-free marketplace is characterised by uncertainty and unpredictability, due to both technological advancements and rapid changes in the competition structure.

This module aims to provide you with a deep understanding of the discipline of strategic marketing management in the international context, while an appreciation of the varied strategic tools will guide you on how to integrate these elements to form a coherent marketing strategy.

USING CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY TO UNDERSTAND BUYER BEHAVIOUR
The buyer behaviour module aims to give the student a critical understanding of factors influencing consumer behaviour, which can be used in the development of more effective marketing strategies.

Imaging Art and Science MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.000
  • Entry dates: September

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a unique programme in Imaging, designed to equip students with advanced skills in areas relating to image conception, formation, capture, analysis, evaluation and visualisation from the perspectives of art, science and technology.

The University of Westminster was the first institution in the UK to provide academic degrees in Photography, Imaging Science and Technology and has produced world leaders in the fields of Image Science, Imaging Technologies, Photographic Arts and Photographic Theory.

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a cross-disciplinary programme built on our experience and proficiency in these fields, run in collaboration by Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design (MA) and the Faculty of Science and Technology (MSc). It provides cutting edge education, supported by external links to creative and scientific industries.

MA and MSc pathways

Students enroll for an MA or an MSc degree, but can potentially change pathway. The MA and MSc pathways share some common syllabus, whilst the majority of the content is distinctive to each degree, to allow for discipline specialisation to be developed within an multidisciplinary environment. Relevant areas include digital image representation and visualisation, digital imaging systems and their performance evaluation, cultural, theoretical, and historical aspects of the production and consumption of images, colour vision, measurement and management, image quality, content and aesthetics and programming for imaging.

The course encourages understanding of interdisciplinary issues relating to imaging, by providing space for art/science collaborative projects and hybrid methodologies. Students engage in a Major Project, specific to the MA or MSc pathway, and where appropriate, collaborate with external creative, technological and scientific industries.

MA students obtain their degree from Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design and MSc students from the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Course content

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Course structure and module contents

METHODS – PROCESS – CONTEXT
Methods – Process – Context is a shared MA/ MSc module providing advanced research skills relevant to art, science and inter-disciplinary projects. It offers data analysis/statistics, technical and creative skills, introduction to creative programming and programming for imaging. A range of skills is offered to allow students to tailor their skill-set to support themselves throughout the course.

TRANSACTIONS AND PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT
Transactions and Public Engagement encourages understanding of interdisciplinary aspects of imaging, and provides a space for art/science collaborative imaging projects, the outputs of which are disseminated in yearly events.

COLOUR IMAGING*
Colour Imaging is a dual pathway MA/MSc module discussing colour theory, colour vision, colour measurement, appearance and management, alongside the cultural, theoretical, and historical dimensions of colour in visual arts and imaging.

IMAGE QUALITY AND CONTENT*
Image Quality and Content is a dual pathway MA/MSc module, exploring cultural and scientific approaches to image quality. Areas of study include visual psychophysics, image quality models, critical theory and aesthetics.

IMAGING ARTS*
Imaging Arts is MA pathway specific; it focuses on the cultural production and consumption of images, issues of visuality and visualisation, and the politics of image aesthetics.

IMAGING SCIENCE*
Imaging Science is MSc pathway specific; it focuses on signal sampling and quantisation, digital image formation, image analysis and measurements of imaging system performance. It includes optics relevant to image formation and system performance.

THE RESEARCH PROJECT
The Research Project is a self-directed, pathway-specific body of work undertaken with academic supervision; it often runs in collaboration with relevant industries/organisations.

*You must take at least 2 module options from the course. One option can be taken from other relevant postgraduate courses within Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design, or the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Imaging Art and Science MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.000
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Imaging Art and Science is part of a dual pathway MA/MSc programme in Imaging Art and Science

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a unique programme in Imaging, designed to equip students with advanced skills in areas relating to image conception, formation, capture, analysis, evaluation and visualisation from the perspectives of art, science and technology.

The University of Westminster was the first institution in the UK to provide academic degrees in Photography, Imaging Science and Technology and has produced world leaders in the fields of Image Science, Imaging Technologies, Photographic Arts and Photographic Theory.

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a cross-disciplinary programme built on our experience and proficiency in these fields, run in collaboration by the Westminster School of Media Arts & Design and the Faculty of Science & Technology. It provides cutting edge education, supported by external links to creative and scientific industries.

MA and MSc Pathways

Students enroll for an MA or an MSc degree, but can potentially change pathway. The MA and MSc pathways share some common syllabus, whilst the majority of the content is distinctive to each degree, to allow for discipline specialisation to be developed within a multidisciplinary environment. Relevant areas include digital image representation and visualisation; digital imaging systems and their performance evaluation; cultural, theoretical, and historical aspects of the production and consumption of images; colour vision, measurement and management; image quality, content and aesthetics; programming for imaging. The course encourages understanding of interdisciplinary issues relating to imaging, by providing space for art/science collaborative projects and hybrid methodologies. Students engage in a Major Project, specific to the MA or MSc pathway, and where appropriate, collaborate with external creative, technological and scientific industries. MA Students obtain their degree from Westminster School of Media, Arts and design and MSc students from the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Course structure and module contents (MSc Pathway)

  • Methods-Process-Context (20 credits)
  • Transactions and Public Engagement (40 credits)
  • Colour Imaging dual pathway (20 credits)
  • Image Quality and Content dual pathway (20 credits)
  • Imaging Science (20 credits)
  • Research Project (60 credits)
  • Option Module from Faculty of Science and Technology (20 credits)

METHODS-PROCESS-CONTEXT

Methods-Process-Context is a shared MA/MSc module providing advanced research skills relevant to art, science and inter-disciplinary projects. It offers data analysis/statistics, technical and creative skills, introduction to creative programming and programming for imaging. A range of skills is offered to allow students to tailor their skill-set to support themselves throughout the course.

TRANSACTIONS AND PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT

Transactions and Public Engagement encourages understanding of interdisciplinary aspects of imaging, and provides a space for art/science collaborative imaging projects, the outputs of which are disseminated in yearly events.

COLOUR IMAGING

is a dual pathway MA/MSc module discussing colour theory, colour vision, colour measurement, appearance and management, alongside the cultural, theoretical, and historical dimensions of colour in visual arts and imaging.

IMAGE QUALITY AND CONTENT

is a dual pathway MA/MSc module, exploring cultural and scientific approaches to image quality. Areas of study include visual psychophysics, image quality models, critical theory and aesthetics.

IMAGING SCIENCE

is MSc pathway specific; it focuses on signal sampling and quantisation, digital image formation, image analysis and measurements of imaging system performance. It includes optics relevant to image formation and system performance.

Students must take at least 2 module options from the course. One option can be taken from other relevant Post Graduate courses within the Faculty of Science and Technology.

The Research Project is a self-directed, pathway-specific body of work undertaken with academic supervision; it often runs in collaboration with relevant industries/organisations.

Interaction Design and Computing MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

This newly redesigned course enables graduates to be able to understand, design and develop digital solutions within the emergent digital economies. Graduates would be able to follow a flexible program of study and either plan a career in interaction design, mobile and digital solutions, data and analytics, or emergent systems or to explore the opportunities offered in London as a start-up capital.

The digital sector continues to evolve and technologies, platforms, interaction paradigms and business models are increasingly requiring technical ability combined with commercial and design acumen that the course encourages.

Boston Consulting Group estimated that by the end of 2016 the internet economy in the G-20 economies will be worth USD 4.2 trillion (up from USD 2.3 trillion in 2010) and that the internet contributes over 12 per cent of GDP in the United Kingdom.

The mobile apps sector has revenues of more than €10 billion per annum or jobs in the order of 790.000 across the whole EU economy and continues to grow at a fast rate. Within the UK the digital sector has critical importance and reports suggest 14.4% of companies in the UK are involved in the Digital economy and some 1.46 million people are employed. More than one million jobs were advertised in 2014 showing a growth of 28% and there are suggestions that the growth forecast is around 5.4%

The Business Growth Fund and Barclays published a report in March 2014 that supported the phenomenal growth experienced by tech businesses in the UK, finding that London is home to Europe’s fastest growing tech cluster, with 27% of all job growth in London generated by the tech and digital sector.

A recent study published by the Department of Culture, Media and Sports valued the creative industries as contributing was worth £133 billion in 2014 accounting for 8.2% of the UK Economy. The Creative Economy has grown more than 25% in the last four years. Within this sector technology represents a substantial scale of impact both directly in terms of for example software as well as indirectly through areas such as digital marketing. Direct Gross added value of IT, software and computer services sectors were worth £36.6 billion in 2014.

Course content

The Masters of Science in Interaction Design and Computing takes into account the emerging needs of the marketplace focusing on the key areas of enterprise, user experience, interaction, innovation and development as well as offering options in various subjects including web, mobile and data. As a consequence the modules emphasise both the critical conceptual underpinnings as well as the practical skills for each subject.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DIGITAL INTERACTION MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
The module will explore consideration of interaction design, development and design methods and core entrepreneurial and management processes through the exploration, creation and development of concepts and business propositions for start-up innovation or client briefs.

INTERACTION DESIGN & COMPUTING PROJECT
The project is an extended piece of supervised independent work relevant to the field. This can be either undertaken as a work based project or on a topic proposed by the student or faculty.

RESEARCH METHODS & PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
The module strengthen your skills and guides your personal development plan towards the professional and academic requirements of the discipline.

USABILITY AND USER EXPERIENCE DESIGN
The module will explore user centred interface design and the user experience through applied theory and practice. Building from the foundations the module will explore common user experience techniques and terminology as well as related design topics.

Option modules

BIG DATA THEORY AND PRACTICE
This module aims to explain how to manage the volume, velocity and variety of Big Data, and SQL and noSQL databases. It also addresses issues related to data governance and data quality.

DATA MINING AND MACHINE LEARNING
This module will provide an overview of modern techniques in Machine Learning and Data Mining that are particularly customised for Data Science applications.

DATA VISUALISATION AND DASHBOARDING
This module covers the theoretical and practical aspects of data visualisation including graphical perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, and static data ‘infographics’.

EMERGENT AND SOCIAL INTERACTIVE PLATFORMS
The module will allow students to explore the development of emergent technologies that will have an impact on user interactions with content, systems, data and communities and to be in position to be determine potential commercial value.

GAMES INTERACTION TECHNOLOGY
The module will provide students a foundational knowledge in the concepts of gaming interaction paradigms, workflows and technologies.

MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
This module will give the necessary knowledge and practical experience to develop native applications that take advantage on the underlying hardware features of contemporary devices.

MOBILE AND UBIQUITOUS COMPUTING
The module will explore the mobile and ubiquitous paradigms and the role these technologies are playing within the economy. The module will consider the core technologies as well as the interfaces to support these systems.

WEB AND SOCIAL MEDIA ANALYTICS
This module explores the use of modelling to analyse, measure and improve both online presence and impact using web and social media data.

FREE CHOICE MODULE
You can choose any appropriate module at Level 7 from the Faculty with agreement of Course Team if you can meet any requirements and it is available.

Interactive Media Practice MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.750
  • Entry dates: September

This exciting new multidisciplinary master’s programme is fully designed to reflect the needs of contemporary interactive media industries, bringing together creative technologies, interactivity and design practices within digital cultures with the user in mind.

Interactive Media Practice combines a wide range of digital creative technologies primarily combining digital literacies design, technology and interaction, through user centred design for commercial outputs to an industry standard.

Interactive Media Practice places the user at the centre of the experience and focuses on design and content creation in areas such as: mobile app development, wearables, games, rich media websites, interactive guides and installations, immersive VR, next generation advertising and virtual and augmented reality systems, through to social media powerful eMarketing and entrepreneurship through innovation protocol.

According to the late CEO of Apple, Steve Jobs, the app industry “is worth several billion pounds annually and employs around 40,000 people, representing approximately ten per cent of the total audio-visual workforce. Sectors such as sound-driven games and apps show an even wider growth where providers such as Apple have paid a total of two billion dollars to apps within the US alone”.

Adobe Systems (UK) fully support the programme with high recommendation, based on the development and key principles the course offers, which is rare and unique. We embrace excellent contracts within the interactive media and games industries, including regular visits and master classes from industry professionals at the top of their game from Adobe to Sony.

Adobe Systems (UK), said: “This Interactive Media degree offers an ideal grounding for those wishing to work in the digital media industries, which increasingly require people who work with technology from a creative perspective. This is the course that will create the next generation of interactive media stars…! ”

The course embraces a hackathon culture with specialist hack labs boasting newly designed flexible learning spaces for students to work more collaboratively on innovation protocols fostering cross-pollination of new ideas creatively. Many students will be working on live industry briefs as well as their own projects independently within and outside our course clusters. This collaborative approach to learning and research often leads to successful projects, which are commercially viable, and quickly gain industry recognition through our end of year show.

“It’s a really multi-faceted MA, bringing together creativity, technology skills and digital media, with an entrepreneurial thread.” – 2015 Graduate.

Our students learn to examine the communication of ideas in a networked world through our entrepreneurship incubator programme and consider the many impacts of digital media in everyday life, for commercial trajectories through practiced based projects.

As one of the top 100 international universities in the world, the University of Westminster’s School of Media, Arts and Design currently boasts a series of professional recording studios, a new teaching recording studio, professional technology labs and access to an array of post-production, and multimedia facilities built and equipped to the highest standards.

Using the leading industry software, you will be involved in designing and making interactive digital media content for delivery over the Internet, on tablets and mobile devices and for installations to designing compelling user interfaces creating a great user experience, this also extends to the development towards creating content for the ‘internet of things’.

The MA in Interactive Media Practice course will prepare you for this sector, by leveraging and integrating the fine blend between creativity and technical capacities. You will also benefit from having access to a range of highly regarded industry practitioners who will offer you exceptional insight and working knowledge within the field, both challenging and encouraging your technical and creative fair. On this master’s degree you will develop commercial-level interactive media and digital content production skills.

Course content

This multidisciplinary course prepares you to work in a wide range of industry combining theory, practice, and bringing together technical, creative perspective on new media systems, interactive technologies and digital culture as well as exploring new emerging creative technologies, producing an industry professional who can produce as well as explore future creative technologies.

Students are encouraged to work with technology experimentally in a creative way, collaboratively, and to apply emerging and existing technology in new and innovative ways, research and the experimental application. You will also have hands-on experience creating content for, iPad, iPhone, iPod, Playstation , Xbox, Oculus Rift and content rich media websites, advanced web production and design, design for interface all of this with the user in mind. The course will provide skills in the relevant multimedia software, media rich web production, Unity, UdK, website design and development to mobile app development. You will be taught creative coding, interfaces and the course encourages the use a wide range of programming languages delivered by industry practitioners. We also have accreditation opportunities within Adobe and Apple for those students wanting to develop their skills more prolifically within select software.

These include mobile apps, mainstream games, interactive installation, sonic media and eMarketing, with an emphasis on core creative skills. The course also prepares and enhances your ability in producing interactive media, methodologies and production workflows, supported by a robust understanding of the technologies and theories involved.

The Interactive Media Practice degree offers an ideal underpinning for those seeking employment in the digital media industries, which increasingly require people who work with technology form a creative perspective. This is the course that will create the next generation of interactive media talent who are both enterprising and creative.

Our approach on the course is implemented through hackathon culture as seen in technology start up sectors, where cross collaboration through interdisciplinary approach is very welcomed. Students are encouraged to apply from design, non-programming or non-technical backgrounds as well as technical backgrounds.

Modules

Applied Innovation and Interactive Design

In this module you will explore and experiment with innovation interactive media applications in a range of areas and technologies. This module explores the development of new idea from concept to completion through applied innovation and interactive design. The focus I to exploit and experiment with creative technologies to produce work with assigned USP within the digital spectrum through user-centred design, creating a compelling and enriched user experience. There is an option to gain an additional Adobe certification subject to module performance and passing relevant exams.

Mobile Apps and Wearable Devices

This module focuses on producing and designing powerful mobile applications, professional practice and the skills required for targeting mobile devices including wearables from concept to completion in alignment with current industry practices for maximising commercial viability, for a consumer-faced outcome. You will explore the requirements and various challenges designing for module and wearable devices and hack together ideas, which solve real work problems within our hack lab. You will also develop critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research on the ways computational media technologies are embedded in the technical, cultural, aesthetic, structures of society and how we interact with them on a daily bases for a deeper understanding.

Entrepreneurship and Project Management for Creative Industries

This module is designed to address reflective practice, entrepreneurship and developing your creative skills through enterprising activity. You will develop your ability to assemble creative projects and bring them to the market using PRINCE2 (Projects IN controlled Environments) methodologies for a commercially viable outcome. You will learn project management theories and mind mapping, explore project management practices, as well as critically evaluate workflows and develop the competencies and skills of a future project manger in industry. This will move towards the development of utilising your contract and new skills to formulate and contract an SME or creative micro business for creative industries from concept to completion, which is consumer faced and commercially viable.

Social Media and E-Marketing

The module examines the role of the social media within the eMarketing and developing powerful marketing campaigns and knowledge within digital media. This module will equip you with advanced knowledge of managing digital marketing campaigns, using social media and web-based technologies. Also developing a cultural understanding, critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research in order to predicted future trends. You will also gain wider knowledge marketing competencies of email marketing, google analytics, PP, SEO protocols, as wells as trending tools for future forecasting insights, and associated powerful eMarketing and web based tools in order to enhance, build and manage a campaign successfully using a variety of technologies creatively on time and on budget inline with industry demands.

Hack Lab and Creative Technologies

By definition hackathons provide a venue for self-expression and creativity through technology. Individuals with technical backgrounds come together, form teams around a problem or idea, and collaboratively code a unique solution from concept to completion these generally take shape in the form of websites, mobile apps, and robots more recently to wearable’s and VR otherwise described as creative technologies. This module is designed to equip students with advanced knowledge of managing and assembling ideas, using a wide variety of creative technologies and advanced programming, in a real world context. Also developing a cultural understanding, critical and speculative theoretical and practice-based research in order to solve real world problems.

UX Design and Development

This module prepares students ability to develop and design for emerging technologies enhancing the user experience for websites, interactive media, games, robotics and the internet of things – through a series of challenging briefs. Students are expected to engage with innovative practices in designing advanced UX and UCD principles in developing GUI, demonstrated and implemented through a range of practical coursework using best industry practices based upon theoretical research and assigned readings.

Major Project

The Major Project is your opportunity to negotiate a large-scale, self-determined, original and inventive project, based upon several areas explored in the taught stage of the course. At this stage you will be developing a project within your specialist area and may seek to work with a commercial entity or professional body in the development of your learner contract.

Audio Production MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 12.000
  • Entry dates: September

This well-established Masters is the world-leading course in audio production, highly regarded both nationally and internationally. It is accredited by the leading industry bodies, including APRS, and is the JAMES National Regional Centre – London, an Apple-accredited training centre and a Skillset Media Academy. The course is designed to meet and exceed professional standards, and will enable you to reach the highest level in the creative use of audio, and explore how creative ideas and new technologies can be combined, enhanced and redefined.

As the major media education site in Europe, the University’s Harrow Campus includes 14 professional recording studios (three surround studios), a new teaching recording studio, Music Lab and an array of TV, post-production, radio, film and multimedia facilities built and equipped to the highest standards.

Course content

This innovative course develops your creative abilities in audio across music production, sound design, radio, TV, film and multimedia, all supported by a robust understanding of the technologies involved. You will be able to explore and expand as a creative artist while achieving control and experience of a professional audio environment.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Applied Innovation and Interactive Design

This module will introduce you to associated programming packages for multimedia applications. You will explore the innovative interface design techniques, and work on developing sound design for interactive media, including small apps and computer games.

Audio Visual Production and Cultural Theory

Focusing on the creative applications of technology, theories and professional production practices, this module will develop into a study brief incorporating the construction of a radio drama, radio programme, film trailer assembly and surround mix. It will also include a substantial piece of sound-to-picture work, including location recording, music and audio post for film and broadcast media.

Entrepreneurship and Project Management for Creative Industries

This module facilitates learning of the key skills in creative industries business, entrepreneurship and project management. You are given the opportunity to develop their business ideas from concept to completion through the production of digital media outlets whilst using PRINCE2 (Projects IN Controlled Environment) methodology.

Major Project

The Audio Production Project is your opportunity to negotiate a large-scale, self-determined, original and inventive project, based upon several areas explored in the taught stage of the course.

Music Production and Musicology

This module will develop your professional practice of the creative industries through in-depth understanding of both practical and theoretical aspects of music recording and production processes, including mixing, remixing and mastering in stereo and surround.

Synthesis and Sound Design for Animation

You will examine in detail the digital manipulation of audio data, location recording and Foley, the creation of sound libraries, and sound design for animation, enabling you to produce work to industry standards.

Music Business Management MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.750
  • Entry dates: September

This course is recognised highly in music business management education and will prepare you to become one of the next generation of music industry leaders and entrepreneurs. All teaching staff on the course are currently working in the music industry, and every week there are a number of high-level industry guests. You will need to be a self-motivated and open-minded student, as this is an intense course, but one which can help you to progress your career across a wide range of music business disciplines.

Course content

Working with music industry leaders and organisations, the course has developed a unique curriculum. You will be able to combine a strong underpinning of key business skills (finance, leadership, organisational management, marketing and entrepreneurialism), with essential music industry management knowledge (strategic innovation and technology, intellectual property and copyright, and a focus on the live industry and digital content exploitation).

Teaching is mainly through lectures In each module there is a minimum of two assignments. The final project is a report of a minimum of 12,000 words.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

A&R MUSIC DEVELOPMENT
This module will critically explore the primary relationship with the music industry of artist and repertoire development, commonly referred to as A&R. The A&R department of any music company is where the process of music creativity and production start; it is the research and development department. This module seeks to critically evaluate the evolution of A&R within the music industry by examining contemporary artists case studies within each session from both a local domestic and international music industry perspective. You will be expected to contribute and practise your contemporary musical knowledge in each session and develop an A&R strategy for an act you have identified as having commercial or cultural significance.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND FINANCE FOR CREATIVE INDUSTRIES
This module is concerned with the critical evaluation of entrepreneurial business structures and finance in the creative industries. Entrepreneurial business and finance for creative industries increasingly has a significant effect on the development and promotion of new talent and is particularly relevant to students from both a creative and entrepreneurial background. This module is designed to provide you with a solid introduction to media economics, financial management and entrepreneurship in the creative industries. It will equip you with the tools to analyse financial documents and analyse business finances. It will provide insights into traditional accounting practices, as well as providing you with the knowledge to produce industry standard business and marketing plans based on industry financial practices. It will examine entrepreneurial issues facing creative industry firms and small businesses and will provide an overview of the activities required in starting and managing a business.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND COPYRIGHT MANAGEMENT
Intellectual Property (IP) and copyright are central to the music industry, where successful management of a firm’s IP and copyrights can provide a powerful competitive advantage. IP and copyright can cover works as diverse as songs, master recordings, videos, knowledge, ideas and more. You will gain a firm understanding of the various dimensions of IP and copyright, and the tools and strategies to identify, protect and manage them. You will also explore the international perspective of ownership issues, contracts, licensing and the commercialising of IP, including business and legal issues, domestic and international copyright law, and music industry agreements.

LIVE MUSIC MANAGEMENT
The module will critically examine the development of the internal live music market, which is now the largest source of revenue in the commercial music market. This module will critically evaluate the historical development of the live music sector from the perspective of the key stakeholders, from artist and bands to record companies and live agents.

MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROJECT
The Music Business Management Project is recognised by graduates as one of the most rewarding and empowering experiences of the course. You will be supervised by a member of the University faculty, and possibly supported by a music industry representative, to carry out research in an area agreed between yourself and the module leaders and/or industry professional. The subject must address current music business issues and concerns and should incorporate relevant music business theories, academic research design and critical analysis. The Project builds on the skills and experience you have gained in previous modules, and gives you the opportunity to apply programme knowledge to a major project, adding to the body of professional practice and theoretical literature.

MUSIC INDUSTRY STRUCTURE, ROLE AND DEVELOPMENT
This module provides you with a historical perspective on the development of the music industry and aims to help contextualise the current state of the industry and its place within it. Teaching is delivered in a weekly lecture and seminar session format. The first set of lectures is dedicated to investigating the histories of discrete areas of the music industry, such as copyright, piracy, music and media. The second half of the module provides a general history focused upon the development of the post-war British record industry from the 1940s to the present day. Along the way, the usefulness of analytical such as Peterson’s ‘production of culture approach’ are also considered. The seminar section of the teaching sessions develop on the lecture content and involve discussion, small group work and other learning activities aiming to build upon knowledge and skills. You are also introduced to appropriate research and study techniques.

MUSIC MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Marketing and promotion is essential to the music industry; it sells tickets, recorded music services and products and is a fundamental tool for developing talent. Through this module you will explore a variety of perspectives on marketing management issues including the challenges of developing the artist and their music, identifying potential consumers and fans and marketing and promoting music-related services and products through various media channels including social media. You will focus on expanding an understanding of how music marketing and promotion fits into the contemporary music industry through the study of best practice, concepts and theories that inform how industry professionals operate.

Global Public Health Nutrition MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

Nutrition has long been recognised as a vitally important determinant of health status within both industrialised and industrialising countries, but significant changes are occurring in the profile of nutritional problems. Many countries continue to face problems of malnutrition and micronutrient deficiencies, but countries in economic transition also face the public health challenge of rising rates of diet-related chronic disease, such as obesity and coronary heart disease. Also, many industrialised countries now face problems of food insecurity among low income groups. These challenges have led to growing political resources to address nutrition. There is now an increased need for trained public health nutritionists, to work in a range of contexts, to control and prevent diet related problems.

The United Nations Secretary General has declared 2016-2025 the ‘Decade of Nutrition’. What better time to develop your skills in this crucial area? This course will give you the specialist scientific knowledge and practical skills to take an active role in global public health nutrition in a range of different settings.

You will be introduced to policy making, leadership and governance frameworks. You will be encouraged to explore and debate the political and social influences underpinning policy implementation and impact. Your modules will explore the relationship between diet and disease, the nutrition science underpinning these factors, public health nutrition epidemiology, research methods for health science, nutritional assessment tools and how to develop and manage nutrition programmes. The course will introduce you to stakeholders and skills that can enhance your professional competency, employability and development as a public health reflective professional.

The course is currently pending accreditation from the Association for Nutrition as part fulfilment of the requirements for registration as an associate Public Health Nutritionist.

Core modules

CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN NUTRITION
This module introduces you to the basic concepts and principles of nutritional science that underpin the theory and practice of public health nutrition. You will explore the role of macro and micronutrients in maintaining health, and their effects when consumed in excess or when deficient, through the appraisal of scientific information relating to their structure, function, sources and bioavailability. This module emphasizes the skills required to develop a critical understanding of the scientific basis of nutritional requirements, factors that influence them, and how they are applied to populations throughout the lifecycle.

DIET AND DISEASE IN PUBLIC HEALTH
This module will introduce the discipline of public health with in an international context.Within this, three key themes are explored. Firstly what is public health and what is its scope. Secondly an exploration of nutrition and disease including the definition of and consequences of an unbalanced diet, and finally changing patterns of diet and disease across the globe. In this way the module provides key knowledge and skills that are a foundation for future professional practice.

GLOBAL CHALLENGES FOR FOOD AND HEALTH
This module will explore the many challenges to sustainable, safe and equitable food supplies. Different conceptual frameworks, such as food security and food regimes, will be compared with food providing a lens to examine the contributions of different academic disciplines in developing multi-sectoral actions. Food security assessment tools will be introduced and used. The role of the UN, government and private sectors actors in relation to food production, trade, access and consumption will be examined while current policies to establish safe and equitable food supplies will also be discussed. Factors such as the impact of climate change will also be discussed.

INUTRITION INTERVENTIONS AND PROGRAMME PLANNING
This module examines evidenced based approaches to the prevention, management and control of nutritional disorders of public health significance. The module introduces the students to project and strategic management tools and principles to increase their skills and employability.

NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT
You will cover the theory and techniques used to assess nutritional status, and gain practical skills in the measurement of body composition, energy expenditure and anthropometry.

POLICY AND GOVERNANCE FOR PUBLIC HEALTH NUTRITION
This module introduces the political influences on health and nutrition policies and governance. Students will explore policy making and governance frameworks and carry out a policy analysis for their assessment. Students are supported to become more reflective practitioners, helping them to develop skills like effective team leadership and performing well under stress while managing conflict. There is a strong emphasis on developing your skills for professional practice, including professional accountability and ethics.

RESEARCH METHODS FOR HEALTH SCIENCES I
This module aims to develop your knowledge and competence of the research design process, exploring both qualitative and quantitative methodologies and quality assurance tools to be used in the application of research methods in the area of global public health nutrition.

RESEARCH METHODS FOR HEALTH SCIENCES II AND RESEARCH PROJECT
This module project is an extended piece of research on a relevant topic that you are interested in, with the approval of your supervisor and course leader. The topic will draw on knowledge, skills and methodological techniques covered by the course. It will need to focus on research which can improve health and nutrition outcomes in either a low middle or high income contexts.

Sport and Exercise Nutrition MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 9.500
  • Entry dates: September

The amazing feats of world-class athletes across the huge range of sports has projected the issues of performance into the public eye, and sports nutrition is now recognised as a key part of supporting training and competition at all levels of participation. The Masters degree in Sport and Exercise Nutrition at the University of Westminster offers the chance to study the science behind sports nutrition, and its applications for both the ‘weekend warrior’ and the elite athlete. It also puts the controversies surrounding the use of supplements under scientific scrutiny, looking at the key evidence for and against performance benefits. The aim of the course is to produce sports nutritionists who are strongly focused on the science behind the subject, but who also have some experience of the practicalities of delivering sound guidance to individuals and teams who are looking to use nutrition as part of their training programmes. To this end, a number of guest lecturers contribute their expertise in key related areas, and students are also given the opportunity of shadowing established sports nutrition practitioners.

Course content

The course covers the key principles of sports nutrition and exercise physiology, including the latest research papers, and aims to develop the ability to apply critical awareness to topics across the broad remit of sports nutrition, from measurement of exercise performance to the assessment of mental performance. The modules studied are designed to underpin the subject, and create a sound base for the development of ideas for the research project, which offers students a wide degree of flexibility to pursue their personal interests. The course can be studied full-time over one year, or in part-time mode over a varying time, up to five years.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

ADVANCED PERFORMANCE NUTRITION
You will look at nutritional needs of specific athletic populations, the impact of extremes of environment, and possible contributions of diet and ergogenic aids. You will also work shadow a professional sports nutrition practitioner, and produce a reflective report.

ASSESSMENT OF HEALTH AND FITNESS
You will examine the range of techniques used in assessing health and fitness, from general population up to elite performers, and the appropriate evaluation of results.

CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN NUTRITION
This module aims to develop critical understanding of the scientific basis of nutritional requirements, and the factors that influence them.

NUTRITION AND PERFORMANCE
This module examines the role of nutrition in enhancing exercise and sports performance, including understanding of nutritional ergogenic aids and their regulation.

NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT
You will study the theory and practice of methods of assessing nutritional status, at individual, group and population levels.

PRACTITIONER SKILLS FOR SPORTS NUTRITION
The module aim is to prepare students for the professional demands they will be required to meet once practicing in a consultancy or team environment. This includes assessing and analysing, communication skills, and models for changes, compliance, and follow up that are needed and can significantly impact the outcome of nutritional interventions either positively or negatively, as well as ethics, governance, professional conducts and business skills.

POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH METHODS
This module ensures that basic methodology, design study, data handling and statistics are approached correctly in formulating the research project.

POSTGRADUATE PROJECT
Your project should be an original study reflecting your expertise or interest, supervised by a research-active member of staff, requiring a high-level of scientific rigour and originality, and culminating in your project dissertation.

Documentary Photography and Photojournalism MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

The course sees documentary practice as an expanding and developing medium. The course offers a unique combination of critical understanding for documentary photographers and photojournalists working in the field of contemporary media practice. It builds on the international stature of the photographic and journalism departments of the University and is designed to equip you with an awareness of contemporary documentary and photojournalism drawing on a variety of related media.

The course is especially useful for photographers, media professionals and graduates who wish to broaden and deepen their skills and knowledge in relation to a variety of documentary practices.

Course content

The emphasis of the course is on the development of your practice, through experimentation and knowledge creation through contemporary approaches to documentary, visual storytelling (including photo essays and single images for publication), picture editing, critical academic and journalistic writing, as well as many related areas such as collaborative practice, montage, the archive. The subjects covered and the major project will allow you to consolidate your learning through exciting research into independent practice. The primary course resources are those in the Margaret Harker Photographic Centre and J block video facilities, which are equipped to the highest professional standards for both analogue and digital production.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document. All modules involve classroom teaching, tutorials, seminars, workshops and your own fieldwork.

Core modules, semester 1

DESIGN AND CONCEPT – DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY. THE PHOTO BOOK
This module extended, to be taken in semester 1-2 on alternative weeks on Tuesday evenings. This module focuses on the photo-book and the composite elements required for book production. The photo-book can be documentary, or story based involving

research based content and subject matter -normally based on people
a collaborative approach
creative photography
the symbiotic relationship of text and image
layout and design
innovative approaches to the photo-book
a written critical evaluation
The project is set within the boundaries of the M25.

WRITING PHOTOGRAPHY
The development of writing skills that will enable you to understand and put into practice the different models and conventions of writing with photographs, including; feature writing, critical analysis, appraisal, interviews, collaborative writing and captions. Studies of the novel and storytelling, including the boundaries between fact and fiction. Exploration of critical understandings of the relationship between text and image.

Option module

THE PORTRAIT IN DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY
Creative exploration of the photographic portrait; gathering information through a variety of interview techniques; production of a series of stand-alone portraits, with accompanying, supporting and appropriate text, based on original research, interviews, and creativity, to communicate:

a documentary work
a sense of place, using the urban spaces and buildings of London
cultural demographics particular to an area of Greater London
factual and fictional stories
Producing a bound folio (staple or stich bound) of the portraits with accompanying text of five hundred words per portrait.

Core modules, semester 2

DESIGN PHOTOGRAPHY AND TEXT – THE PUBLICATION
To collaborate and collectively produce a publication, that will:

explore innovative and innovative content outside of popular magazine culture
be creative with content typography and design
have equal image and text contribution from all of the editorial team
explore and experiment with the possibilities of a photographic publication, in the broadest sense
be able to collectively adapt a photographic ‘style’ with the entire editorial team
produce a publication that can be conceived as a hard copy OR web publication.
CRITICAL THEORY – HISTORY AND THEORY OF THE PUBLISHED PAGE
The module aims to equip students with the historical and critical contexts that inform contemporary editorial photographic practice.

Core modules, semester 3

You can elect to undertake the major project or Dissertation.

PRACTICE BASED – THE MAJOR PROJECT
The Major Project is the opportunity to produce a self-determined project that expresses key disciplines and practices you have engaged in throughout the course for the creation and production of a documentary, which is informed by creative experimentation, investigation, research and development, and production.

Your ‘major project’ can be produced as:

a photo-book
portfolio or folio of prints
film
audio visual presentation
online presentation
other appropriate presentational forms in discussion with tutors
It summarises and reflects the anticipated potential of your practice.

DISSERTATION
The Dissertation module provides an extended space for a self-initiated investigation, which builds on theoretical and critical debates studied earlier in the course. This module requires substantial research and an advanced level of understanding and analysis. Students are encouraged to investigate a range of primary and secondary sources in the production of this intellectually challenging conclusion of their theoretical studies.

Imaging Art and Science MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.000
  • Entry dates: September

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a unique programme in Imaging, designed to equip students with advanced skills in areas relating to image conception, formation, capture, analysis, evaluation and visualisation from the perspectives of art, science and technology.

The University of Westminster was the first institution in the UK to provide academic degrees in Photography, Imaging Science and Technology and has produced world leaders in the fields of Image Science, Imaging Technologies, Photographic Arts and Photographic Theory.

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a cross-disciplinary programme built on our experience and proficiency in these fields, run in collaboration by Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design (MA) and the Faculty of Science and Technology (MSc). It provides cutting edge education, supported by external links to creative and scientific industries.

MA and MSc pathways

Students enroll for an MA or an MSc degree, but can potentially change pathway. The MA and MSc pathways share some common syllabus, whilst the majority of the content is distinctive to each degree, to allow for discipline specialisation to be developed within an multidisciplinary environment. Relevant areas include digital image representation and visualisation, digital imaging systems and their performance evaluation, cultural, theoretical, and historical aspects of the production and consumption of images, colour vision, measurement and management, image quality, content and aesthetics and programming for imaging.

The course encourages understanding of interdisciplinary issues relating to imaging, by providing space for art/science collaborative projects and hybrid methodologies. Students engage in a Major Project, specific to the MA or MSc pathway, and where appropriate, collaborate with external creative, technological and scientific industries.

MA students obtain their degree from Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design and MSc students from the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Course content

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Course structure and module contents

METHODS – PROCESS – CONTEXT
Methods – Process – Context is a shared MA/ MSc module providing advanced research skills relevant to art, science and inter-disciplinary projects. It offers data analysis/statistics, technical and creative skills, introduction to creative programming and programming for imaging. A range of skills is offered to allow students to tailor their skill-set to support themselves throughout the course.

TRANSACTIONS AND PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT
Transactions and Public Engagement encourages understanding of interdisciplinary aspects of imaging, and provides a space for art/science collaborative imaging projects, the outputs of which are disseminated in yearly events.

COLOUR IMAGING*
Colour Imaging is a dual pathway MA/MSc module discussing colour theory, colour vision, colour measurement, appearance and management, alongside the cultural, theoretical, and historical dimensions of colour in visual arts and imaging.

IMAGE QUALITY AND CONTENT*
Image Quality and Content is a dual pathway MA/MSc module, exploring cultural and scientific approaches to image quality. Areas of study include visual psychophysics, image quality models, critical theory and aesthetics.

IMAGING ARTS*
Imaging Arts is MA pathway specific; it focuses on the cultural production and consumption of images, issues of visuality and visualisation, and the politics of image aesthetics.

IMAGING SCIENCE*
Imaging Science is MSc pathway specific; it focuses on signal sampling and quantisation, digital image formation, image analysis and measurements of imaging system performance. It includes optics relevant to image formation and system performance.

THE RESEARCH PROJECT
The Research Project is a self-directed, pathway-specific body of work undertaken with academic supervision; it often runs in collaboration with relevant industries/organisations.

*You must take at least 2 module options from the course. One option can be taken from other relevant postgraduate courses within Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design, or the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Imaging Art and Science MSc

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 8.000
  • Entry dates: September

The MSc in Imaging Art and Science is part of a dual pathway MA/MSc programme in Imaging Art and Science

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a unique programme in Imaging, designed to equip students with advanced skills in areas relating to image conception, formation, capture, analysis, evaluation and visualisation from the perspectives of art, science and technology.

The University of Westminster was the first institution in the UK to provide academic degrees in Photography, Imaging Science and Technology and has produced world leaders in the fields of Image Science, Imaging Technologies, Photographic Arts and Photographic Theory.

The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is a cross-disciplinary programme built on our experience and proficiency in these fields, run in collaboration by the Westminster School of Media Arts & Design and the Faculty of Science & Technology. It provides cutting edge education, supported by external links to creative and scientific industries.

MA and MSc Pathways

Students enroll for an MA or an MSc degree, but can potentially change pathway. The MA and MSc pathways share some common syllabus, whilst the majority of the content is distinctive to each degree, to allow for discipline specialisation to be developed within a multidisciplinary environment. Relevant areas include digital image representation and visualisation; digital imaging systems and their performance evaluation; cultural, theoretical, and historical aspects of the production and consumption of images; colour vision, measurement and management; image quality, content and aesthetics; programming for imaging. The course encourages understanding of interdisciplinary issues relating to imaging, by providing space for art/science collaborative projects and hybrid methodologies. Students engage in a Major Project, specific to the MA or MSc pathway, and where appropriate, collaborate with external creative, technological and scientific industries. MA Students obtain their degree from Westminster School of Media, Arts and design and MSc students from the Faculty of Science and Technology.

Course structure and module contents (MSc Pathway)

Methods-Process-Context (20 credits)
Transactions and Public Engagement (40 credits)
Colour Imaging dual pathway (20 credits)
Image Quality and Content dual pathway (20 credits)
Imaging Science (20 credits)
Research Project (60 credits)
Option Module from Faculty of Science and Technology (20 credits)
METHODS-PROCESS-CONTEXT
Methods-Process-Context is a shared MA/MSc module providing advanced research skills relevant to art, science and inter-disciplinary projects. It offers data analysis/statistics, technical and creative skills, introduction to creative programming and programming for imaging. A range of skills is offered to allow students to tailor their skill-set to support themselves throughout the course.

TRANSACTIONS AND PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT
Transactions and Public Engagement encourages understanding of interdisciplinary aspects of imaging, and provides a space for art/science collaborative imaging projects, the outputs of which are disseminated in yearly events.

COLOUR IMAGING
is a dual pathway MA/MSc module discussing colour theory, colour vision, colour measurement, appearance and management, alongside the cultural, theoretical, and historical dimensions of colour in visual arts and imaging.

IMAGE QUALITY AND CONTENT
is a dual pathway MA/MSc module, exploring cultural and scientific approaches to image quality. Areas of study include visual psychophysics, image quality models, critical theory and aesthetics.

IMAGING SCIENCE
is MSc pathway specific; it focuses on signal sampling and quantisation, digital image formation, image analysis and measurements of imaging system performance. It includes optics relevant to image formation and system performance.

Students must take at least 2 module options from the course. One option can be taken from other relevant Post Graduate courses within the Faculty of Science and Technology.

The Research Project is a self-directed, pathway-specific body of work undertaken with academic supervision; it often runs in collaboration with relevant industries/organisations.

Photography Arts MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 7.500
  • Entry dates: September

The Photography Arts MA is a new revalidated course, which replaces the former Photographic Studies MA (1996-2016). The programme helps you develop your own distinct photographic practice and visual research, and is designed to enable you to advance and focus your photographic practice in making new work, supported by a positive educational environment where you can accumulate new knowledge and develop new critical thinking. Students are fully supported by our internationally renowned photography staff.

In an open-minded educational environment you will be able to explore the dynamic range of your photographic practice, engage in innovative thinking and cultivate new independent creative strategies for your practice. Situated in the dynamic Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design, you will draw on extensive photographic facilities and a wealth of inter-disciplinary expertise in this world-famous centre for the practice and critical research of photography.

The course has an open definition of photography as a medium and practice, recognising plural tendencies in its definition and identity. Different modes of practice may be developed and pursued on the course, which encompasses a wide range of methods and techniques: conceptualism, expanded documentary, video, archival, fine art, experimental, installation, fictional realism, and other performative modes of photographic practice. The course encourages open experimentation in the development of new ideas and work. You will advance your practical work choosing new or traditional techniques, digital or analogue forms, or a mixture of approaches. The course champions a long and proud tradition of new and challenging photography at the University.

This is the right course if you are highly motivated, excited to develop and expand your independent practice alongside critical research. Working with our highly experienced staff you can find new approaches and forms of thinking about photography. Alumni from the course (under the former title Photographic Studies MA) now work all over the world in a range of careers as photographers, artists, picture editors, researchers and careers in the creative industries. Do you want to join them?

Course content

The course aims to develop your practice, informed by research. The course sets out to stimulate thinking through practice as a way to generate new innovative work. Students make and actively present their visual work in exhibition, book and/or screen modes of presentation to explore ideas and experiments in new methods of practice and representation. Critical research modules help inform and elaborate the contemporary situation of photography as cultural practice, whether considered in the arts and/or media environment. Excellent facilities and technical workshops support the research and practice. Students write three short research essays during the course, each aimed at broadening knowledge of photography and its related histories and criticism. There is no dissertation on this course except as an option.

The course enables students to become independent practitioners, generating new and informed work. You will be empowered with new visual, practical and critical skills that culminate in the Masters Project, which you will show at the end of the course in the degree show. The final degree show is in our fabulous Ambika P3 exhibition venue in Marylebone, London.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

AESTHETICS AND PHOTOGRAPHY
The module explores the question of photography in relation to aesthetic issues. Questions of affect, the real, and modes of production of photographic meaning are explored in contemporary culture and the histories of photography. Critically informed by lectures and seminars, the module enables a broader knowledge and experience of the theory and practice of questioning cultural and aesthetic functions of the photographic image and process.

CONTEMPORARY DEBATES
The course invites a range of international guest speakers (e.g artists, photographers, critics, philosophers), to give dedicated talks about contemporary culture and image debates. The issues, visual work and themes explored in talks and the critical discussions afterwards are a means to inspire questions and debate. Students are then encouraged to develop their own paths of research and explore new topics of visual research.

MASTERS PROJECT
The Masters Project is the major body of work developed on the course and forms the key work in your photography portfolio. You be able to direct your personal goals and advance them through your practice. The Masters Project is usually exhibited in the final degree show at Ambika P3, our fabulous exhibition venue near Baker Street in Marylebone, London. Students are supported with individual tutorials, group reviews of work, exhibition presentation and professional career support. The framework of the course and its research modules all help to inform this Masters project, which provides the future orientated career path of its producer.

PHOTOGRAPHY PRACTICE
The Photography Practice module enables you to expand, develop and test photographic ideas and explore them in a longer photography project, lasting up to one year. Your photographic project work will help to develop a visual form of project work through exploring different methods and modes of working process. The module offers a supportive environment, providing an important context for advancing the photographic work. Photography staff help to stimulate new directions for the work, with individual tutorials, group discussions and practical workshops providing a clear curriculum.

RESEARCH METHODS
In creative and critical play, students develop a research process to inform their Master’s project. Research Methods explores new methods, photographic techniques and visual strategies and provides the basis for research and development of this major project, its subject matter and contextual knowledge. Students acquire new critical tools and research paths alongside practical techniques and new intellectual ideas. ‘Doing and thinking’ is a key part of the development process for new work.

THEORIES OF THE IMAGE
Photography theory, first developed at this University, helps to develop a critical understanding of photography as a plural practice, and to introduce current theoretical debates on photography. The various uses of photography in art and media environments offer a challenge in constructing a view of what photography is and does. Theory and practice are brought together in this module to show their mutual relations.

Energy and Environmental Change MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500
  • Entry dates: September / January

The Energy and Environmental Change MA is an interdisciplinary degree that combines international relations, law, business and sustainability studies. As such it provides a comprehensive examination of energy security, energy markets and climate change from global, regional and local perspectives. The degree equips students with knowledge of key intellectual frameworks and critical issues. The course offers an holistic approach to the dynamics governing energy-transition to a low-carbon economy nexus. Students are required to complete five interconnected core modules and may select one option module.
Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

GLOBAL POLITICS OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE
This module aims at evaluating the relevance of contemporary debates in international relations and political economy to the study of energy security, energy markets and climate change. It examines the political history of the modern energy systems and the role played by states and major private and state-owned companies. In addition, it explores the role of global institutions and their impact on the interplay between energy security, energy markets and climate change. It scrutinises issues that underpin key discussions in the energy and climate change area, such as development, limits to growth, transparency, sustainability and the role of civil society. The module also critically assesses standard approaches to the issue of energy security by focusing on the problem of energy poverty and resilience.

REGIONAL DIMENSIONS OF ENERGY SECURITY
Since the 2000s the global energy landscape that took shape in the last two decades of the twentieth century has been altered due to major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, the rise of new players in the energy sector and technological breakthroughs. The aim of this module is to analyse the impact that these developments had on the energy security of key producing and consuming countries. It will analyse these problems by focusing on change and continuity in the decision-making processes of state and non-state actors. Countries covered include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, Russia and specific case studies from the Middle East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa.

INTERNATIONAL ENERGY AND CLIMATE CHANGE LAW
This module is designed to introduce students to the principles of international law relevant to the development and use of energy resources. To this end, the course examines the evolution of principles relating to permanent sovereignty over natural resources, ‘shared’ resources and resources outside areas of national jurisdiction. It involves consideration of relevant international legal principles pertaining to oil and gas resources, the use of water resources in energy generation, renewables and nuclear energy. The course has particular regard to the evolving international legal framework on the mitigation of climate change, and its impact on international energy law and policy. The course also examines the impact of other principles of international law on the energy sector, such as relevant principles of international environmental law, foreign investment and trade law, and human rights.

STRATEGY AND POLICY: ENERGY AND SUSTAINABILITY
The focus of this module is on energy economics and, in particular, on the role of markets in driving energy policy and strategy in both the short and long term. It covers a variety of theoretical and empirical topics related to energy demand, energy supply and energy prices, the influence of fiscal instruments on market operation and the importance of banks and financial institutions for the funding of energy projects. The first half of the module will explore a number of key themes and conceptual issues. These will include: an analysis of the structure and operation of oil, gas, coal, electricity and renewables markets and issues of price discovery, carbon trading, green taxes and subsidies; the role of banks and alternative sources of financing for oil and gas projects; an exploration of approaches to modelling and forecasting the supply, demand and price of energy and energy derivatives. The second half of the module will have a practical focus, with sessions led by guest speakers drawn from a range of energy companies, renewables firms or from policy ‘think-tanks’. These will take the form of short participative workshops exploring case studies on energy strategy and sustainability.

ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE AND TRANSITION TO A LOW-CARBON SOCIETY
This module introduces a framework for analysing and shaping the transition to a low-carbon society. Core ideas are transformative innovation, sociotechnical systems and sustainability transitions. They are explored in relation to key end use arenas of the energy system – buildings, transport and local energy networks. Attention is given to the multilevel governance and policy aspects of sociotechnical transition.

DISSERTATION (12,000 WORDS)
Indicative option modules

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ISSUES IN BUSINESS AND LAW
FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ARBITRATION
GLOBAL FINANCIAL MARKETS
INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS
PLANNING FOR URBAN RISK AND RESILIENCE
POLICY, GOVERNANCE AND DEMOCRACY: INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES

International Planning and Sustainable Development MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500
  • Entry dates: September

This course is aimed at built environment professionals and others with a relevant background who wish to gain an in-depth understanding of planning and sustainable development, whether to improve career prospects in their country or enter international practice. Through the course you will examine the growing problems of sustainable development facing cities, regions and communities in a rapidly urbanising world, subject to growing climate change and other environmental, economic and social pressures and risks.

Based in London, you will have access to internationally recognised experience of spatial planning for sustainable development, and explore contemporary theories, public policy thinking and good practice in planning in both the developed and developing worlds. The University of Westminster is the UK’s first Habitat Partner University. We work with UN-HABITAT and like-minded institutions to promote the socially and environmentally sustainable development of towns, cities and regions, in accordance with the UN Millennium Development Goals.

The course is primarily for full-time international, UK and EU students, but it is also open to part-time UK-based students who want to explore an international pathway for their career development. The MA course is fully accredited by the Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI) as a “combined planning programme”. Those offered a place are eligible for postgraduate scholarships offered by the University. Read more about our scholarships.

If you are unable to study for a full Master’s, we also offer an International Planning and Sustainable Development Postgraduate Diploma and an International Planning and Sustainable Development Postgraduate Certificate. Please scroll to the bottom of this page to find out about these courses. Alternatively, you can study a single module(s) from the International Planning and Sustainable Development MA course as a stand alone short course.

Course content

This course addresses the growing problems of sustainable development facing cities and communities in a rapidly urbanising world. It explores contemporary theories, public policy thinking and good practice in planning that spans both developed and developing world contexts, and offers you the opportunity to explore one area of specialism in a related field in some depth.

Course pathways

There are two RTPI-accredited pathways through the course. The Spatial Planning Pathway has a strong urban design component and an emphasis on the development planning process. The Urban Resilience Pathway provides a sustainable development-focused route with a core emphasis on climate change mitigation and adaptation planning. Both pathways cover all these aspects to some degree.

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules for both pathways

DISSERTATION OR MAJOR PROJECT
(40 credits)

This module offers you the opportunity to research in depth a spatial planning or related topic through primary or desk-based research. The Dissertation is 12-15,000 words in length. You may undertake a Major Project on a similar topic, producing a written report of a similar length, or a report combining planning or design proposals, or data presented in other formats, with a written analytical report of 5-10,000 words.

INTERNATIONAL SPATIAL PLANNING PRACTICE
(20 credits)

Through the exploration of theoretical models of sustainable urban form and practical exercises, you will explore the principles, methods and techniques of land use, transport and infrastructure planning for new and existing towns and cities and their regions. The module examines strategic spatial planning policy and managing development in the context of rapid urbanisation and the challenge of urban governance in the developing world.

PLANNING IN A GLOBALISING WORLD
(20 credits)

This module explores urban issues such as impacts of economic globalisation and sustainability in a range of development contexts (developed and developing worlds, and high, middle and low-income countries) using a comparative planning systems approach. You will analyse key urban policy concerns, debates, dynamics of urban change and planning responses comparatively and internationally, across different regional and historical contexts.

RESEARCH METHODS AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT
(10 credits)

This module introduces you to research methods and methodologies specific to urban and spatial research, design and planning. You will explore the theory and practice of developing a research framework, with a particular emphasis upon methods, methodologies and frameworks used within the built environment professions. The module will allow you to begin developing your own research proposal for the Dissertation.

SKILLS FOR PLANNING PRACTICE
(10 credits)

This module introduces you to a range of planning skills not covered elsewhere in core modules. You will cover core planning skills, appraisal techniques and technical skills including project management and communications. The module introduces assessments of need and capacity (for example retail, housing, leisure, transport) and tools and techniques to assist with these assessments, such as impact assessment, GIS, effective project management and engagement techniques.

SUSTAINABLE CITIES AND NEIGHBOURHOODS
(20 credits)

In this module you will explore ‘next generation’ cities, investigating critical issues relating to climate change and other large-scale environmental threats and challenges. The module adopts a cross-disciplinary perspective, at a range of scales from the global to the local. Using a UK-based case study and hands-on sustainability appraisal, planning and urban design exercises, you will develop a critical understanding of the concept of sustainability, encompassing notions of resource conservation, environmental, social and economic impact, and quality of life.

SUSTAINABLE NEIGHBOURHOOD DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT
(20 credits)

In this module you will address the range of social sustainability concerns including housing and livelihoods. As well as introducing you to techniques such as participatory planning and community asset management, this module is concerned with local neighbourhood planning and introducing conceptual frameworks for understanding localised social and governance structures.

Core module for Spatial Planning Pathway

URBAN DESIGN AND PLANNING SKILLS
(20 credits)

In this module you will examine place-making in the context of the UK development process. Based on practical design projects supported by lectures and workshops, it enables students to gain an insight into the relationship between urban design theory and practice. The module is built around a site-based design project with a series of specific tasks relating to various stages of project development including area appraisal, strategic framework and design brief.

Core module for Urban Resilience Pathway

PLANNING FOR URBAN RISK AND RESILIENCE
(20 credits)

You will explore spatial planning for risk management, including reducing vulnerability and building urban resilience as it relates to the built environment, urban governance and long-term climate change and development needs. The module integrates sustainable development and climate change mitigation and adaptation planning concerns with disaster and hazard risk management in an international urban context.

Option modules

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, ASSESSMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE
(20 credits)

In this module you will examine the role that effective environmental strategies and policies in planning and related fields can pursue to reach sustainable development. The module sets out the theoretical framework, and the international context for sustainable development, energy efficiency and climate change. In the module, you will explore the implications for the built environment in a range of development contexts. The module includes analysis of key policy concerns and planning and design responses comparatively across different institutional and cultural contexts and reviews techniques for assessing the impacts of development.

HOUSING AND REGENERATION
(20 credits)

This module will provide you with an understanding of the relationship between housing, planning and economic development. The module reviews debates about the supply of housing and considers the role of public policy in promoting housing development. You will consider the problems and challenges of concentrations of deprivation, and examine the social, economic, political and environmental factors which shape urban regeneration.

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND ENGAGING COMMUNITIES
(20 credits)

In this module you will analyse key historical and contemporary debates about participation and community engagement as applied in planning and housing. You will consider the key social science concepts related to community, participation, social capital and governance, and also the legal and procedural powers. The module offers advanced study skills in information selection, referencing, essay planning and critical analysis.

PUBLIC REALM: SIGNIFICANCE, DESIGN, EXPERIENCE
(20 credits)

In this module you will focus on the public realm from the perspective of urban design and planning. You will have the opportunity to study and write about key theories and debates about public space in an international context. These include issues such as inclusion and exclusion, the ‘publicness’ of public space, identity, experience, movement, green spaces, crime, security and anti-social behaviour, and different approaches to management. In the module you will undertake a practical project to explore these issues ‘on the ground’, thereby enhancing your skills in critical evaluation and design appreciation.

Other modules will course-related learning outcomes may be taken subject to timetabling constraints and the agreement of the Course and Module Leaders.

Urban and Regional Planning MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500
  • Entry dates: September

The MA course will give you the knowledge, understanding and skills necessary to practise professionally as a spatial planner. It is designed to meet the growing employer needs for staff who can investigate changes in the natural and built environments, manage the challenges of climate change through sustainable development, and debate and critically reflect upon the knowledge and values underpinning current approaches to land use development. Completion of the MA course is the first step to become a full member of the Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI).

The course will support your personal and professional development. You will be able to work in the interdisciplinary and cross-sector environment of urban and regional development, in a variety of private, public and community contexts, and apply your knowledge to practise in specialist areas of planning. The course builds on the University’s experience of delivering postgraduate courses in town planning for more than 60 years.

If you want to gain a greater understanding of spatial planning, but do not want to study for a full Masters course, we also offer an Urban and Regional Planning Postgraduate Diploma and an Urban and Regional Planning Postgraduate Certificate. Scroll to the bottom of this page to find out more about these courses. Alternatively you can study a single module(s) from the Urban and Regional Planning MA course as stand alone short courses.

Course content

The course explores the current context and content of spatial planning. It does so from a UK and European perspective, and also investigates underlying theoretical debates.

For the award of the MA students need to pass modules totalling 180 credits. Part-time Masters students usually take the equivalent of four 20 credit modules (80 credits) plus the field trip in their first year, and the equivalent of five 20 credit modules (100 credits) in their second year. MA students take all core modules and choose one specialist option module.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DISSERTATION/POLICY IMPLEMENTATION PROJECT
(40 credits)

The module will provide you with the opportunity to explore in depth a spatial planning or related topic through primary or desk-based research. You will investigate and evaluate the process of planning policy making and delivery. This will involve setting research objectives, carrying out a literature review, developing and implementing a research design, incorporating appropriate methodologies, analysing your findings, drawing conclusions, and making recommendations. Your research may take the form of dissertation or a policy implementation project.

MAKING AND MANAGING PLACES
(40 credits)

In this module you will focus on the financial and policy context of urban planning, and the application of urban design principles to urban development. It will provide you with an overview and analysis of the procedures and practices of project briefing and development control, and will introduce urban design issues and techniques. You will develop your understanding of the key actors in the development process, and the basic principles of property development, site appraisal and methods of financial appraisal. The projects will involve area, market and site appraisal, design briefing and site layout through the development of a proposal for a site in the context of local planning guidelines. Group work is an important element of this module.

PLANNING FIELD TRIP
(non-credit bearing module)

This module involves a study tour over four to six days, usually to a single European city, with a range of urban forms from a variety of periods and which is currently growing. The trip will provide you with an opportunity to analyse urban form and its evolution and the impact of planning policies, and to evaluate the qualities of the environment produced.

PLANNING THEORY AND PRACTICE ONE
(20 credits)

This module will equip you with a critical understanding of the environmental, social and economic forces which influence spatial development and the qualities of place. It will introduce you to key historical and contemporary debates in planning, and the concept of sustainable development.

PLANNING THEORY AND PRACTICE TWO
(20 credits)

In this module you will examine the governance of planning and theoretical ideas about planning, and further explore the social and economic dimensions of sustainable development. You will explore debates about social exclusion, diversity and community engagement in planning. You will also examine how planning operates at different geographic scales, and investigate planning for economic development and for the provision of housing and infrastructure.

RESEARCH METHODS AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT
(10 credits)

This module introduces you to research methods and methodologies specific to urban and spatial research, design and planning. You will explore the theory and practice of developing a research framework, with a particular emphasis upon methods, methodologies, and frameworks used within the built environment professions. The module will allow you to begin developing your own research proposal for the Dissertation.

SKILLS FOR PLANNING PRACTICE
(10 credits)

This module will provide you with the skills needed to collect, manage, analyse and present data for evidence-based planning practice. It will develop your understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of needs, capacity and impact assessments. The module will also provide an opportunity for you to reflect on the inter-personal skills needed for planning practice and project management including negotiation and community engagement.

SUSTAINABLE CITIES AND NEIGHBOURHOODS
(20 credits)

This module explores ‘next generation’ cities, investigating critical issues relating to climate change and other large-scale environmental threats and challenges through a cross-disciplinary perspective, at a range of scales from the global to the local. A critical understanding of the concept of sustainability, encompassing notions of resource conservation, environmental, social and economic impact, quality of life and urban resilience, is essential.

Option modules

We offer specialist options in urban design, regeneration and sustainability. However, in a particular year we may not offer the full range of options listed.

HOUSING AND REGENERATION
(20 credits)

This module will provide you with an understanding of the relationship between housing, planning and economic development. The module reviews debates about the supply of housing and considers the role of public policy in promoting housing development. You will consider the problems and challenges of concentrations of deprivation, and examine the social, economic, political and environmental factors which shape urban regeneration.

LAND USE, PLANNING AND TRANSPORT
(20 credits)

In this module you will focus on the interaction between transport and land-use, including the effect of land-use on travel patterns and the contribution of transport to development. Topics you will explore include changing planning system impact on transport systems and their sustainability, LUTI modelling and the role of forecasting in relation to transport planning, sustainable accessibility planning, transit oriented development, perspectives on planning major transport infrastructure, and scenario planning.

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND ENGAGING COMMUNITIES
(20 credits)

In this module you will analyse key historical and contemporary debates about participation and community engagement as applied in planning and housing. You will consider the key social science concepts related to community, participation, social capital and governance, and also the legal and procedural powers. The module offers advanced study skills in information selection, referencing, essay planning and critical analysis.

PUBLIC REALM: SIGNIFICANCE, DESIGN, EXPERIENCE
(20 credits)

In this module you will focus on the public realm from the perspective of urban design and planning. In the module you will have the opportunity to study and write about key theories and debates about public space. These include issues such as inclusion and exclusion, the ‘publicness’ of public space, identity, experience, movement, green spaces, crime, security and antisocial behaviour and different approaches to management. These are considered in an international context. You will examine practical examples and will undertake a practical project to explore these issues ‘on the ground’ thereby enhancing your skills in critical evaluation and design appreciation.

Urban Design MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500
  • Entry dates: September

In an increasingly urbanised world, there is growing international demand for urban design graduates. These courses will equip you with the knowledge and skills you need to participate in this rapidly expanding profession. Urban design involves shaping the physical setting for life in cities. The pace of urban change, and the challenge of making cities efficient, sustainable and meaningful, demands creative solutions to design and management. The Urban Design courses at Westminster provide a coherent approach to issues that face our cities, combining structured academic study with live design projects, allowing you to develop practical skills, a theoretical understanding and an informed approach to sustainable urban development.

Our Urban Design programme is one of the largest and longest established in the UK. It enjoys an excellent reputation and our graduates are highly respected in the profession. Our students are from a variety of professions and backgrounds, including architecture, landscape architecture and planning, from the UK, Europe, and across the globe. They range from recent graduates seeking to expand their skill base before commencing their career or those considering a shift from an allied profession, to established professionals seeking to specialise or develop a more informed critical approach. Our central London location allows you to interact with a huge variety of practitioners and organisations, as well as drawing on the city’s huge range of resources; you will be at the heart of the debate over the future of cities.

Course content

The course places a strong emphasis on design, practical outputs and a multidisciplinary approach. While focusing on UK examples, the lessons from the courses are applicable to a wide range of international and economic contexts. This flexible and student-centred approach is highly valued by former graduates and their employers. The course is delivered by staff with many years’ experience in practice, education, training, research, and consultancy in the UK and overseas. Outputs from the course combine into a portfolio demonstrating your ability to deal with the complexities of urban design in a practical and informed manner.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules (all students)

DISSERTATION/MAJOR PROJECT
This module offers you the opportunity to research in-depth topics or issues related to urban design based on primary or desk-based research. The written dissertation is 12-15,000 words in length. Alternatively, you may undertake a major design project that explores a particular issue and is informed by research, including a written report of 5-6,000 words.

REFLECTIVE PRACTICE
In this module you will draw on both formal and informal learning experiences and relate these to practice and professional development. The module complements the research methods module that examines the production of knowledge by looking at the application of knowledge and the role of the expert. The module involves a combination of taught sessions, individual tutorials and group seminars. Sessions will cover: integrating academic study and workplace experience; professional practice and ethical behaviour in the built environment; the concept of reflective practice; thinking critically in workplace situations; and roles, relationships and responsibilities of interdisciplinary teams.

RESEARCH METHODS AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT
This module introduces you to research methods and methodologies specific to urban and spatial research, design and planning. You will explore the theory and practice of developing a research framework, with a particular emphasis upon methods, methodologies, and frameworks used within the built environment professions. The module will allow you to begin developing your own research proposal for the Dissertation.

SUSTAINABLE CITIES
In this module you will explore the concept of sustainability in urban development in depth. You will examine the role of urban form and land use planning, energy planning, and social and transport infrastructure in developing sustainable cities. You will be introduced to techniques of and undertake a sustainability appraisal. An important aspect of the module is interdisciplinary working and you will examine how different disciplines can contribute to the sustainable development of cities and neighbourhoods.

URBANISM AND DESIGN
In this module you will address the issue of how and why cities look as they do. You will investigate urban form through history, and the module will encourage you to understand how and why particular patterns of development have come into being and why other visionary insights have not. Particular attention is paid to design traditions, philosophies and intentions, past and present. You will be required to critically engage with the topics and to distinguish between the physical manifestations of different types of urbanism.

URBAN DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING SKILLS
This is a foundation double module for all postgraduate Urban Design pathways, enabling you to develop the essential skills required in practice. It is built around a site-based exercise with a series of specific tasks relating to various stages of project development. These include area appraisal, strategic framework, design brief, development appraisal and design statement. The module covers urban form, activity and movement, design in the public realm, site planning, development economics and legislative context. Based on practical design projects supported by lectures and workshops, it enables you to gain an insight into the relationship between urban design theory and practice.

URBAN DESIGN FIELD TRIP
The field trip forms an integral part of the taught course as a whole. It involves a residential field trip normally undertaken over five or six days in a European city. The city has urban forms from a variety of periods and is undergoing growth, enabling the analysis of historic form as well as the investigation of new models. Student feedback over many years has demonstrated that it is a highly valued part of the course.

Option modules

In addition to the core modules, you will choose two option modules, of which at least one must be a subject-specific option module.

Subject-specific option modules

MASTER PLANNING
This module provides the opportunity for you to develop strategic proposals formed in the Sustainable Cites module into more fully resolved design propositions. You will explore spatial design and master planning applied, through project-based work, to a large site within the metropolitan or subregional context, and explore in greater detail issues relating to urban design for sustainable development, public realm and transportation. Concepts of building and urban typology are used in the analysis and generation of urban design strategies and the production of detailed planning layouts and design guidelines and codes.

URBAN DESIGN SUMMER SCHOOL
This is a project-based module, organised around a full-time summer school located in a host European city with strong historic and cultural context. The project gives you the opportunity to explore spatial design and master planning applied to a large site within the metropolitan and historic context. You will apply techniques of rapid urban appraisal and generation of urban design strategies. Normally taken by students on the Postgraduate Certificate course, this module is available as an extra cost option to MA and Diploma students.

Other option modules

CONSERVATION POLICY AND PRACTICE
The subjects you will cover include: exploration and evaluation of various planning policy approaches to conservation and enhancement of the built environment; historical and legal background to conservation of the natural and built environments; principle characteristics of building of different periods; the current impact of conservation on planning, tourism regeneration and community development; and the urban morphology of historic built forms in different national contexts.

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, ASSESSMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE
This module provides you with background knowledge on environmental policy and climate change. It sets out the theoretical framework, and then the international context for sustainable development, energy efficiency and climate change. You will explore the implications for the built environment in a range of development contexts, including analysis of key policy concerns and planning and design responses comparatively across different institutional and cultural contexts. You will also review techniques for assessing the impacts of development, and examine the role that effective environmental strategies and policies in planning and related fields can pursue to reach sustainable development.

HOUSING AND REGENERATION
This module will provide you with an understanding of the relationship between housing, planning and economic development. The module reviews debates about the supply of housing and considers the role of public policy in promoting housing development. You will consider the problems and challenges of concentrations of deprivation, and examine the social, economic, political and environmental factors which shape urban regeneration.

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND ENGAGING COMMUNITIES
This module analyses key historical and contemporary debates about participation and community engagement as applied in planning and housing. You will consider the key social science concepts related to community, participation, social capital and governance, and also the legal and procedural powers. The module offers advanced study skills in information selection, referencing, essay planning and critical analysis.

PUBLIC REALM: SIGNIFICANCE, DESIGN AND EXPERIENCE
This module focuses on the public realm from the perspective of urban design and planning. In the module you will have the opportunity to study and write about key theories and debates about public space. These include issues such as inclusion and exclusion, the ‘publicness’ of public space, identity, experience, movement, green spaces, crime, security and antisocial behaviour and different approaches to management. These are considered in an international context. You will examine practical examples and will undertake a practical project to explore these issues ‘on the ground’ thereby enhancing your skills in critical evaluation and design appreciation.

Other options may be available but not all options are offered in any one year.

Energy and Environmental Change MA

    • Duración: 1 año Full-time
    • Precio curso: 6.500
    • Entry dates: September /January

The Energy and Environmental Change MA is an interdisciplinary degree that combines international relations, law, business and sustainability studies. As such it provides a comprehensive examination of energy security, energy markets and climate change from global, regional and local perspectives. The degree equips students with knowledge of key intellectual frameworks and critical issues. The course offers an holistic approach to the dynamics governing energy-transition to a low-carbon economy nexus. Students are required to complete five interconnected core modules and may select one option module.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

GLOBAL POLITICS OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE
This module aims at evaluating the relevance of contemporary debates in international relations and political economy to the study of energy security, energy markets and climate change. It examines the political history of the modern energy systems and the role played by states and major private and state-owned companies. In addition, it explores the role of global institutions and their impact on the interplay between energy security, energy markets and climate change. It scrutinises issues that underpin key discussions in the energy and climate change area, such as development, limits to growth, transparency, sustainability and the role of civil society. The module also critically assesses standard approaches to the issue of energy security by focusing on the problem of energy poverty and resilience.

REGIONAL DIMENSIONS OF ENERGY SECURITY
Since the 2000s the global energy landscape that took shape in the last two decades of the twentieth century has been altered due to major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, the rise of new players in the energy sector and technological breakthroughs. The aim of this module is to analyse the impact that these developments had on the energy security of key producing and consuming countries. It will analyse these problems by focusing on change and continuity in the decision-making processes of state and non-state actors. Countries covered include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, Russia and specific case studies from the Middle East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa.

INTERNATIONAL ENERGY AND CLIMATE CHANGE LAW
This module is designed to introduce students to the principles of international law relevant to the development and use of energy resources. To this end, the course examines the evolution of principles relating to permanent sovereignty over natural resources, ‘shared’ resources and resources outside areas of national jurisdiction. It involves consideration of relevant international legal principles pertaining to oil and gas resources, the use of water resources in energy generation, renewables and nuclear energy. The course has particular regard to the evolving international legal framework on the mitigation of climate change, and its impact on international energy law and policy. The course also examines the impact of other principles of international law on the energy sector, such as relevant principles of international environmental law, foreign investment and trade law, and human rights.

STRATEGY AND POLICY: ENERGY AND SUSTAINABILITY
The focus of this module is on energy economics and, in particular, on the role of markets in driving energy policy and strategy in both the short and long term. It covers a variety of theoretical and empirical topics related to energy demand, energy supply and energy prices, the influence of fiscal instruments on market operation and the importance of banks and financial institutions for the funding of energy projects. The first half of the module will explore a number of key themes and conceptual issues. These will include: an analysis of the structure and operation of oil, gas, coal, electricity and renewables markets and issues of price discovery, carbon trading, green taxes and subsidies; the role of banks and alternative sources of financing for oil and gas projects; an exploration of approaches to modelling and forecasting the supply, demand and price of energy and energy derivatives. The second half of the module will have a practical focus, with sessions led by guest speakers drawn from a range of energy companies, renewables firms or from policy ‘think-tanks’. These will take the form of short participative workshops exploring case studies on energy strategy and sustainability.

ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE AND TRANSITION TO A LOW-CARBON SOCIETY
This module introduces a framework for analysing and shaping the transition to a low-carbon society. Core ideas are transformative innovation, sociotechnical systems and sustainability transitions. They are explored in relation to key end use arenas of the energy system – buildings, transport and local energy networks. Attention is given to the multilevel governance and policy aspects of sociotechnical transition.

DISSERTATION (12,000 WORDS)
Indicative option modules

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ISSUES IN BUSINESS AND LAW
FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ARBITRATION
GLOBAL FINANCIAL MARKETS
INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS
PLANNING FOR URBAN RISK AND RESILIENCE
POLICY, GOVERNANCE AND DEMOCRACY: INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES

International Relations and Democratic Politics MA

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500
  • Entry dates: September/January

The Masters in International Relations and Democratic Politics provides an advanced critical and comprehensive understanding of the forces shaping state, inter-state relations and global politics. Drawing on key theoretical interpretations of democratic politics, the course probes into various tenets of democratic thinking (ranging from pluralism and civil society to egalitarianism and human rights), and explores the interplay between theory and practice in old and new democracies and in processes of global governance. Is democracy a concept limited to a world of territorially-bounded national communities? Can democracy still limit power in a global world? How does democratic policy making operate in the face of complexity? By raising and examining such questions the course explores the changing and contested understandings of democracy in contemporary thought as well as its application to the international sphere in our increasingly complex world.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

DEMOCRATIC POLITICS: KEY DEBATES AND ISSUES
The module examines key issues and debates in democratic politics. It focuses on 20th-century democratic thought and discusses how key democratic ideas/ideals have been interpreted and re-interpreted to address dominant trends and changes in democratic societies. The module identifies some of the challenges confronting democratic theory and practice, and it examines differences between old and new democracies. Throughout the module special emphasis is given to the dynamics of democratic institution and democratic renewal.

DISSERTATION AND RESEARCH METHODS
You will receive supervised guidance and research methods training (through a series of research method workshops, the Dissertation induction and colloquium seminars, and individual Dissertation supervision sessions) to prepare you for your Masters Dissertation on an agreed research topic. You will begin identifying your Dissertation interests at the start of your studies, when you will be able to discuss your ideas with different tutors who may direct you towards taking appropriate option modules that support your future research studies. This module must be taken either following the completion of all other modules, or concurrently with modules in your second semester.

THE POLITICS OF GLOBAL COMPLEXITY: RETHINKING GOVERNANCE, POWER AND AGENCY
This module introduces you to the theoretical frameworks and practices of the politics of global complexity, the debates that have been triggered, and the way that complexity understandings have developed, especially in the 1990s and 2000s. Emphasis is placed upon the conceptual frameworks deployed in understanding system effects on political, economic and social life, and how these enable us to rethink democratic governance, power and agency. While focusing on conceptual frameworks, this module also engages with how complexity is reflected in new approaches to policy, and external stakeholders will provide input to the module (for example, the Social Market Foundation, Demos, the New Local Government Network and the Foreign Policy Centre).

Option modules

You must choose four option modules from the following list (one of your options may be an approved free choice module hosted by another Masters course):

CONTROVERSIES IN UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICIES AND PROCESSES
This module focuses on post-Cold War United States foreign and national security policies, and the US policy-making processes. It exposes you to competing interpretations of both policy and the policy-making process. For example, did the end of the Cold War or 9/11 and the onset of the so-called ‘war on terror’ mark new eras in US foreign and national security policy? And how important is the Congress and US public opinion in the making of US foreign policy? The module shows that US policies are rooted as much in domestic politics as they are in America’s perceptions of its interests in a changing international environment.

DEVELOPMENT THEORIES, POLICIES AND PRACTICES
This module aims to provide a rounded understanding of key theories that inform thinking about development, especially since the Cold War, and an understanding of some of the most significant policy debates in international development today. It will provide a framework of ideas within which to understand current debates about development theories, and give you a comprehensive understanding of major problems and policy debates within the field of development. You will also examine the application of major policies on developing countries; critically assess the social, political and economic impact of globalisation and liberalisation on the developing economies; and consider the changing relations between the state and civil society in the developing world.

GLOBAL CHANGE: TOWARD A NEW NON-WESTERN ORDER?
Your main focus throughout this module will be on the domestic and international politics of China and India, and on empirical examples of the global change characterised by the predicted rise of these two non-Western states. The aim will be to go beyond the news headlines to develop a scholarly and critical understanding of the emerging great powers. This offers you an opportunity to train in international relations and recognise, understand, and deal with the changes in the global political landscape.

GLOBAL POLITICS OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE*
This module aims at evaluating the relevance of contemporary debates in international relations and political economy to the study of energy security, energy markets and climate change. It examines the political history of the modern energy systems and the role played by states and major private and state-owned companies. In addition, it explores the role of global institutions and their impact on the interplay between energy security, energy markets and climate change. The module also critically assesses standard approaches to the issue of energy security by focusing on the problem of energy poverty and resilience.

*Subject to approval

GLOBALISATION, DEMOCRATISATION AND POST-AUTHORITARIAN TRANSITION
This module investigates the nature and process of ‘transition’ in formerly authoritarian (mainly communist) countries since the beginning of the 1990s. The concept of transition will be explored in a global context, looking at different regions’ particular versions and legacies of authoritarianism. Drawing on comparative politics and international political economy, shifts in the roles of state, civil society and economy will be investigated, as will their political and governmental implications.

GOVERNANCE OF THE EUROPEAN UNION
You will explore the EU as a polity and as a system of governance. The module offers a practice-led survey of governance issues in the EU, informed by relevant theoretical approaches. You will cover the legal framework of the EU and the roles of member state and institutional actors in its decision-making processes; questions of institutional efficiency, accountability and the wider legitimacy of the EU; and characterisations of the EU as a polity and as a global actor.

ISLAM AND POLITICS IN THE MIDDLE EAST
The module focuses on current debates on Middle Eastern politics from a number of perspectives, with a focus on the role of Islam. You will be introduced to a variety of theoretical approaches to studying the modern Middle East, to relevant perspectives in International Relations, to selected case studies and various contributions to the debate from inside and outside the Arab world. A multidisciplinary approach will be adopted, where you will be steered through the fields of comparative politics, Islamic and Middle Eastern studies, and social and political theory so that at the end you will have achieved, in addition to familiarity with key issues in modern Middle Eastern politics, an appreciation of the theoretical perspectives being covered. In the process, you will be encouraged to develop a critical understanding of the workings of the region and challenged to assess the explanations given and provide your own explanations.

POLICY, GOVERNANCE AND DEMOCRACY: INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES
The module explores and compares a range of approaches to analysing and evaluating governance and policy, assessing the understandings of democracy that they imply. These approaches are introduced through a range of case studies relating to policy making in contrasting national and international contexts. You will explore the challenges of defining and delivering policy across a range of international, national and sub-national contexts, and reflect on the implications of these challenges for democracy.

POSTCOLONIAL INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: THEORIES AND CONCEPTS
The module will introduce the students to new theories and different ways of looking at the core concepts of international relations, and enable them to utilise these to understand the transformations in global politics brought about by the rise of non-Western states. Key concepts and key issues from international relations, especially those salient for West-nonWest relations and for the Global South in general, will be examined from different critical perspectives.

REGIONAL DIMENSIONS OF ENERGY SECURITY*
Since the 2000s the global energy landscape that took shape in the last two decades of the twentieth century has been altered due to major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, the rise of new players in the energy sector and technological breakthroughs. The aim of this module is to analyse the impact that these developments had on the energy security of key producing and consuming countries. It will analyse these problems by focusing on change and continuity in the decision-making processes of state and non-state actors. Countries covered include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, Russia and specific case studies from the Middle East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa.

*Subject to approval

THE EUROPEAN UNION AS AN INTERNATIONAL ACTOR
You will explore the European Union’s international role: as an international trade partner; in its evolving competencies in foreign policy; in its dealings with NATO, the Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE) and its member states over defence and security issues; in its relations with accession states and other ‘third states’; and in its self-image and values as an international actor. The module offers a practice-led survey of the EU’s external activities, informed by relevant theories.

THE STATE, POLITICS AND VIOLENCE
You will explore the main 20th- and 21st-century theories of the state and examine the different approaches to the phenomenon of violence and its causes. The module examines the challenges arising from globalisation and will help you to grasp the new forms of antagonisms that have evolved in the new world order emerging after the collapse of the Soviet model.

International Relations and Sec

  • Duración: 1 año Full-time
  • Precio curso: 6.500
  • Entry dates: September/January

The question of security now dominates contemporary international politics. Issues such as the ‘War on Terror’, pre-emptive self-defence and humanitarian intervention constitute seminal international concerns that have implications for all states and all peoples.

This course provides you with a detailed understanding of the nature of the contemporary security agenda, its origins, theoretical foundations and future trajectory. You will examine the theories of international security and those key security issues that have dominated security discourse in the post-Cold War era. You will also develop your analytical skills in order to facilitate understanding of the seminal contemporary security issues in a broader theoretical and historical framework.

Modules

The following modules are indicative of what you will study on this course. For more details on course structure and modules, and how you will be taught and assessed, see the full course document.

Core modules

CONTEMPORARY CONTROVERSIES IN INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: INTERVENTION TERRORISM AND SELF-DEFENCE
The end of the Cold War fundamentally altered the nature of international security, heralding the emergence of new issues and threats. In the contemporary era the locus and nature of the paramount threats have altered, with intra-state conflicts and non-state actors characterising sources of insecurity. This module will provide you with a comprehensive overview of security discourse and practice since the end of the Cold War relating key issues such as humanitarian intervention, self-defence and terrorism to broader trends such as the evolving role of the UN, the challenges to international law and the new concern with intra-state crises.

DISSERTATION AND RESEARCH METHODS
You will receive supervised guidance and research methods training (through a series of research method workshops, the Dissertation induction and colloquium seminars, and individual Dissertation supervision sessions) to prepare you for your Masters Dissertation on an agreed research topic. You will begin identifying your Dissertation interests at the start of your studies, when you will be able to discuss your ideas with different tutors who may direct you towards taking appropriate option modules that support your future research studies. This module must be taken either following the completion of all other modules, or concurrently with modules in your second semester.

THEORIES OF INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
This module examines the contemporary discourse and debates surrounding the meaning of international security. The end of the Cold War fundamentally altered the structure of the international system and precipitated the emergence of a new security agenda. The new systemic dynamics and reconfigured security agenda led many to question the dominant theoretical frameworks previously applied to international security, and new security discourses – such as human security and critical security studies – have emerged to challenge established security theory. This module will examine the key tenets of the new theoretical frameworks and critically analyse their contribution to our understanding of ‘security’.

Option modules

You must choose four option modules from the following list (one of your options may be an approved free choice module hosted by another Masters course):

CONTROVERSIES IN UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICIES AND PROCESSES
This module focuses on post-Cold War United States foreign and national security policies, and the US policy-making processes. It exposes you to competing interpretations of both policy and the policy-making process. For example, did the end of the Cold War or 9/11 and the onset of the so-called ‘war on terror’ mark new eras in US foreign and national security policy? And how important is the Congress and US public opinion in the making of US foreign policy? The module shows that US policies are rooted as much in domestic politics as they are in America’s perceptions of its interests in a changing international environment.

DEMOCRATIC POLITICS: KEY DEBATES AND ISSUES
The module examines key issues and debates in democratic politics. It focuses on 20th-century democratic thought and discusses how key democratic ideas/ideals have been interpreted and re-interpreted to address dominant trends and changes in democratic societies. The module identifies some of the challenges confronting democratic theory and practice, and it examines differences between old and new democracies. Throughout the module special emphasis is given to the dynamics of democratic institution and democratic renewal.

DEVELOPMENT THEORIES, POLICIES AND PRACTICES
This module aims to provide a rounded understanding of key theories that inform thinking about development, especially since the Cold War, and an understanding of some of the most significant policy debates in international development today. It will provide a framework of ideas within which to understand current debates about development theories, and give you a comprehensive understanding of major problems and policy debates within the field of development. You will also examine the application of major policies on developing countries; critically assess the social, political and economic impact of globalisation and liberalisation on the developing economies; and consider the changing relations between the state and civil society in the developing world.

GLOBAL CHANGE: TOWARD A NEW NON-WESTERN ORDER?
Your main focus throughout this module will be on the domestic and international politics of China and India, and on empirical examples of the global change characterised by the predicted rise of these two non-Western states. The aim will be to go beyond the news headlines to develop a scholarly and critical understanding of the emerging great powers. This offers you an opportunity to train in international relations and recognise, understand, and deal with the changes in the global political landscape.

GLOBAL POLITICS OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE*
This module aims at evaluating the relevance of contemporary debates in international relations and political economy to the study of energy security, energy markets and climate change. It examines the political history of the modern energy systems and the role played by states and major private and state-owned companies. In addition, it explores the role of global institutions and their impact on the interplay between energy security, energy markets and climate change. The module also critically assesses standard approaches to the issue of energy security by focusing on the problem of energy poverty and resilience.

*Subject to approval

GLOBALISATION, DEMOCRATISATION AND POST-AUTHORITARIAN TRANSITION
This module investigates the nature and process of ‘transition’ in formerly authoritarian (mainly communist) countries since the beginning of the 1990s. The concept of transition will be explored in a global context, looking at different regions’ particular versions and legacies of authoritarianism. Drawing on comparative politics and international political economy, shifts in the roles of state, civil society and economy will be investigated, as will their political and governmental implications.

GOVERNANCE OF THE EUROPEAN UNION
You will explore the EU as a polity and as a system of governance. The module offers a practice-led survey of governance issues in the EU, informed by relevant theoretical approaches. You will cover the legal framework of the EU and the roles of member state and institutional actors in its decision-making processes; questions of institutional efficiency, accountability and the wider legitimacy of the EU; and characterisations of the EU as a polity and as a global actor.

ISLAM AND POLITICS IN THE MIDDLE EAST
The module focuses on current debates on Middle Eastern politics from a number of perspectives, with a focus on the role of Islam. You will be introduced to a variety of theoretical approaches to studying the modern Middle East, to relevant perspectives in International Relations, to selected case studies and various contributions to the debate from inside and outside the Arab world. A multidisciplinary approach will be adopted, where you will be steered through the fields of comparative politics, Islamic and Middle Eastern studies, and social and political theory so that at the end you will have achieved, in addition to familiarity with key issues in modern Middle Eastern politics, an appreciation of the theoretical perspectives being covered. In the process, you will be encouraged to develop a critical understanding of the workings of the region and challenged to assess the explanations given and provide your own explanations.

POLICY, GOVERNANCE AND DEMOCRACY: INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES
The module explores and compares a range of approaches to analysing and evaluating governance and policy, assessing the understandings of democracy that they imply. These approaches are introduced through a range of case studies relating to policy making in contrasting national and international contexts. You will explore the challenges of defining and delivering policy across a range of international, national and sub-national contexts, and reflect on the implications of these challenges for democracy.

POSTCOLONIAL INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: THEORIES AND CONCEPTS
The module will introduce the students to new theories and different ways of looking at the core concepts of international relations, and enable them to utilise these to understand the transformations in global politics brought about by the rise of non-Western states. Key concepts and key issues from international relations, especially those salient for West-nonWest relations and for the Global South in general, will be examined from different critical perspectives.

REGIONAL DIMENSIONS OF ENERGY SECURITY*
Since the 2000s the global energy landscape that took shape in the last two decades of the twentieth century has been altered due to major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, the rise of new players in the energy sector and technological breakthroughs. The aim of this module is to analyse the impact that these developments had on the energy security of key producing and consuming countries. It will analyse these problems by focusing on change and continuity in the decision-making processes of state and non-state actors. Countries covered include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, Russia and specific case studies from the Middle East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa.

*Subject to approval

THE EUROPEAN UNION AS AN INTERNATIONAL ACTOR
You will explore the European Union’s international role: as an international trade partner; in its evolving competencies in foreign policy; in its dealings with NATO, the Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE) and its member states over defence and security issues; in its relations with accession states and other ‘third states’; and in its self-image and values as an international actor. The module offers a practice-led survey of the EU’s external activities, informed by relevant theories.

THE POLITICS OF GLOBAL COMPLEXITY: RETHINKING GOVERNANCE, POWER AND AGENCY
This module introduces you to the theoretical frameworks and practices of the politics of global complexity, the debates that have been triggered, and the way that complexity understandings have developed, especially in the 1990s and 2000s. Emphasis is placed upon the conceptual frameworks deployed in understanding system effects on political, economic and social life and how these enable us to rethink democratic governance, power and agency. While focusing on conceptual frameworks, this module also engages with how complexity is reflected in new approaches to policy, and external stakeholders will provide input to the module (for example, the Social Market Foundation, Demos, the New Local Government Network and the Foreign Policy Centre).

THE STATE, POLITICS AND VIOLENCE
You will explore the main 20th- and 21st-century theories of the state and examine the different approaches to the phenomenon of violence and its causes. The module examines the challenges arising from globalisation and will help you to grasp the new forms of antagonisms that have evolved in the new world order emerging after the collapse of the Soviet model.

Compartir
Utilizamos cookies propias y de terceros para mejorar nuestros servicios. Puede cambiar la configuración u obtener más información sobre la Politica De Cookies. Si continua navegando, consideramos que acepta su uso.